BPP 200: Special Live 200th Episode Celebration

In this special episode of the Beginner Photography Podcast that was recorded on Facebook Live, I pay my appreciation to listeners like you and past guests of the show share some special insights on growing as a photographer.

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

BPP 199: Megan Breukelman - Growing a Personal Passion Project

Megan Breukelman is a new york city based wedding photographer who had an unconventional start into the industry. Today Im excited to chat about how to grow a Personal Passion Project.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Megan got started in photography

  • How Megan shot her first wedding at 14

  • What Megan struggled with most when learning photography

  • What is a photography passion project

  • Why you would you want to grow a photography passion project

  • How much detail we need to have when putting together a plan to start a personal project

  • What to do if we dont have everything we need

  • How we can ensure we dont fail at something new

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • When to turn a passion project into a business

  • How even if you are not making money with your personal project can grow your career

  • Different ways to make money with your camera that you have already

  • When to start considering other people opinions on what your project should be

Resources:

2F29FED7-FA2C-43AC-A770-281CE70AEDF7@home.jpeg
6BC261EF-52D8-4DE8-B80D-2144124FEB6E@home.jpeg
92F0A54A-4845-4549-A7FE-CB5C396EECEF@home.jpeg
30545EC5-01EB-4D3F-98C0-722789FE9176@home.jpeg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00 Today's guest is Megan Breukelman, a New York city based wedding photographer who has an unconventional start in photography. So today I'm super excited to chat about how to grow a personal passion project. Megan, thank you so much for coming on the podcast.

Megan Breukelman...: 00:18 Thank you so much for having me.

Raymond: 00:21 I am really excited to chat with you today. When you reached out to inquire about coming on the podcast, oftentimes I get many emails that are just from people trying to sell something or it's just like, Hey, can I be on your pot? Or just something really short. But I really felt like you took the time to not only understand the podcast, but give a bunch of great topics that were totally relevant to new photographers. And then digging into you a little bit deeper because I have to vet everybody who comes on the podcast. You really do have a very interesting start in photography and kind of to kind of journey as to how you got to where you are today. So before we get into growing this passion project and even potentially turning it into a business, can you share with me how you got started in photography?

Megan Breukelman...: 01:08 For sure. I started in photography in now. I was always interested in arts. Like this is the, this is the classic artist story of, Oh, I was a little kid and I was drawing, but I was always really interested in the arts and I picked up a camera and when I was 14, I shot my first wedding. And yes, I was 14 and you would not believe how many uncle Bob's I have encountered because of that. To, to put it, I don't know how else to call them, but so I started shooting weddings then and I was shooting a lot of portraits, a lot of like quote unquote fashion photography where it was my friend friends in like their prom gowns. You know, forest and you know, I was really interested in taking photos and it ended up becoming a career pursuit and I ended up going to college for photography and that is where I decided I wasn't going to be a photographer.

Megan Breukelman...: 02:06 A I decided I was going to go into production and photo editing and magazines and I basically had the thought process once I got to college and realized thing. There's a lot you can learn technically in photography, which is awesome. And I learned a lot of that. But there are also a lot of other ways to make a living adjacent to photography and being able to kind of express your passion for the art without, without the hustle of being a photographer. So I had set my sights completely differently on being a fashion photo editor. I was going to work in magazines not understanding what the economy actually looked like, cause you know, when you're 17, 18, 19,

Raymond: 02:52 None of that matters

Megan Breukelman...: 02:54 Who does not the prime time to make life altering decisions. But I ended up starting a fashion magazine with my friends, Olivia Bossert that I met online. I met her in a young photographers Facebook group and I messaged her and I said, do you want to start a magazine? And she said, sure. So we did that which we can definitely dive into on the passion project front. But that ended up leading me into a bunch of opportunities in fashion and agencies and working with brands and overall kind of in the sphere of production and, and fashion photography. So I ended up working in that after college and doing a lot of photo-shoot and fashion show production. And a year into it I made the complete switch, became a tech marketer. In the meantime, I started dating, you know, my husband, my now husband who is also a passionate photographer and who I initially met in photo school.

Megan Breukelman...: 04:02 And he was dead set on being a photographer, like a photographer, period. That is what that is, what he wants it to do. So I started producing shoots for him and putting together these little editorials and things. And that ended up leading to me picking a camera back up. And we ended up building a photography business up together all over again and kind of in the midst of all this, I was sprinkling in wedding photography here and there over the 10, 11, 12 years that this happened. And now we're full time wedding photographers and there's a lot in between there that we can dive into.

Raymond: 04:41 Yeah. Let's start from the beginning. I want to know how did you, how were you shooting the wedding at 14 was this for a family friend? Was this like a commission thing? Did somebody search you out? How did that happen?

Megan Breukelman...: 04:53 So I was shooting a lot of portraits in my area and where I grew up. [inaudible] Yeah. And I am a go getter as I say, no

Raymond: 05:07 14. It wasn't nothing. I was just hanging out and I was doing nothing. Of course.

Megan Breukelman...: 05:11 I mean it was basically between Neopets and photography at the time. So but no, so I was shooting a lot of portraits and I caught the attention of a local wedding photographer. And weddings were a huge thing where I grew up because I grew up in the Niagara region of Ontario, which is just wineries and weddings. That's all you do there. And I caught the attention of her through a family friend and she said I have this wedding and I'm going to be in the bridal party. Do you want to shoot it? And I was like, okay, what? And let me, yeah, so she let me use her lenses. I guess they were looking for a budget wedding probably.

Raymond: 05:58 I mean, I mean like, I'm sorry, not, not on their part. Like for you, like what was going through your head at that moment? Like, surely that's, that's a big commitment.

Megan Breukelman...: 06:07 It is a big commitment. But I was like, yes, why not? Like, what if I say no and then I never get to do this? You know, so I, I did get my foot in that tiny little door. I showed up to the wedding day. I hadn't even told them a price because I was just willing to shoot it for no money. And when I was leaving at the end of the night, they were like, how much do we owe you? And I'm like 200. And they gave me like 600 bucks cause they were like, what are you talking about? Are you high? Like sorry. But no. So that was, it was a bizarre experience. And the photographer who had given me the opportunity, she let me use all of her like L series lenses on my Canon 20 D body. Which, you know, I thought I was, I was big stuff at the time. And that really propelled me into actually shooting more and more weddings where people, you know, on Craigslist called Kijiji. There were a lot of people looking for like [inaudible] wedding photographers, student wedding photographers. So I would answer those ads and I would be like, I'll do this for 400 bucks, which is big, big money to afford.

Megan Breukelman...: 07:30 And I ended up doing that pretty much until I went to college. And then even when I came home in the summers, I was still doing that.

Raymond: 07:38 So that brings me to my next question because this is something that a lot of people ask about, which is, you know, is is going to school for photography something that that you need to do. Like as, as, as a photographer, you can technically just buy a camera and now you're in the industry, right? If you know what it is that you're doing, you could brand yourself as here I am. So what was it as somebody who was already shooting weddings, what was it that made you think, you know what, I think photography school is a, is the right choice for me.

Megan Breukelman...: 08:06 I have a lot of feelings on this actually. Because I don't think you need a degree to be a successful photographer by any means. I think actually a lot of photography VFA programs are lacking in, they're not lacking in technical skills. They are lacking in the business and marketing aspects that people need to actually be successful. So I think if you are planning to study photography in a certificate program or a bachelor's program, it is definitely important to find a minor or find online education that will fill in the gaps for business and marketing. Because that is how you actually get to be a photographer. It's not like you get to graduate and apply for a job for the most part, a to be a photographer, unlike most degrees where it's like a degree is required for those things and learn a lot of stuff.

Megan Breukelman...: 08:59 It's very different. But that being said, it was completely worth it for me to get that education. I think I mostly got a degree because I went to a very academic school growing up and I came from a very kind of academic family where like, my, my parents had several degrees. You know, it's, it's, it was a very academic culture. And when I was approaching graduation, you know I think I could have probably just gone out and been a wedding photographer forever in my small region, but I wanted to have a college experience and I wanted to understand what it was to get out of my bubble, which I think is one of the biggest parts of going to college for young, young photographers. It's getting out of your local bubble if you can or if you stay in your local bubble for college, then it's at least giving you new experiences with new people.

Megan Breukelman...: 10:02 So kind of getting to the point as the question is, is it even worth it to get a degree? I think you don't have to get a degree, but there are a lot of technical things that you learn being in that environment and being surrounded by other people who are striving for the same thing and being in critique environments that actually do help you grow. So regardless of whether it's a bachelor's or a certificate or something, it's, it's worth it to think about photography education. If you are at that point in your life when you're trying to decide if postsecondary education is something to look into.

Raymond: 10:38 I love that. That's such a, that's such a, a rational perspective of the whole, of the whole thing. And I, I, I totally get it. I went to film school originally to go for cinematography and it wasn't until after I graduated that I realized, Oh, I could have learned all of this. Like, like onset. Like I could have done all of this. There was no degree required or anything. But I too agree that for me, the experience of going what it was that I learned in that amount of time, for me it was worth it. And then ultimately, obviously it led to all the technical skills translate over into photography. So that's great. That's great to hear that. We have a very similar view on that. So when you said that, did you learn a lot of technical skills when you went to school? That's kind of where they focus and that totally makes sense. I feel like the business and marketing for photographers, especially a few years ago, it's very changing very quickly. It would be hard like in a, in a educational sense to teach that longterm. But as somebody who, since 14 was shooting portraits and even weddings, you know, would you say that you are already very technically minded where you shooting an auto? Like how, well on a scale from one to 10, would you say that you knew your camera before you went to school?

Megan Breukelman...: 11:52 Hmm, I would, I did not. I would say I'm still not very technical as a photographer. Like I understand all of the technical aspects, but I don't, I don't care so much about them. I'm sorry, I don't care if the wrong is the wrong thing to say, but it's more so that like it is not my biggest focus in the business, which is why I'm glad that I work with my husband on the wedding photography business because he is extremely technically minded and I am extremely, you know, business and marketing focused. Like he set up the light for my, for my video. Raymond: 12:28 Oh. And it looks great. You did a great job.

Megan Breukelman...: 12:30 Yeah, I have nice. Even lining, I was like ready to just go by the cold glow of my computer and he's like, no, I'm going to set this up. So I think, you know, when I hopped into weddings at that age, I knew what aperture was because I had been Googling all the different parts of my camera. Didn't think to read a manual, just went right to the Google. So I was looking into what aperture is, what shutter speed is. I didn't really understand how they correlated with each other at the time. Like I didn't, I didn't understand that like a higher shutter speed means you can like capture faster emotion, which would've been great to know for a wedding. And how to balance all that stuff out. So there was definitely a lot of relying on probably aperture priority, but even in certain instances now I still switch from manual to aperture priority just cause like sometimes it's nice to have things on auto so you can actually focus on the rest of the moment, you know? Right.

Raymond: 13:31 Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. I agree with that. I agree. I shoot all of my, just like personal family stuff just didn't have put your priority because I feel like in that, in that, in that sense it's like, you know, these photos are going to be printed large, like potentially lots of wedding photos could. And I just kind of want to be more present with my family and that, that allows me to do that. And I'm okay with giving up a little bit of that control. That's very cool. That's very cool. So let's go ahead and start talking about passion projects. Right? So you talked about fashion, you talked about this magazine. Tell me where this idea of a passion project started for you.

Megan Breukelman...: 14:06 Right. So I am so grateful that literally one day seemingly I woke up and I was like, I think I'm going to start a magazine because honestly what happened was I was applying to internships at the time and they were all like, you're too young. Come back later. Or you don't have enough experience come back. Which I find interesting because to get a lot of jobs you need experience but to, to get the job, that's the experience anyway. So I was applying to a lot of things. Nothing was really moving for me in the fashion sense and I was, I was very convinced I was going to be in fashion forever. So I decided to make a project on my own and I found a website that did flippable magazines, which is issue.com, which is ISS Q U and it makes a very realistic page flip for a digital magazine.

Megan Breukelman...: 15:08 Cause I had seen there were a lot of people starting blogs at the time and I am not keen on being a fashion blogger ever. Cause I honestly, I didn't know that much about fashion. And even though I was very passionate about it, I wasn't ready to like dive into garments and what they all meant. So I had to figure out something to do with my time. And I did end up, yeah. So I did end up messaging Olivia and we ended up starting the magazine which we truly didn't know how to do, but we decided we were going to do it

Raymond: 15:42 Real quick. Before you get into that, I want to know, you know, you said that you woke up with this idea of like, I want to start a magazine. Did you have an idea on how you would help people, how you would share information just to share your photos? Kind of what, what, what was that goal from the beginning for you?

Megan Breukelman...: 15:58 Sure. So from the beginning, hang on, sorry. So, so from the beginning it wasn't about me wanting to share my own fashion photography because I had seen other fashion photographers work and it was way better than mine and I wanted to, I wanted to share what other young people were doing. And that was the initial thought process. It was that we wanted to share the work of young creatives and give them a platform. We, we put our own work into the first and second issue is because we didn't have other people's work, like we had some suspicions. So we put out a submissions call on Facebook, which was really big at the time. There was not really Instagram at that point. Like it was just starting. And yeah, the goal was to give a platform to young photographers and young creatives cause cause at the time we were like, is it going to be a fashion magazine with like music people who knows what it's going to be. So the first issue is just a mishmash of like, here's a fine artist next to this fashion editorial. But yeah, we ended up niching down obviously. But yeah, that's kind of, that's how that went.

Raymond: 17:12 So is that you think the kind of natural progression of how, of how most photographers start these things, which is just like, Hey, I have a crazy idea. I'm just going to dive in and then refine it later.

Megan Breukelman...: 17:26 I think so. I think that's how a lot of things get started. Most of the time those things don't get put public until people are fine ideas, but sometimes you just have to publicly sort yourself out. But yeah, I think when starting a passion project, you know, figuring out you got to at least figure out what it is that you're setting out to. Like we had set out to give a platform to young creative people who were into fashion and we had no idea what that looked like. Like I had no idea it was going to end up being a magazine that was in print and had a big Instagram and all that stuff. I had no idea that was what it was gonna look like. But I did know that it was going to be a space for people, a platform for people.

Raymond: 18:12 So then let me ask, I guess how, how detailed do you need to be in the beginning? Because a lot of people get stuck on that idea of, well, if it's not perfect, I'm not even going to go ahead and start it. So how much detail that has to be some sort of plan. How much detail do we need in the beginning just to get going?

Megan Breukelman...: 18:30 Sure. I am not a perfectionist by any means. I wish that I could say I was, but I am more so a person, like, like I mentioned, like I will just throw it out there to see what comes of it and keep building from there. So I think if you're scared to put something out there that you're working on, don't be, because we are living in a world where there's so much stuff that if you put something out there and then a week later you decide you don't love it. So, okay. Cause no one knows about it. They don't remember. It's, it's some, yeah. So it's something that like, like, yeah, if you are, if you're trying to think through the details of it, that's something that can be started out behind the scenes. But at least starting to build on some brand recognition. If you're creating a project where it's, it's branded like throwing, you're throwing your name out there, making an Instagram. Even if you don't know what that looks like yet making a tic talk, I'm guessing you know it. Yeah. So throwing yourself out there and, and creating that brand recognition at very least will help you when you do grow and know what you're doing.

Raymond: 19:43 Yeah, yeah. Yeah. Do you think the, Ginny does start with, you know, in your case you said that you didn't start with the magazine, the Instagram, the everything all at once. Do you think that it, that it helps to take it one step at a time or do you think that it helps to create cohesion, like you were saying in a, in a, in a brand sense to do it all together?

Megan Breukelman...: 20:02 I think doing it one step at a time is the, is the easiest and most sensible thing to do. Which, you know, for some people that looks like building a website, even if it's a landing page that says coming soon. If it's like an on-brand coming soon page, then you can then you can add a newsletter signup portion where people, you can end up being in contact with people and that's barely any work, but it's still got a lot of payoff if you start building that list. And then, you know, from there you're creating a Facebook page and from there you can make your Instagram business account. And from there you can start looking into hashtags that are relevant to your niche and finding other people and connecting with them. And then it becomes little web of like small actions that lead to big change.

Raymond: 20:51 So I love this obviously, you know, it sounds like what you're saying is that like you're building a community around the things that, that you like. And I love that idea, but tell me like why as, as many kinda, how do I phrase this? What I've seen is that there are many, there are many new photographers or beginning photographers specifically, like in the beginning of photography podcast, Facebook group who will say things like, you know, or the undertones are that, who am I? Who am I to be doing something like this? I have this great idea, but I'm not a proven photographer. Who am I to do something like this? So why would, why would we set out to do something like this rather than just keep our photos on our computer?

Megan Breukelman...: 21:39 Why not?

Raymond: 21:40 Why not?

Megan Breukelman...: 21:41 I mean, that's like, that's my honest answer. Why not do it? The worst that can happen is no one ends up caring. But the best thing that can happen is that you're trying, you're putting in effort and you're working on something that feeds you creatively. Like we worked on Atlas and it fed us creatively until it didn't, and that's when we put a stop to it. You know, it was seven years and that's a long time. So I mean, who were we to start doing that? We were literally no one, literally like you know, I had no online following really besides my deviant art account at the time. That was like a few thousand people and Olivia didn't have a following. We, we who were we to do that? And it's the same with building my photography business when I was 14. Who was I to do that? That's insane. If I saw a 14 year old doing that, now I would ask that question too. But it led me here, you know,

Raymond: 22:43 I'm trying to imagine what I would think in my head if I showed up to a wedding and the like, clearly the photographer was 14 years old. I'm trying to think. I mean obviously, you know, you just gotta be excited for that person. You're like, wow, this is really cool. But you know, they're getting a shot like this. I wish I would have been that ambitious at 14 instead. I was not, I was just playing Xbox all the time. Yeah. That's good. That's good. So. So at what point, cause as you said, this was feeding you creatively, creating this magazine was in the name of the magazine was Atlas, right? Yes. Okay. So this was feeding you creatively, but at a certain point it has to take up a lot of your time. So when do you start looking at this project and turning it from a passion project into a business? When does that happen?

Speaker 3: 23:32 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond: 23:56 Okay. So let's first of all, thank you so much for sharing all of that insight when it comes to, you know, turning a passion project into a business because obviously that stuff is people have a lot of questions about that. Everybody loves the idea of a passion project. Everybody wants to go off and do something on their own. I know that when I w was in high school, and I've told this before on the podcast, my dream was always like, you know, following the band, you know, until they got there, their Grammy or like following the team until they won the world series or something that was just like that long term story that at some point later you could curate into something, into a, into a real project. But obviously something in that capacity takes up all of your work, right. All of your time and you need to be paid in some sense, I guess before then.

Raymond: 24:41 So again, thank you for sharing everything that you did there, about kind of the business side of, of turning a passion project into, into a business. My next question here, let's talk more about the whole idea of the, of the passion project, right? What if we don't have everything that we need? What if I want to photograph clouds from airplanes, right? I mean, I love clouds. I love looking at clouds. I love being in airplanes. What do I want to photograph? Clouds from airplanes, but you know, air travel, obviously right now in this point in history where we're at is not, you know, safe but also you know, it's also, it can be rather expensive for say a passion project. So how do we make, do with the idea that we have compared to the vision that we want it to be? Sorry, that was a really roundabout question. I feel like that wasn't really filled out at all. I still hear these kids playing basketball upstairs. I apologize. Did that question make sense at all?

Megan Breukelman...: 25:43 It's all good. I mean I'm trying to think about everything in respect to clouds from airplanes cause that is, that is a particularly difficult when we are in a pandemics or no? Let me think about that. I mean making do with what we have. That's hard.

Raymond: 26:01 Oh, well I guess in your situation like do you want me to create a magazine, right? You wanted to create a magazine from the beginning. Did you want it to be in print or did you think, you know what, if people just view it online, that's, that's, that's good enough for me.

Megan Breukelman...: 26:13 I didn't think it was going to be in print ever. I thought that was a pipe dream. But we really did build up enough of an audience and I think that's important to consider if you are putting a passion project out to the world beyond just like putting it as a page on your website and forgetting about it and leaving it there. If this passion project is something that you want to have eyes on than it is something you should be also looking for feedback on. And that kind of goes back to what you were saying before on, on when does it matter what other people think. If this is something you truly do want to build on, then it does matter to have public feedback, which also goes back to the whole aspect of critique that I really appreciated about being in college environment.

Megan Breukelman...: 27:00 Because having critique helps you build and having feedback from an audience helps you build. So if you don't have the ability to get in an airplane right now and photograph clouds, what you can do is take all the cloud photos you have right now, do something with them, put them out to a public audience, whether that's Instagram, whether that's Facebook, whether that's Twitter, cause there is actually a big photo community on Twitter and get that feedback. Let people know what you're doing and make them aware of, of your project. And from there, you know you can build that brand awareness. You can build on on, on that recognition of, of what you're trying to accomplish. And then that's, that's a stepping stone, that's a building block. And then next time you get to get in an airplane and photograph clouds, you have the ability to, to get more feedback on that. You have, you have that reception from your audience. Does that make sense? That felt like a really roundabout answer.

Raymond: 28:03 It felt like you were working your way through that answer and it felt like gold came out there for sure. Now, absolutely. I, you know, if, if you put it out there, and I think, I think that what you're saying is that like if you love this thing, you can see if other people love this thing and then if it grows, perhaps you'll have more resources to do the thing that specifically you want to do in this sense. Rent an airplane.

Megan Breukelman...: 28:29 Yeah. Support leads to more recently, sorry, can you hear my radiator?

Raymond: 28:33 No, I can't. We just got all sorts of noises going on.

Megan Breukelman...: 28:37 New York radiators are like haunted. It's the whole thing. Anyway,

Raymond: 28:42 Like a new passion project haunted New York radiators.

Megan Breukelman...: 28:45 Shoot, I completely lost my train of thought, but what I was trying to say is, is yeah, the more, the more support you have with your project, the more resources you end up with. Because at some point, maybe there's someone who's like, Hey, I've got a plane. You can come photograph clouds wrong. Or, or there's people who are like, Hey, there are cheap flights from here to here. Maybe you should consider doing those. It's getting that community help and, and I know building a community is like well talked about being on your podcast, you know, cause it's, it's super important. So yeah, building a community around that passion.

Raymond: 29:23 I think you would agree with me when I say that. Like building a community though can be hard, right? It can be, maybe, maybe it's not hard. It just takes time, right? And persistence. So how do we, how do we ensure that we don't fail at something? Like if you do, let me ask, jeez, these questions I apologize. How do we ensure that we don't fail at something like this? In the sense of when you first started the magazine, did you, did you have like a yes or no? Like, Oh, if this thing happens, we're doing good. If this thing happens, I'm going to give up.

Megan Breukelman...: 30:01 I mean, I look at failure. Let me think about how to phrase this. I have a tough time looking at failures as failures which is, you know, a strength when you are a brand builder. Because I look at a lot of failures as opportunities. You know, we, we made it for three years in print and then we ran out of money. That wasn't a failure. That was another opportunity for us to build up our digital community and continue with, with our digital friend. And we went hard on the website at that point. So, I mean, I don't think there really is such a thing called failure in a passion project because what's the worst that can happen? Like you lose your passion, that's the worst thing that can happen and that's, that's, that's not going to harm you. And it may harm in an emotional sense, but in the rest of your life, you know things will be okay if your passion project does not end up with 100,000 followers and it doesn't end up going viral on Buzzfeed. You just got to keep things in perspective in that sentence.

Raymond: 31:15 I love that answer that you gave, but I think that I asked a bad question. So let me rephrase into a different question. How important is persistence and consistency in a passion project?

Megan Breukelman...: 31:28 It's everything. It is everything. If you are, if you're a cheerlead passionate about it, then then that persistence is what will take it to the next level. That being said, when you're working on something probably for free for a long time and it feels like there's no like reward coming back to you. I understand how hard it can be to wake up and keep on working on it and keep on doing something day in and day out and being persistent and consistent with it because some days you just want to like, you want to shut it all down and just, just give up on that. But yeah, I would say I would say it's very important to keep consistent and to keep persistent if this is something you really, really care about. And the second that you stop caring about it and you don't want to be persistent about it for like more than that, more than that bad day that week, it's like there's a difference between having a bad day, having a bad week or just constantly like dreading starting your day, you know?

Raymond: 32:32 So tell me about that for you then. Tell me about that for you because obviously you said that you've had those days. I've had those days, I've showed up to weddings and that to myself. I'd rather be at home right now than right here. So when do we, when do we know to keep going? When do we give up?

Megan Breukelman...: 32:51 Sure. We've all had bad days at work. We all know what that feels like. It's about finding the balance of what, what matters more, you know, does it, does it matter? Is the problem that you're having with what you're doing right now? Is it going to matter in a day? Is it gonna matter in a week? Are you just lacking in motivation today or are you seriously, is there a root of that problem? Like some people give up on wedding photography for example, because the root of the problem is, is their passion for it and they've lost their passion for it. There are a lot of people who stopped shooting weddings because one day they do show up to a wedding and they're like, this isn't for me. And then they keep going and they keep trying and they feel like that every single wedding. And at that point, the, the root of the problem is pretty obvious. When, when we stopped Atlas for good, it was, it was enough days of me being like, this is not worth my time and my energy and my emotional energy for me to continue being like this. And it's the same for if you're leaving a bad job, which we've all probably done once or twice. If you wake up every day dreading going to work, then something is wrong there and it's not you, you know.

Raymond: 34:09 Do you think that every passion project in a sense has to end or is it in the case of Atlas, was it that things change so far from their original view that you weren't enjoying it anymore or, or had it just run its course and everything runs its course?

Megan Breukelman...: 34:25 Everything does run its course. I think there are some people who have passion projects that last forever. There are photographers who photograph certain personal projects for 60 years, you know, and that's super impressive. For Atlas in particular, it had really strayed very far from where I ended up because, you know, I ended up focusing a lot on weddings and consumer photography in my, in my relationship and marriage with Kenneth because we both decided this is, this is something we're actually, we're actually excited about doing every day. We're excited about talking to happy couples who are getting married and we're excited not to have a lot of distress over email and over text and over our communications with clients versus you know, with Atlas it was getting harder and harder to like have people emailing me if something didn't go up exactly on time and being like, why isn't this on Instagram right now? It's seven in the morning, you know so for Atlas and definitely run its course and it was, it was very far off from where I ended up and that is why I started a weddings magazine this year.

Raymond: 35:35 Perfect. That was going to be my next, what is your next passion project? This is it.

Megan Breukelman...: 35:39 Yeah. That is my passion project. Besides my business, which really feels like our, our wedding photography business seriously feels like a passion project because it's so exciting to, to work with our clients and edit our photos and keep building the business. But my, my no money passion project right now is VITROS magazine, which is a New York based wedding magazine focusing on the art and the heart of a New York wedding. And what that means is that weddings in New York are often very, very, very, very, very, very, very expensive. And as someone who ended up with a 30 person wedding and a photo studio, I realized that's not the, that's not the only way you can do a wedding. And there are tons of people in this city who aren't going to spend like, presumably their life savings on a wedding. You know, I'm sorry. Did you hear my buzzer go off there? I didn't shoot. This microphone's too good. Okay. it's, it's the day of distractions.

Raymond: 36:45 Gotcha. Yeah, that's, that's going to be the title of this episode, David.

Megan Breukelman...: 36:49 Yeah. But anyway. So the magazine focuses on the vendors and the couples who are having unique experiences in the wedding industry because not everything is what, you know, I love the not, I love it so much, but not everything is the pristine, perfect wedding and not puts out there. And I wanted this platform to showcase that and there's a lot of vendors in New York city that I wanted to showcase who are working with queer couples, who are working with couples of color who are, you know, people in marginalized audiences. And it's, it's, it's a lot of fun to work on it and to collaborate with wedding vendors who are just so happy to, to be working on things like this.

Raymond: 37:32 Well, I can tell that you're really excited about this as just seeing your face when you were ending that last question about Atlas versus this new question about your new magazine here. Just completely lit up. So I think that you're on the right path and obviously if you feel that you are then, then that is all that truly matters at the end of the day. Megan, I've asked you a bunch of questions. This is kind of a world that I'm not perfectly attuned to. So is there anything that I didn't ask you today that you think that listeners should know about, about the idea of a passion project?

Megan Breukelman...: 38:07 I think in general, what people should know is these things take a lot of work and they take a lot of time and they take marketing efforts. If you plan on putting it out to an audience, I know that I already said this, but I need to drill it into people's heads because regardless of whether you're working on a passion project or if you are just straight up a photographer, you need to work on marketing. You need to learn about business, you need to think about those essentials that actually help get recognized and pay the bills. And even in, you know, Atlas reach, you know, 100,000 followers across the board in different places. Yeah. And that created an awesome audience. But with my magazine, with 2000 followers, my, my wedding magazine, you know, there's still a lot of people talking about it. There's a lot of feedback there and it really, you know, we're still getting a lot of submissions and it doesn't matter the material numbers and everything you see at face value, what matters is your connection to people and creating that connection through your marketing or through, I don't, you know, it's hard to call it marketing for passion projects, but through, through your community and building that community,

Raymond: 39:22 That is a huge message right there. And I hope the listeners rewind back 30 or 40 seconds to hear that whole thing again, that I think that that was more powerful than most people will think. So thank you again for, for sharing that, for sharing that. Megan I'veh, like I said, I've asked you a bunch of questions today. You've been an open book sharing your story. And I really appreciate everything that you have shared before I let you go it, can you let the listeners know where they can find you, learn more about you online and all the fun places.

Megan Breukelman...: 39:56 Yeah, my name is kind of a mouthful. So I hope these will be spelled out in the show notes, but yeah, it's Megan Brreukelman on Twitter, on Instagram. It's, you can search in Facebook for my name as well for, for that page. And then I have a podcast called the photo op podcast and I talk a lot about photography, business and marketing and we have a lot of different people come onto the podcast to talk about sad things. And then yeah, Pinterest is my name, my website is my name. It's pretty straight forward. And then wedding photographers in New York, New Jersey, Connecticut, Pennsylvania betrothed magazine is my magazine that you should definitely submit your work to.

Raymond: 40:42 I guess that's the the benefit of having a, a, a nonconventional name. There's not many other Megan Brooklyn's out there, so you can just snag up all those URLs. So that's awesome. Well, again, Megan, thank you so much for coming on. I really appreciate everything that you shared and I look forward to keeping up with you, your magazine as well as the podcast here in the future.

Megan Breukelman...: 41:02 Thank you so much for having me.

BPP 198: Ashley Marston - Creative Everyday

Ashley Marston is a Vancouver BC based lifestyle birth and family photographer who has been doing a 365 project for the last 6 years. Her work has been recognized by National Geographic and she has recently released an online course on how to capture creative photos every day.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • When Ashley knew photography would play an important roll in her life

  • Why she thinks so many struggle with creativity

  • What Ashley does every year with her 365 images

  • How Ashley is documenting her life with a family during the Corona Virus Pandemic

  • How Ashley stays creative with Creativity Boosters

  • Why she stopped photographing families to focus on birth photography

  • Why you should not start a 365 in January

  • The power of self-portraits and the 3 step process to shoot them well

  • How Ashley puts a creative spin on her images

  • The creative roll that editing has on Ashleys photos

  • Who and what inspires Ashley creativly

Resources:

P10_1.jpg
P2_1.jpg
P3_1.jpg
P12_1.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00:00 When did you know that photography was going to be an important part of your life?

Ashley Marston: 00:00:06 Oh that's a good question. I think that my, I think like a lot of photographers who are moms, the answer would be when our children were born. However, I think that it amped up a little bit for me. When our second son was born and I, my husband, it was, it was an, all of my bursts have been interesting. But the second birth I ended up being put under general anesthetic and when I had to go in for an emergency C section, so I wasn't able to see him being born and didn't meet him for three hours afterwards. And when I was rolled into the room and my husband was there standing with him, he placed him in my arms and I said, grab the camera and take a picture. And it's the most beautiful photo of me meeting my son for the first time, which, you know, my husband took, but it was that photo that does something to me that I can't quite explain that really nails in the importance of photography and the importance of what I do as a mother and as a photographer and a birth photographer as well.

Ashley Marston: 00:01:23 How important a photography is to people and how important that photo was to me. So I think it just, it just brought it up another level. The, the healing power of that photograph for the trauma that I felt during that birth was huge. Like it just brought me so much peace after all that sort of turmoil that I felt in the coming weeks after that birth. So,

Raymond: 00:01:47 So I know oftentimes as photographers, you know, we can be really critical of, of a photograph whether it be the technicals, whether it be the moment, whether it be the lighting and all these things. Would you say that that photo was technically a good photo or a bad photo? Like, if you had to guess, what was it about that photo that, that made you love it so much?

Ashley Marston: 00:02:11 Technically considering that my husband took it on just a, just a whim, like, you know, it is technically a, a perfect photo. And I think that of course I have a strong connection to it because it's a photo of, of me, but I think it really just speaks to the hero healing power of photographs really. And I don't think that I really understood what that meant until that photograph was taken and I, and I saw it. And before that moment I had been you know, shooting families very sort of cookie cutter images and it was after that that I completely changed the way that I ran my business. So how, so can you give me an example of how you were shooting before and after that moment? Well I think, you know, it was what was, it was 2011.

Ashley Marston: 00:03:10 And so you know, people were still wanting these perfect photographs of, you know, happy, smiling families all looking at the camera. Everybody perfectly dressed. There was a lot of jeans and white tee-shirts at that time still you know, and so that's what I was shooting because that's what everybody wanted. And after that moment, I started shooting more moments of my family rather than staged state. You know, like every Easter I'd plop them in front of a backdrop with, you know, tulips and Easter eggs around them. And then I kinda just stopped doing that. I started just shooting more of our, like more of a documentary style in home situation. And then I very quickly got pregnant with our second child. Our two youngest children are 11 months apart. And so it was after the birth of my third child that I started doing birth, started shooting bursts and then stopped doing any kind of posed posed client work at all.

Ashley Marston: 00:04:15 You know, I did newborn shoots where I would drag a suitcase to their door full of props and, you know, a newborn bag and I'd sweat it out in a hot room with a newborn for four or five hours trying to get the baby to sleep. You know? Yeah. Sounds really nice. And I, I just stopped doing that and I remember like putting that out into the world and being like, I'm not going to do these newborn sessions anymore. I'm going to focus. And I had like, I had examples of like, in between moments that I was capturing and I said like, this is what I want to shoot. And so if you want these kinds of photographs, then I'm your girl, I'm your photographer. And I actually thought that nobody would book me. I was like, everybody's going to be like, I want an Getty's.

Ashley Marston: 00:05:02 I want my newborn with a flower on her head and dress like a elephant. And you know, and I thought nobody's going to go for this. And luckily that wasn't really the case. So I think that it was that photograph that really kind of turned things for me. And then launching into birth photography and just realizing that I wanted to extend, you know, the moments out into every little aspect. So I started shooting my family sessions that way in lifestyle newborn sessions and then eventually moved into day in the life sessions. And then in that time, I started my first year of a three 65 project with my own family, which has now been going on for six years. So, you know, it just kind of, that's a milestone right there. That's incredible. You know, at this point in time it's, I don't know if I could live without it. Like it's become such an integrated part of our life that it's like breathing. Like I, I, I don't know how I would exist without it, which seems weird cause you think, Oh my God, but when you do something every day for that long, it becomes habitual, you know? So that's where I'm at at this point.

Raymond: 00:06:19 So, yeah, it's, it's interesting because I'm really excited to talk about, you know, your course, which is called the daily occurrence creative every day. And I was looking in, in, in getting ready for this interview, I was looking at some of the reviews of your course and they all talk about how everybody's so excited to do a three 65. Everybody's so excited to start capturing their families and doing these projects, you know, and in part because of you, in part because of Jenny Stein, we all started in the beginning of photography podcast doing a, a photo, a day project and we started in January. So we're now, well, by the time this interview comes out almost six months.

Ashley Marston: 00:07:00 Yeah,

Raymond: 00:07:01 It's quite a ways. But I know that pretty early on, you know, everybody was good for about a month, maybe a month and a half. Things started to slow down. Life gets in the way. Are you telling me that at some point, even though it gets hard, it gets tough at some point you get that second wind and you just break through it and it becomes easier.

Ashley Marston: 00:07:22 Yeah. Well, and the hard part about three 65 projects is that everybody starts in January. January is a tough month. January, February they drag out like, Oh my God, like is it over yet? And so you're trying to stay creative, you know, in this time where you know a lot of you live in places where it's still, so you've got still got two feet of snow, you're inside, you can't get outside with your kids. And so I promise everybody, we just got through our hundreds day and I was like, Hey, where's everybody at? Like a hundred days is a big deal, right? And you do kind of break through. His spring is starting, the days have gotten longer. You know, you get a bit more color out there in the world. The grass is getting green again. There's trees are blooming again. You do definitely get a second wind.

Ashley Marston: 00:08:10 Absolutely. And it does, it ebbs and flows. Even in my own work, I mean I've been doing this for how long? There are weeks where I'm like, I am just shooting nothing but garbage. Like, you know, like, you know, and then I have to go back in my mind to my, you know, my, my beliefs and my, my goals and who I'm doing this project for. And I'm like, you know, so what if all the photos from last week are getting 50 likes? The basis and the heart of this project is that, you know, this is a love letter for my children. This is like, this is a time capsule of their life. And so I have to kind of bring it, I have to bring it back and be like, this is who this is for. And then just concentrate on, on shooting and being, so

Raymond: 00:08:56 Yeah, last time, last time we spoke, I think that was probably my biggest takeaway, you know, is that sometimes you're going to have duds, you're going to have photos that don't resonate with a lot of people. Maybe they don't even resonate with you so much. And that's what you had said. You said, you know, this isn't necessarily for me, but this is, this is for my children, is they will see these photos as winners when they get older. So on top of taking photos for your family and documenting that are you doing anything to ensure, like, I guess, let me rephrase that. What are you doing to ensure that these photos make it into the future? What do you do with them after they get edited?

Ashley Marston: 00:09:36 So I, I mean I post every day on social media, which is not something that my children, my, my 14 year old is now on Instagram, which is scary, but yeah. But I print a book at the end of every year. And so that gets looked through constantly. And it is a thick book because I do one picture per page, so it's 365 pages. And, and with that picture, I always, when I post them for anybody that follows me on social media, you'll notice that I post a picture, I post what day it is, and then I usually write a little something and sometimes it can be something quite simple, but often it's a bit of a reflection on the day or something that I want my children to see or read. Because I feel like when you're, when you're in it as a parent, you at the end of the day, you kind of lay there and you go, Oh crap, I should have said this to them.

Ashley Marston: 00:10:37 I could've handled this differently. I could have. And so it's my hope that they see this and read these things and they can see how I loved them and how I saw them as people, as, as people who were emerging in this world and in our home and as a family. And so I'll also include whatever I've, whatever thought I've written for the day in that book as well. So it really becomes a visual diary for them. And then the other thing that I do is I do a slide show. And so, you know, we'll be laying in bed in the morning and our, our bed, my husband's and my bedroom, or we share a wall with the living room and then all of a sudden I'll hear the music come on and they're watching the slide show, you know, and they're either sort of reliving all these moments from the year and it's really quite cute to see because they're not on social media.

Ashley Marston: 00:11:27 And unless I print them, which I do every season, I switch out some of the pictures in the house. They don't really see them. So it's nice for them to be like, Oh yeah, I remember that day and that day. And, and it also, I think that it's important, especially in, I do talk about this in the course to where your kids, a lot of people, one of the biggest things that people say to me is like, my kids hate the camera. You know, like my, every time I pull it out, they grown, they roll their, they don't want it. Some kids run from it, like, you know, but I'm like, they start crying and I'm like, well, okay kid. Yeah. But I think that when they see the importance of the photographs, and this is something like, cause my kids, you know, like it has been six years, so we kind of go take in turns where one child is a little less you know, willing than the others.

Ashley Marston: 00:12:17 And so I just, you know, I never bribe, never bribed a day in my life. I just say to them, you know, those books we have, you know, you know, you know the slide show that we watch. You know how much you enjoy those. This is part of that. These are our memories. You're never going to be seven again. We're never going to have this moment again. So I'm going to take five minutes, we're going to take the photograph. And then you carry on and do whatever you're doing. And it's just a simple conversation like that. And that's why I feel that it is so important to print your photographs, to have the visual so that the kids can see them and enjoy them because that makes sense to them. Right? Yeah, of course. Of course.

Raymond: 00:12:57 Seeing themselves, remembering what was going on and seeing it from that different perspective. For sure. Yeah. every year I do a a little yearbook. Now this isn't much traditionally up until this year, it's just been like cell phone photos that I took as I would, again, I think we talked about this last time. I would see my camera's here behind me as like a, as like a professional tool. And whenever I picked one up, I would get into like this professional mode and I really wasn't taking a lot of personal photographs, but I would just use my phone to capture these things more snapshots, nothing with intention, and I would build a yearbook out of these. And even just those, just those, I mean, it's incredible to see Charlie now that he's seven, he's become, you know, much more self aware than our three year old. There's a moment where last, no, just I guess, I guess it was about six months or so ago, he had this idea, he got $20. He's like, if I buy $20 worth of candy bars, I'm going to take them to school and I'm going to turn it into like Ashley Marston: 00:14:00 Entrepreneur. That's amazing. Okay.

Raymond: 00:14:07 I do it. So I let him do it. Well he went to school and he got like pre-orders, right? He asked people like, how many candy bars do you want to buy so that he could buy the right amount of candy bars. So we had to buy 45 candy bars and then the next day he went back to school and only one person brought a dollar. And I remember driving him home from school. I have the picture and it's the cover of our yearbook this year, but he's looking at that dollar like not defeated, not defeated that he just spent $45 on candy bars to only get $1 back. But just looking at it like, wow, like this can happen. Like, like you could see that the wheels were turning. And again, that wasn't a photo that was taken with any sort of intention. It was just simply a snapshot.

Ashley Marston: 00:14:47 Yeah.

Raymond: 00:14:48 This year that I've been participating in this daily photo challenge, I can already tell I am so excited for this year's yearbook because not only are we still taking photos of these moments, but now the production quality is a little bit higher. And now I've realized that I'm getting a lot more creative with my photos as well. But one of the things that a lot of people are talking about in the in the beginning of photography podcast, Facebook group is that it almost feels like they're being pushed to take photos. And sometimes that doesn't make them feel creative. It doesn't release that creative energy, I suppose. So let's talk about that a little bit. You know, obviously your course creative every day tackles just that creatively or creativity. So why do you think if you had to guess that people struggle so much with creativity?

Ashley Marston: 00:15:48 You know, I, I definitely do talk about that in that. And I think that it's, I think that it's a little less about their own creativity and more about comparing themselves to other people is what I really find. I think that all of a sudden you get bogged down and think that your creativity isn't matched to somebody else's. And so, and I do it even I do it, you know, we look at some of the, you know, the amazing photographers on Instagram or even within your own group that are putting out like this amazing work, and you start to feel a little bit inferior. Like you're not doing, you're not doing enough. You're not doing as well. You're not, you're not progressing as an artist as fast as that person is. And I think that's kinda what it boils down to. And I, whenever I get in that frame of mind was myself.

Ashley Marston: 00:16:46 I mean, if you look at like Meg Luke's, do you know who made Luke's is not personally know? Do you know her work? I don't know. Yeah, you got to look her up. So she's amazing. She's this amazing woman but her work is outstanding. But, and I always look at it and I go, Oh God, look, I wish that, I wish that some of my photographs looked like that, but that's not who I am. And that's not who I am as an artist. That's who she is as an artist. And I need to be able to take a step back from that and recognize that within myself and then focus on my own art. And I always in my head just say, put your head down and do what you do. That's it. Just every time you get going like that and it, you know, you start spinning a little bit and doubting that self doubt is so bad, you just gotta be like, I just put your head down and do what you do.

Ashley Marston: 00:17:41 And if, you know, and it's, sometimes it helps for people to take a break from the groups and Instagram and whatever, but it takes a while to get to that, to get it. It's good practice, good self-aware practice to just go, this is what that is. It's not that your creativity is stifled or that you don't want to do this, it's more that you just need to just focus on, on yourself and just all you have to do is just pick your camera up every day. That's it. You know, and it, it'll come. And you know, and I do, I do talk about when you get into those ruts, how to, how to break out of them and you know,

Raymond: 00:18:23 People struggle with that though. Like, why do you think like we have these cameras, they're expensive. We want to take great photos. We know that they take great photos. Yeah. Why would you say that it's an animosity towards the camera? That it's not getting what it is that you want that makes you put it down. Do you have any insight on that?

Ashley Marston: 00:18:43 Yeah, I think that it might just be disappointment or, you know, because this is like, even for me as an artist who's been doing this for so many years, I mean, every time that I take a photo, it's building on me as an artist. It's continuing to let me progress. And so sometimes you don't see that progression when you're in it, not very day, but at the end of the year you're going to look back on that time where you maybe were starting to feel a bit resentful of the project or resentful of the camera or tired or if you're doing lots of client work, like I have a full client load, you know, and still am eat. Like there are days where I don't want to pick up my camera, you know, like I am, I'm tired of it. I've been shot, you know, if I've shot a 12 hour day in the life, do you think I want to go home and take a picture of my kids?

Ashley Marston: 00:19:34 Not really. You know? And so that's the other thing that I chat about is giving yourself some grace. If you don't want to pick the camera up that day, don't, it's okay. You know? There's some sort of, some tricks and things that I do that allow me to complete this project and give myself some grace, you know? So I think that's really important. Although I do definitely advocate that you need to pick your camera up every day. There's some days when like it's okay. It's okay to just give it the finger and you pick it up the next day, get some fresh eyes on it, you know? So I think that that's too, where people get caught up on the rigid rigidity is that's even a word of a three 65 project. I am a fan of cheating. I have done this for six years.

Ashley Marston: 00:20:22 I have cheated many times. I keep a folder in my Lightroom of extras. So if I take three photos in one day that are of good three 65 quality, I'm going to talk to those photos in my extra folder and post one photo. So on those days where I'm like, I'm tired or I've been at a birth all day or I've been sick or something, I have, I have a little collection of pictures that I can pull out and posted. It just, it just gives people, it just relieves that pressure and that frustration and that sort of animosity towards it, I think, and just allows it a little bit of a little bit of grace that some people just need, you know, because you don't, you don't want to get to that point where you're not enjoying your art anymore because of this project. I would never want somebody to feel that way about themselves as an artist. So,

Raymond: 00:21:17 Oh yeah, that's a, that's a, that's a rough thing. That's a rough thing. I know that because we've been asked to self quarantine and be home right now during this time I asked like how many people are still shooting, how many people are still using their canvas? I think traditionally people want to go out, they want to capture a fun and interesting and new things rather than just shooting the things that are at home. That's not where their head goes immediately when they think of photography. So right now when we're forced to be home or asked to be home, yes. You know, this is a very interesting time. What are you doing to document this crazy time in your life?

Ashley Marston: 00:22:02 Well, I've made sure that I've been true to what's going on. I've, I've taken I've taken a lot of photos that are a bit more documentary style to just really, I think that as documentarians and artists, we have a greater purpose in this time to really be intentional in our shooting to document this and for ourselves and for our children. It's an incredible moment in history and I think that that gets lost a little bit in the frustration of what's happening. And so, and I don't want the kids to look back and there not be any evidence of it, you know, like this is what we're living. And so, although the other part of it is that we don't know how this is going to affect everybody, including our children when it's all done. If you talk about in, in, you know, in a mental illness, sort of a capacity when you're in it, you have a tendency to not be feeling that way.

Ashley Marston: 00:23:14 But once the dust settles, a lot of people might struggle. And so in my mind, I was thinking this is going to be there. They're obviously going to have their own memories of it, but this is gonna be their visual diary of it. And so I want to make sure that although I am documenting our time and being truthful, I'm also showing them the beauty of these moments of the slow moments of us at home and not a lot of photos of us out and about. I mean, we live in a beautiful of Canada that there we have a lot of wide open spaces and not a lot of people. So we can get out a little bit, but you know, there's that, there's an underlying, like there's beauty in everything, right? So there is beauty in this even though it's frustrating. So I have taken a number of photos that have been quite powerful.

Ashley Marston: 00:24:07 I took a photo of my son when I took my oldest son to Costco with me as a teenager cooped up in home for weeks at a time. I thought, okay, I haven't been taking the kids out anywhere that's public, the little ones. But I thought you can come out with me. And we had our masks on and, and he was shocked cause he hadn't, I mean the last time he was out with school, right. And so he was like, Oh my God, this is so strange. It sort of apocalyptic like, and so I took a photo of him in Costco with his mask on and our Costco cart, obviously we're a family of five, so even on a good day, our Costco card as well. But you know and it is, it's sort of, it's sad and it's, but it's powerful and you know, so I'm, I'm trying my best to document but also find the beauty, the beauty in it. And I've been filming, I've been I do a lot of family films for other people and I always film our vacations, but I don't often do a lot of films of our daily life at home. And so I've been, I've been filming our daily life as well. So I'm hoping after all this is done, I'll have a little, a little quarantine family film to, to look back on that, you know, should also provide some, some happy, happy memories from this strange strange time. So that's what I'm doing.

Raymond: 00:25:30 It's going to be, that's going to be very cool. That's going to be, that's going to be something, you know, looking back as a kid or looking back, I guess as an adult at your childhood, that's going to be something that's, that's going to be really powerful. I love that. I love that on top of the book and the films, you're just, you're just nonstop. You're like, let's go, let's go.

Ashley Marston: 00:25:50 Well, yeah. Like, you know, if I'm not, you know, that on top, like does not shooting any clients in this time. I mean, I have that extra time to be able to, you know, to, to document a bit more than usual really.

Raymond: 00:26:03 Yeah. Yeah. Right. It's interesting. I kind of want to talk a little bit more about that because like this, oftentimes when I am, I hate to say when I'm forced to work, but when I'm at a wedding, I find myself to be the most creative because I'm there. I have, you know, no other outside influences. I'm there for one purpose and I'm trying to do the best that I can for them. And having just a little bit of pressure behind me pushes me to do something different, a little bit unique. Sometimes it works, sometimes it doesn't. But oftentimes when I'm just home, very rarely do I, Hey, let's try this shot. Hey, let's do this thing. Hey, let's do that thing. But I have found personally that over these past few weeks I have been going bananas on different types of shots and, and, and getting things done.

Raymond: 00:26:56 But when it comes to actually coming up with these creative ideas I had to go out and find inspiration, right? Like, like, Oh, well, what are other people doing? These ideas don't come natural to me. These photos that I'm taking I'm essentially emulating somebody else to figure out how I can make it work and then make it my own. When it comes to creativity, is that cause that cheating, is that against the rules? Should creativity becoming purely out of your brain and just spill onto whatever medium you're using? Or is this, is this okay? Do I have, do I have a free pass from you?

Ashley Marston: 00:27:33 You have a free pass and I, we all do the same thing. I mean, and, and I chat about that because like, you know, double exposures and like, you know what I mean? Like there's, everything goes through waves. There was a time when we were all putting plastic bags over our lenses and freelancing and all these things. And so I, I give a list of creative boosters that I use whenever I'm feeling the need to be creative. And you know, people can add onto that with their own creative boosters, but they can, they can build off of that. And that's, you know, I, and this is all just, these are all these creative boosters are things that I've picked up from other people. I was not the first person to, you know, put fairy lights in front of my lens or use a prism or this was all coming from, you know, from, from other people.

Ashley Marston: 00:28:28 And you can kind of trace back, you know, to kind of who started the trend of, you know, who the, you know, the double exposure masters were in the prison masters and you know, they kind of all start from somewhere. But that whole list that I give is all, none of it came, well maybe, maybe a couple, but most of it, 99% of it did not come from my own brain. It's all just evolved from, from other people and things that I've seen. And thankfully, you know, the photography industry has changed so much in even just 10 years where people are happy to give their information, they're happy. There's not like, Oh no, I did this and I'm going to hang on to it and you can't have it. You know, if anybody was to go on my Instagram and type, Hey, how did you do that?

Ashley Marston: 00:29:18 I am more than happy to be like, well, you know, grabbed the fairy lights out a year thing and let you know this is what you want to do. And so everybody's more than happy to share their information. We're all supporting each other and lifting each other up. And so that's what I think is so important about like, you know, the beginner photography group and we have a daily occurrence group and everybody's like, you know, I'm going to try panning this week. You know, I've done that. Or I've been like, here's a panning shot I took of my son in the snow. This is how I took it. So like, you know, and then all of a sudden you see 20 panning shots. Everybody's trying panning that week, you know? So you kinda just, it's so great to just be able to, to kind of push each other on, to try new things. Right. And then you, then you do, you make it your own so you get a free pass. And so does everybody else.

Raymond: 00:30:05 Yeah. I gotta say if if photographers weren't as willing to share their their thoughts and their, I don't know, quote unquote trade secrets, I would not be here right now talking with you. I wouldn't be talking to, you know, anybody essentially just be keeping it. I can't imagine what this would be like, you know, years ago, which is you know, I'm, I'm really grateful for this opportunity to be able to talk to photographers like yourself and, and this is, this is fun for me. This is fun for me. But I just think something really interesting there, which was when you're feeling kind of in a creative wreck, you have this list of these creativity boosters, you know, do you find now that when you're at home kind of once again stuck at home, for lack of a better term, do you find that you're using those creativity boosters more or less than you were before?

Ashley Marston: 00:30:54 Probably a little bit more, especially in the seasons where like we have less snow here and more rain. You know, when we're indoors and it's raining for weeks on end, that's definitely when I, when I pull it out. And I talk about like, you know like going back to the details of your life. If you're like the kid, there's nothing to, there's nothing to shoot. You're in the house, you've been shoot, there's no light. You know, there's no beautiful sunlight streaming through the windows. Cause that's where a lot of our photographs are driven is by light, light moments. You know, when you have nothing like that happening. I am a big fan of, you know, a strong portrait. You know. When was the last time you took a portrait of your seven year old?

Ashley Marston: 00:31:42 I mean it was a long, yeah. Yeah. Like all of us, you'll go months and you'll realize like, Oh, you know, for me, Sophie is about to turn eight. And I don't remember the last time I just took a very simple black and white portrait of just her. Nothing. You know, like, so you gotta go back to the basics. You know, I've taken pictures of the little curl on the back of her hair and the way that it re goes down her neck and things like that, that you all of a sudden you have to train your mind to be like, okay, let's, let's simplify it. Let's, let's not think big and let's go, okay, what's, what's going on right now that that's not going to be happening in a couple months from now? How are things changing? How can I document that just very simply, right.

Ashley Marston: 00:32:24 So you know, though, that's definitely when I break out that kind of thought process is when I'm feeling like, you know, Oh, there's nothing, there's nothing exciting. There's nothing exciting happened here. And there's gorgeous light, you know, like what, what's happening? And just kind of think about, I mean, I've got three kids, so I've got a lot to, you know, some people only have, they have just the one child. And so that's been a common complaint is like, well, I've just got one kid, you know, that kind of limits the subject matter. And then that's when I say to start taking self portraits. So right. There's that as well too. Right. Whenever I'm feeling like I'm in a rut, the best thing that I could ever do for myself is to take a self portrait that brings me out of a rut every single time. And you're getting in the frame, which is huge.

Raymond: 00:33:17 Yeah. Not that which is it doesn't, doesn't happen very often as not as a photographer. Let me talk about these SELF portraits for a second or let's, let's talk about those. I'm not talking about them. You're talking about them when it comes to some portraits. This whole month I've been talking about like some simple challenges that we can do. Well if you're listening back in April, I was talking about challenges that we can do at home. And the first one that I did was a self portrait because lots of people have an aversion to taking a self portrait. And I figured if that's, if that's challenge number one, get it out of the way. It doesn't even have to, like, you don't even have to really try, just get in front of the camera, take a photo of yourself, get out of the way, and then you can grow from there. When you're taking self portraits or when you ask, when you suggest to others to take self portraits, are these is the, is is the goal of the self portrait to take a beautiful self portrait or is it to feel vulnerable? Does that question make sense?

Ashley Marston: 00:34:22 Yeah. so I take self portraits for a number of different reasons. One of them definitely is to, if I'm, if I'm working through something personally often I'll take a self portrait and that is you know, a, a form of sort of counseling if you will, therapy. And it helps me work through that. The other, the other reason I take them obviously is to get in the frame with my children. And then I, I hate folding laundry as does everybody, I'm sure. But one day I was feeling particularly ornery about the laundry because it just never ends. You know, you get the baskets, you get the baskets empty and you're like, the baskets are empty. And then it literally like, it seems within minutes they're full again. I mean, it's not minutes, but that's what it feels like anyways. And there's a certain time of year that the sun streams right through our right through our laundry room.

Ashley Marston: 00:35:35 And so I thought if I'm feeling ornery about this, maybe I should document it. And so I ended up using self portraits as a way to document motherhood. So that's sort of three ways that I go about it. And so for when, when I tell people to get in front of the frame that those are kind of the three guidelines that I give them, you know, what are you documenting? What is the feeling that you want to convey and what kind of moments do you want to have? What are, what are the moments that you have with your children that are important to you that you want to be in the frame with them? Right. So if you look through my self portraits, I've, I try and take one a week all year. So for the past three years I've done 52 portraits, self portraits a year.

Ashley Marston: 00:36:28 And so they are like a good mixture of all of those things. And so last year my daughter was face painting. She's an incredible, she was, she was six, she was six and she was, people would hire her to come and face paint at events. Wow. Yeah, she was, and the kids just loved her cause she was little and they were, you know, so they, they, she was so popular and cute and everybody would line up. It was just adorable. But I, but for about a month, she wanted to face paint us every day. Right. Like, okay mom, can I have face painting? And I'm like, well I got it. I gotta go to work like flower on my cheeks. So anyways, so I just was, and that was one of those instances where I was like, before this, cause she might not be face painting forever.

Ashley Marston: 00:37:14 Obviously before this finishes, I want to make sure that I get a shot of her face painting me. And so, you know, those are the kinds of things, and I suggested just keep a list on the notes in your phone. Like when something comes to you, write it down so that when you're having one of these sort of days where you're thinking of what you want to shoot, well now might be a time to get that shot. Reading a book with your son or you know, a bedtime story or playing monopoly with your old, you know, like they'll, they'll, all those sorts of things. And when you're going through something personally, the last thing I find for me, the last thing that I want to do is get in front of the frame, but I never regret it ever. And it is a bit tricky at first and it's uncomfortable. But you eventually gets easier every time you do it, it definitely gets easier. So,

Raymond: 00:38:06 And I would assume that you could take your own advice that you give to kids. Like, Hey, look, this five minutes you're going to document this. And we're going to get on with whatever we were doing. You love these photos? Yeah. Yeah, that's kind of that I had a question because as I was saying when I went through some of the reviews to hear what people were saying about your course, there was a review and I should have written down the name and of course I didn't because I'm a big dummy, but the review said talking about you specifically Ashley her creative spin on everyday moments is exactly what I've been wanting to achieve. And that got me thinking. What do you think that quote unquote creative spin is?

Ashley Marston: 00:38:55 I don't know. I guess it's just how I see things. I don't know.

Ashley Marston: 00:39:04 There actually is a chapter in the course that says this is how I see it. So I do articulate it there, but I am, I think that I've developed over the years a certain style and some would call it your artistic voice. And it takes time and it takes practice and it's, it's ever evolving and it's changing. And I, yeah, I just, I think that I, I have a way of, of it, of helping the mundane or the normal look a little bit magical, but I think that everybody has that capability. It's just how you see it and it does, it does help us appreciate those moments more for sure. So yeah, I don't know if that really answers that question, but,

Raymond: 00:40:09 No, it does. It does. I find, I find it always interesting to hear from other photographers because I think as new photographers, what you want to know is how to shoot like the photographers who you like, who are producing images that you like, but it's hard to articulate exactly what that is because although that's just all that, you know, you know, it's all you've ever seen. But early on I would guess you know, as, as a photographer, you, there were, you were probably taking photos that maybe you weren't happy with or that you didn't feel like was at your full potential. So if you could go back and tell that Ashley one thing about getting photos that she loved consistently later on, what do you think that would be?

Ashley Marston: 00:41:00 I think it would be to just keep trying to just keep at it, because I think that your first response is to put your camera down. You know, that's your first like you're frustrated, you don't want to pick it up. And that was definitely me, you know, and like we talked about before, people that are feeling the same way. And I think, I think you just have to just keep shooting. That's sort of been my, my blanket answer for a lot because it's so true. Keep shooting, keep working on your, your consistent editing. You know that takes time to like, and you don't need a lot, like you can do so much in Lightroom. Like, you know, you don't need to overdo it, you know? I think that if you sort of simplify it and and I encourage people to, I encourage people in the course to like write down their reasons for why they want to do this.

Ashley Marston: 00:42:04 And you need to keep going back to your reasons. And so I think that the couple times that, the multiple times that I was spinning out in my own thoughts of self doubt and, and frustration I should have gone back to my reasons a lot quicker than what I had. And so the purpose of a daily occurrence is for me to streamline that process for people so that it doesn't take them as long as what it took me to, to understand. And so, you know, write down the reasons, have them visible to you when you're by your computer on your fridge. So when you're feeling that you just go right by, it just grounds you, puts your feedback on the ground for a second. And so maybe that's what I wish that I would've learned a hell of a lot quicker cause it would have saved me a lot of anxiety and self doubt and frustration on my part as an artist. So.

Raymond: 00:43:06 Wow. Yeah. I know right now if I were to list my reasons why, I would probably put it on the fridge as I probably see it more than I look at my computer. These, these days being stuck at home. Yeah. Yeah.

Ashley Marston: 00:43:18 Or put it where you keep your camera too, right? Oh yeah. I said I suggest to have your camera out in a place where you can grab it easily all the time. And if you put it, put it there right beside it, then you have a chance to peek it up before you, before you shoot.

Raymond: 00:43:35 Would you be willing to share your, your reasons why?

Ashley Marston: 00:43:40 Yes, of course. I think that sometimes they're, they change, but my number one reason is obviously the children that this is for them. Although this, this project has created a lot of opportunity for me professionally. The bottom line of this, the very heart and soul of this is that it's, it's for them and it's for me. And that's the number one thing for me. And just to grow as an artist, you know, this is, this is an opportunity for growth. And so I think that's what you have to think of too once in awhile, is that this isn't the, this isn't the, the finality. This is, you're still growing. You're always growing and you're always evolving. And so when I started this project, the first year I worked on light, you know, and how I see light in the second year. You know, I worked on like emotion. And so every year I kind of would focus on one thing or another. And then I started really getting creative where I started doing underwater work and using a drone and, you know, so it was just ever, ever evolving and always learning. And I think that's another one of the reasons too, is that this doesn't end for me. This is not a, this is not an end point. This is an always a growing, a growing situation. So

Raymond: 00:45:14 I love that. That's such a great way to look at this time that we're in right now as, as continue, continue continue learning. Continue to grow. This isn't a time to take a break was the time to yeah,

Ashley Marston: 00:45:26 No. And you you want to like, and I was, you know, I was very honest with my, my little group, they're in a daily current, so I popped on and did a live about a week after this. It all started cause I did not want to pick up my camera. I think that I was just, I think like everybody, we were kind of in that like shock mode where we just didn't really know what to do with ourselves. There was so much information and so much going on. And I just, yeah, like I had to force myself to pick up my camera and I took multiple days off, which is very strange for me. It felt very foreign and so I just popped on and was super honest and as, as I am and I just said like, is anybody else feeling like this? You know, it's okay, we're in this together, you know? And then now it's like, okay, now as things start to, we kind of have a bit of a, not a wall, but like, you know, we're hitting a bit of a stride here. We're all sorting, starting to pick up our cameras and finding ways to be creative and document this time together. So,

Raymond: 00:46:31 Yeah. You know, one thing that I've been working on a lot during this time is the edits that I have just in my personal photos, you know, not so much my professional work. I feel like I have some sort of consistency in that, that I enjoy. I want to keep working on that. As far as my personal photos go. The editing has been really fun for me during this time. And we talked about your editing a little bit there. So oftentimes beginners think as the capture as the creative, but can you talk to me about the creative role that editing has in, in your work?

Ashley Marston: 00:47:04 I actually love editing. So I have a very clean edit. I like things to be sort of as true to,

Ashley Marston: 00:47:18 You know I don't use Photoshop at all. That's not to say that some of my photos are not photo-shopped because you know, I have, I have a Photoshop that if I need a head swap or something, he's, I basically just email it to him. So you know, once in a while it is useful, but I use Lightroom solely for all of my work and black and white is definitely one of my favorite things. And I have, I, it's taken me a few years, but I've really, I've really honed in my black and white work for sure. So I think that for me everything is vibrant and colorful. I know that like muted tones and, and gray grass is kind of in right now, but I like bring out the colors, like I was a big, I'm just a big fan of, you know, our life is colorful and, and I want to show that, you know, so I do in the course I do, there are editing videos and so I go through my editing process for both black and white and color.

Ashley Marston: 00:48:27 And and there are shooting videos as well. So you really get to see the whole streamlined process of how I work. Both, you know, inside the home, out in the wild underwater. And there's a little bit on drones as well. So you get to kind of see how, how the ideas evolve whether naturally with the kids or even with the drone work. Like we we did a shot where the kids, and we had thought about this for months where the kids did a chalk drawing on the ground. And my son Noah did a huge dragon and Tate did some dinosaurs and Sophie did a rainbow with a mushroom and so, and then we put them into the drawing. So she was sitting on the mushroom and Noah was protecting her from the dragon and we drew a big sword in his hand and then Tate was getting eaten by dinosaurs.

Ashley Marston: 00:49:27 And then, so we popped the drone up. And so, you know, this was an idea that we had thought of as a family for a while. And I've actually got, I want to do one for quarantine too, where I'm laying on the ground pretending to run and they're chasing after me and I want to do like a big help, you know, so you can see that from above. So like, you know, it's just how these ideas sort of take form and are shot and, and you know, and then edited later on. Like it's just, it's nice to kind of see the whole stream streamline process cause that's what people I feel are most curious about is like, okay, well we see it online, but like, how did you get to that point? Right. So and the editing is, is such a huge part of that. So, yeah.

Raymond: 00:50:14 I love that. That's, that's great. That's not I don't think a lot of people would have went there, but, but I like, I like that, that view of the edit. That's a very fun, that's very fun. I have two last questions for you. I know that we've gone well over our time.

Ashley Marston: 00:50:33 Good visit

Raymond: 00:50:37 Blast. But do you have time for these two last questions? Ashley Marston: 00:50:39 Of course. Yeah.

Raymond: 00:50:40 Okay. So within the group, Kimberly asked me a long time ago, as I was telling you when your episode is, is, is, is one that just continues to strike a chord with a lot of people. And one of these listeners was Kimberly. She listens. And she told me a long time ago, like right after listening, she's like, you got to have her back on like, great. So before our interview I asked her if you could ask Ashley a question, what would it be? And she's like, well, I have a million, but here's two. So she says, Ashley consistently presents images that capture a feeling of weightlessness, which makes every moment of the life she presents seem saturated and quite important. What is your secret to achieving this consistency?

Ashley Marston: 00:51:38 Wow, Kimberly. Quite the question.

Ashley Marston: 00:51:48 So I, I'm struggling with, cause it's kind of like a shooting and editing question because it's sort of, it's a mix. It's a, it's a combination of all these things that achieves this final image. I think that first and foremost a lot of the times, the moments, like I said I sort of shoot my images or are

Ashley Marston: 00:52:21 Achieved by a few different things, light being one of them and moments being the other and, and capturing a moment in time or emotion in the capturing a moment in time being the other thing. So first I would start out with how I'm going to accentuate a moment with the light that I'm given and then that then turned, once the moment is captured, then once it's put into light room, I try and not, I guess I try and IX accentuate that. So it's sort of like a, I feel like it's like a boost, like, and I do do on my Instagram some straight out of cameras and then the final edit so you can see that it's not manipulated but just leveled up, you know. So the weightless comment is that's a very, I liked that. I don't know if that, I, I'm, it's, that's a very tricky and wonderful question. Yeah, I, yeah,

Raymond: 00:53:35 I would think a lot of it. I would think that you probably answered a portion of this earlier when I asked you what you would tell a younger Ashley, you know, which is essentially like just kinda keep shooting and eventually you'll find your way. Because I would assume that your first year's worth of photos probably look nothing like your photos today. Is that, is that pretty safe to assume?

Ashley Marston: 00:53:58 There are, there definitely are a handful of favorites that I still hold quite an eye and you'll be able to see, and I chat about this as well, were there, I call them game changers where you'll take a photo and you'll publish it or you know, like, you know, put it on your social media or put it in a book and you'll know, you'll see that that was that was that was a changing moment for you. You'll notice that your, your intentional shooting was different. The way that you saw the light was different, your, the way that you shot it was, you know, they're game changers. And so there are a few photos in that first year where I know that they're game changers and I can see very similar attributes and those photos to the photos that I have six years later. So yes, there are lots of learning moments of course, but there are those few were, those are, those are big growth photographs, right?

Raymond: 00:54:57 Yeah. Yeah. Ah, I love that. It's just that personal development I love so much that when you figure it out, like you said, that big, that moment you're like, Oh, Oh this is different, this is a little bit different. That's okay.

Ashley Marston: 00:55:07 Well, and that, that's why like, and this course is not just for three 60 fibers, like of course it will, if you want to complete it three 65, like this is definitely something for you. But even if you just want to be more intentional with your shooting, if you just want to be more creative, if you just want the push to pick up your camera every day or document your life at home, not in a, not in a three 65 project, but just in general. You know, this is why this is so incredibly beneficial for you and you know, it it's just helpful in, in all those and all those ways really. So you'll see at the end of your year, or even whether it's a full three 65 or just general shooting, you'll see a huge difference between your images at the beginning of this journey to the end. And you won't feel that when you're in the moment, but you'll definitely see it at the end. And it might be your push to the next year either to actually do a three 65 project or just to keep, just to keep going. So,

Raymond: 00:56:17 Yeah. All right. Thank you for sharing that. That's that's, that's some powerful, she had one last question for you, which was simply which artists in any genre, photography, music, painting, et cetera, influence your work currently the most?

Ashley Marston: 00:56:38 Mm. There's a few photographers that I love that definitely have pushed me to be a better photographer myself. I find that I have strong compositional skills, but there are some photographers out there like they are on a different level than me. Like it is fair. How do you spell his last name? Farewell. Stary. F. E. R. J. U. I R. Anyways, he's amazing. He does weddings and families down in Mexico and he just blows my mind. Some are Murdoch. She's a constant source of inspiration to me. Nikki boon, Nikki Boone is an Austria Australian photographer. She she has I think four kids and they literally live in the back country of Australia and most of her work is black and white. And she just does like mind blowing documentary and work with her kids for painters. And I mean I'm not inspired too much. I will constantly put on a nineties playlist while I work.

Ashley Marston: 00:58:05 Not all that inspiring. But my husband is an artist. He is a Carver. He's first nations. And so we, our household is definitely art filled. And I think that I have a deep appreciation for all the arts, but I definitely have a deep appreciation for him as an artist. And he inspires me. Daily. He's been doing he's been carving as an artist for, as a career for 20 years. And so, yeah. And he is world renowned and he is humble and amazing. And so we, we sort of build off of each other. And I think that that's been really important for our kids to see because there is this sort of a stigma for the poor, starving artist. And that is not how we've lived our life. And so we it's our, all of our kids are artistic and so we encourage them that they can do this. Photographers can make a living and artists can make a living and be happy and do what they love. And, and so it's just for our kids to see that, that anything, anything is possible really. So yeah, so he's probably my favorite artist.

Raymond: 00:59:36 Oh, man. I know, I feel, I feel oftentimes, you know, when I look at obviously as a photographer, having that technical ability to see how a photo is taken, I can look at other people's work and be inspired by it, but I still see it in my head. Like this is how the photo was taken. But when it comes to painting, when it comes to carving, when it comes to doing pretty much anything physical, I guess with your hands or creating anything tangible, I look at it with just complete awe because it doesn't make sense to my brain now. And it's just, it's fantastic stuff. And when somebody can do it, well it's, it's, it's a whole nother thing. It's a whole,

Ashley Marston: 01:00:13 You know, we've been together since I was 16 and it continues to blow my mind. Like we have literally like trees in our yard, like cut blogs and over time they become these incredible pieces, masks and boxes and, and total poles and house posts. And I'm like, you created that out of that tree in our front yard. You know that it's been seasoning and all these, I mean, that's what he's been doing for the past week is like cutting up, cutting up these, these gorgeous Cedar trees and they'll turn into these incredible works of art and B, we all over the world and it's still, it always and forever blows my mind. It never, it never seems to get old. Really.

Raymond: 01:00:58 Oh, that's perfect. Well, I don't know how we get in any better than that. You know, the, the, the figuring out, you know, where that source of creativity comes from. So I just have to say thank you for coming on and sharing everything that you did. I know that the listeners are gonna get a ton out of this episode. So before I let you go, can you let them know where they can follow you and keep up with everything that you're doing online?

Ashley Marston: 01:01:23 Well, I'm on Instagram and Facebook, Ashley Marston photography, and I post every day. I'm very active. I'm always open to questions. You can DM me any time. That's pretty much probably the best way to get ahold of me. So I'm, I'm always around. I'm always up, always up for a chat, so huh.

Raymond: 01:01:45 Perfect. Well, I will put links, of course, your Instagram as well as your website and your course within the show notes of this episode for people to find. But again, Ashley, I just have to say thank you for coming on and sharing everything that you did.

Ashley Marston: 01:01:57 Thank you. Raymond.

BPP 197: Joseph Cultice - Photos of Pop Stars

Joseph Cultice is a creative commercial pop star photographer who has shots print and advertising campaigns for bands like no doubt, Ozzy Osborne, Kelly Clarkson, juicy J, 3oh3, moby, Korn, Enrique Iglesias, Marilin Manson, Christina Aguilera, Joe Satriani, nine-inch nails, Rod Stewart, Garbage, beck, kid rock, Boy George, sting, brjork, Outcast, the chemical brothers, The Jonas Brothers, Jeff Lynne, and Beyonce, just to name a few. Today we talk about what it takes to take photos of pop stars.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Joseph got started in photography

  • When Joseph Cultice knew photography would play a major role in his life

  • What Joseph Cultice struggled with most when getting started in photography

  • What is the job description of a pop star photographer

  • Who reaches out to start a campaign for a musical artist

  • How to build report when working with new artists

  • How much of the final image comes from Joseph Cultice’s vision vs the bands vision

  • A misconception most people would be surprised to learn about being a pop star photographer

  • One of the most challenging shoots Joseph Cultice has had and how he handled it

  • How to create images unique for each artist while still keeping consistency across your body of work

  • How Joseph Cultice knows if he did a good job

Resources:

7000BC47-35BC-4F47-878F-DB168408BEE0@home.jpeg
88085D9B-6BC6-4313-B48D-4BCCE2FF1976@home.jpeg
AE32A4A4-ADAE-4A45-BED7-31F8C1D754BF@home.jpeg
7F83835D-78CC-49DE-8DD0-F21B2475F88C@home.jpeg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00:00 Normally I ask like I always love to start from the beginning. But for you, I want to take a little bit of a different approach because you've been doing this for so long. So my question for you is 30 years. Tell me when you knew that photography was going to play a major role in your life.

Joseph Cultice: 00:00:17 Well, see, I grew up in Phoenix and I was in a couple of bands, punk rock bands and I was taking photographs all the time at the punk rock shows. And that was my, a hobby. I was doing it in school, but I'd never really imagined a life as a photographer. The meat puppets lived down the street from me and they knew I was taking photographs and they were like, can you take our photos for this thing? And I'm like, sure, just don't, you know, I don't know if I said don't tell anybody, but they didn't tell anybody. And then they didn't use my name on the picture credit for the album. So I probably did say don't tell them cause I didn't want to be known as taking photographs for whatever reason that picture came out. That's in the back of me puppets too.

Joseph Cultice: 00:01:06 And then I started doing more and more pictures of them later cause I was in a band and the band just dissolved. And I had gotten a couple of little tastes of what it was like to be famous for an a band and I just, I didn't want to do it anymore. I don't think any of these are conscious decisions, but they, when I go back and have to answer these, this question, that's the that's the real reason I didn't want to be famous. I'd rather be behind the scenes. So then as the photography grew and I got better and better at it and got more a warm fuzzies for doing it, I became a photographer and then I really did make it a conscious decision that I'm getting, this is what I'm going to do. But it was all because the meat puppets asked me to take their band photo. I was taking tons of pictures, but it wasn't like, here I want to do a band album cover

Raymond: 00:01:55 Music was your first love. What would you say was the difference? Like how did you approach it differently? I'm assuming at the time you were just shooting?

Joseph Cultice: 00:02:02 Little Pentax me, supra with a bad Sigma lens that makes it really funky and distorted. I had like a 50 and a and a 28, that's all I had. And I was just shooting you go on my site on the Papa's personal and see all those early punk rock pictures. And there was just like a, a point where when I would take the camera to every show I was now, I was like, I'm really going to take pictures unconsciously, but it was just a way, you know, it's also a way to, to be a part of the music scene and to be part of it. And my band sucks so

Raymond: 00:02:41 I never got to play any of those great shows. So for that first album cover, was it just a portrait? Was it, you had to come up with concept? It's

Joseph Cultice: 00:02:50 Dragged me. We went out to the desert and it's really just be to smoke pot the whole time. And I was taking pictures with my Pentax black and whites and they, we had a Polaroid camera on SX 70, and I was taking pictures of the SX 70 for fun and it's a silhouette of them against the the desert sky and it's not even the whole band is just like Kurt. And that's where they ended up using was this that was the back album cover. That's the band photo.

Raymond: 00:03:21 Your your idea at the time was, Hey, we'll just go out, we'll have some fun and whatever you like you can use for whatever you want. There was no rationale behind those,

Joseph Cultice: 00:03:30 No rationale behind it. It was just take pictures and they were like the first band I really thought to graft a lot. They literally lived three houses down for me and I don't think they ever paid me any money. So when, so when that happened, did something change inside of you that you decided I'm going to pursue this philosophical? Really? I think it was just a, it was something I was good at obviously and I enjoy doing. And then like I said, people appreciated it. So then you got warm fuzzies from people for doing it and then I just continued to do it and then there was a certain point in college. I was in college at the time. So then what am I going to be? God, it was the last two years of college. I got really serious about it. I started shooting for the new times, which was the village voice of Phoenix and I got to shoot, it was funny last night friend of mine posted a picture of Johnny Eisman and that was the first celebrity ever photograph besides the meat puppets I guess was Donnie Osman, someone from my childhood.

Joseph Cultice: 00:04:32 But I photographed him with a 50 millimeter lens really close to him and it makes us forehead like that much. So it's just like you realize, Oh guy, I have no idea what I'm doing. Most of those things where I had no idea what I was doing, but I was given, I kept getting opportunities, like the shoot for the newspaper to shoot for other bands and I just happened to be the only guy around that was really doing it. And that's how it just, yeah, it's really, you think that's how you got those gigs? Oh yeah. Well I'm a hustler. You know, you have to be a hustler. So I hustled it. I don't think anybody I don't think anybody said, here you go, here's your career. I just kind of hustled my way through it and I, and it really was like the last two years of college, I really was busting ass to take photographs constantly.

Joseph Cultice: 00:05:19 I just became a fan of Gary Winogrand who would just shoot tons and tons of film. I thought it was Gary Winogrand, but when I go back and look at these shoots and stuff, I would shoot, like if I shot 10 frames, that would be a lot of frames. I'd go and there'd be rolls at contact sheets where the top part of it, there'd be portraits, portraits of Genesis, pure edge. And then there'd be like a picture of the somebody at the house or the cat and then there'd be a picture of a I would go and take pictures of people who started restaurants, like the Thai restaurant down the street. And I get the two owners holding up their favorite dishes. There'd be four frames of that. And then there'd be pictures of like Timothy Leary literally on the same 36 frames and then maybe some pictures of the cat. And I had a process the film and get the prints ready for the newspaper and all that. Like I went into Timothy Leary's dressing room and begged my way in there and got four frames. That's all I did and there, and he's just there. That's fine. But that's just how different now I shoot gazillions, all the rolls of film I would shoot when I was shooting film, you know, 80 rolls was pretty of two 20 would be pretty regularly expensive. Yeah. Wow. Yeah. I wasn't paying for it. That's what the 90s, the hay day.

Raymond: 00:06:40 So when, so when you'd go in there and you know, you would only shoot for frames so you'd have one roll that just had so much variety on that. Was that because you were so limited on time or because you got what it was that you needed? Was there something else behind that?

Joseph Cultice: 00:06:55 I don't think film, costed money. I don't know. It's kinda, I kept looking at it going, I expect you to go and look at my contact sheets as I stay. I scan my archive and see, you know, half a role on Timothy Elyria at least now there's only four frames. I'm like, wow, what was, I don't know what I was thinking, to be quite honest. I just, I think a lot of times half the, the energy was spent getting into the dressing room with Timothy Leary convincing his rotor manager, even though it was sent there by the local newspaper, the local liberal newspaper to get them to let me do it. I talked my way into run DMCs dressing room and to Billy Idol's dressing room to do pictures of him. And I'm just a kid and I had really long hair. I was super skinny. I had black, blue, black hair, I wore all black. I looked like Nick, kinda like a Robert Smith, Nick Katy kinda character. And with a camera, a little bag full of like a bad little umbrella with two battery powered strobes in it with like a, a long cord. And that was my whole lighting setup in a hot light sometimes. So

Raymond: 00:08:07 And, and, and so these photos that you're taking was those for the paper, these were commissioned things you had to get these right. So, so during this point, did you say to yourself, or I guess, let me, let me re ask the question. When do you first feel like you considered yourself a what do you consider yourself? Right now I pop star photographer. So when was the first time that you considered yourself pop star photographer? J

oseph Cultice: 00:08:38 It's, it's odd. The whole world. The whole thing of calling yourself an artist or you know, a big photographer or whatever. I've never been comfortable with that because I have Picasso [inaudible]. Gary Winogrand is another example or Avedon. I seen those guys and they never stopped doing photography. Picasso, he just painted every day, all day long. I've never had that kind of tenacity to do it constantly. I have a life outside of taking photos, but those avid dons and artists, he never stopped working. He was constantly working like, and that's that. And he had no personal relationships to speak up because of it. You don't consider yourself an artist. It's a weird world. My word, cause my son gets mad at me. Like you're totally an artist. Come on. What are you talking about? I guess I'm an artist. Yeah. But I saw like, you know, rappers, they'll make one for songs and like I'm an artist, man, an artist, yet man, you gotta do this your whole life. I think at 30 years, dime to doing it and I haven't let up. I'm being, I'm still, I'm hustling now harder than I ever have to continue to be able to do this.

Raymond: 00:09:51 To find out what you would, what you would define an artist as, what would you say the definition of an artist is?

Joseph Cultice: 00:09:58 Well, it's funny cause there's a, the definition artist really is somebody who works in their craft all the time, which is the most art as a craft. It's being very disciplined and doing it constantly. And I guess I do do that. Maybe not to the degree of Avedon Donner Annie Leibovitz. She's a, I mean that's, she just lives and breathes it. But that's her entire identity. I think a, I think maybe after I had my kid, my identity shifted a bit. You know, he is more important to me than pretty much anything. So and cats are too that's great. They get, these are all these big philosophical questions about photography or [inaudible]. I love taking pictures. It's talking about jobs like it's when I get a, I'm super motivated when I get a job of my own, I mean our job that I'm in the commission for and it's a blast and it together pitching the ideas, figuring out how I'm going to do it, realizing that now I've just pitched an idea that costs a lot more money than then I said it was going to cost. They just go back and go, can I please have 10,000 more dollars? It's not that much. The last garbage shoot was always that much, but they're, they're used to me doing that at this point.

Raymond: 00:11:19 Well that's funny cause that, that brings me into kind of where I was going with all of this, which is like where you're at now, you're working with lots of artists, you're working with lots of bands and you're not doing a single portrait. You're doing essentially not only a a cover shoot I suppose, but like a whole print and advertising campaign. Like these photos are going to be used for lots of things. So who reaches out to you and where does that process start?

Joseph Cultice: 00:11:45 Well, you know, it's changed since the heyday of the nineties, per se, where there's just so many record labels and so many magazines. Like I've worked, I worked for American Vogue for 10 years. I worked for every major electric record label I've shot for just about every cable company. There is some repeat customers, some not in the cable world, but they reach out purely just from you hustling to get your work in front of them and then keeping that relationship open with them. And I've been lucky that I'd say about five or six art directors I become good friends with and they, I don't feel bad when they don't hire me for things. I grumble about it, but but they've become friends, but they're, they're, they're, it's hustling and it's getting out there and talking to people. If you just sit on your, yeah, it's all our directors.

Joseph Cultice: 00:12:42 Yeah. Like Annie Jew and Jeff Schultz and Todd, I can't say Todd's last name too. Well, Galop Bailey for meat and potatoes. But the art director is the one who will reach out to you if a, if it is a new artist. Well, it's when they know, they know I'm a hustler, so they know I'll come, I'll bring something fresh to it. It's like I always have, I have a huge cachet of ideas that one pop star said no to or didn't work for a TV show and then I'll just reuse it or, you know, refine it. I don't think I do too many images over and over again because lighting might be consistent. But the the concept itself, you can't, you know, it's like I can't go and shoot one artist and have them show up around the same time with this similar photograph.

Joseph Cultice: 00:13:33 That's why I say Anton Corbijn used to be able to get away with that for whatever reason. He would do every big, humongous band in the world from Depeche mode to you two in the exact same style. And they'd be, their pictures would be everywhere and it's obvious it's Anton's pictures, but for then it worked. It was a style was almost like a, a a sign of that it was a sign of the time. So it was kinda that kind of look, the 90s, early two thousands. So you take them to get bored doing the same picture all the time. I think that's always been my excuse. I just can't do the same picture all the time. I'd go crazy. So when we, so you have this whole list of ideas that you have, is it typically you who approaches the artist? I have this idea.

Joseph Cultice: 00:14:23 Yeah. It's usually me actually. I'd say it's, there is a, I'm a good crossover. Like the stuff I did with Joe Satriani just recently, Todd came to me and said, I want to do light painting, you know, cause blah blah blah, you know, it's called shape shifting. And then I went and dug up a whole bunch of pictures. Todd dug up a bunch of examples of light painting and we basically kind of figured out which one we liked, what part of it and then just put it together. But that was a, his impetus. But then like say with the most recent garbage shoot, I just there's a desert X is what it was called, was out in the middle of the desert and they put all these huge mirrored houses and mirrored ABO obelisks out in the middle of the desert and it reflected everything around it.

Joseph Cultice: 00:15:10 So I just became fascinated with mirrors and then I talk surely into, let me do a picture with mirrors. Which costs money. It costs more money than we thought because it had to be real mirrors. It couldn't be plastic ones. Why is this? Cause they distort. Ah, okay. Yeah. No clean the heat now just in general cause they're plastic. So then we, you know, but the, it was fun. It all worked out. It was that we can talk about that shoe later. But so the ideas come from a little, a mixture of the art directors, but a lot of times I think they're so burned out that they want to find an idea. They're are hoping that you have some thing that you can come up ready to go. But a lot of times the artists, that's not true. Like a [inaudible].

Joseph Cultice: 00:15:56 Well, it's weird like a joy wave. That album cover I sent you. The guy's like chopped up cubes. He has a mustache in my kind of glasses. Those are all from a series of photographs I've done called the arc and they're all personal photographs of family members with that lighting. That's all really low tech, home Depot, Kino kinos and some weird hot lights I have. And a battering light. The one at one point I built a bad ring light, but now I actually have one of those plastic ones. But they had, I had gifted those prints or maybe, I can't remember. Cody bought these prints of me and my family and they sent them to their studio in Boston and put them up on the behind the reception desk. Really huge prints of them. Oh wow. And so the, it's just so this just a weird how coincidences work.

Joseph Cultice: 00:16:48 So the the band joy way, Daniel, the singer was at that photo studio to do a shoot in Boston pro for whatever reason. And he took a picture of those with his phone and thought they were cool. So then he's sent the art director, any Jew, the here I like, I like these pictures, you know, can we do something like this? And he's like, well, I know that guy. That's one of my photographers that work with all the time. And then there we go. And then I don't know where my, I thought I started experimenting with the picture of chopping it up and then end. He was like, Oh, here's a picture of a costume, make it that concert thing. We keep talking about the cubism thing and then I just worked with that until it turned into what it was. And it was a gift to, that was the other part of their marketing was a GIF, so has lips and I hadn't do a million strange faces.

Joseph Cultice: 00:17:36 It was good for fun, but that's all with $50 with a lighting, maybe 75 but this whole idea came from essentially a personal project. Is that, did I hear that right? Yeah, yeah, exactly. Yeah. If you go on my site, it's in under personal, it's the art and all that stuff they shot was just bad lighting on purpose. It all came from that. I sent you that the thing you have everything you need, which is kind of similar to what you had talked about in your email of Oh, what was her, you used to work with what you have or Meg. Danica may do, sounds a little sends down, you have everything you need. So when I moved to, when I moved to LA from New York, that person's posters were all over silver Lake and Atwater and I was sitting in my office and this right when the huge economic downturn happened and I have like 80 grand worth of cameras and computers, but not too many lights.

Joseph Cultice: 00:18:36 And but I had those fluorescents. I had a bad low hot light kit from, for I've had forever and ever and ever. I don't even know how that ended up in my house. At one point. I tried to figure that out. But anyhow so I, I realized I have everything I need to make some photos to start a series. So I literally just kind of figured out the lights and then I realized I really wanted to ring light. So then I took a construction was being happened in the bathroom and they had pulled the old circular fluorescent off the ceiling so that I took that, got new bulbs, stuck it on a piece of wood and it was really heavy. And I looked this thing up and down. That would be the ring light with one one, one a one two by two, one two bulb, four foot a Kino.

Joseph Cultice: 00:19:25 But it's actually just a home fluorescents with the actual keynote silver factor for reflector in there. And that was the light. And then with two hot lights behind their heads. But that took a couple of them. I shot my mom and my kid and a couple other friends and then I've done that. I've probably done it 300 times now with different people. I do it with this different groups of families. You go to their house and they have a couple of years from when the little kids, you know, they're teenagers off from our schools. Yeah. It's really beautiful. And I love the way they look. So that's where I started getting back into hot lights and blurry stuff. And I like blurs and cliques and it's fun. It's hilarious. And cheeks and cliques, you know, the little thing in your eye, you know, so that's always, it's always interesting to me because I'm not sure if there's, it really feels like there's always really two Pete type of people, those who need everything to be perfect in order to just to get started.

Joseph Cultice: 00:20:23 Yeah. I think that I'm one of those unfortunately. And then I then, then there's those who are just going to get started no matter what, and then they're going to refine as time goes on. Would you say that before this moment where you found this ring light, the circular fluorescent, you were one of the other? No, I think I've just always just done, you know, using your thing. I have, I have, and I have to do it right now. I think that a lot of that came from when I was working for the new times. I'd be forced into a dressing room in five minutes with somebody and I'd have four minutes to take a picture of him. So I decided to make do with whatever I had and sometimes it was really successful. And then, you know, most of actually most of the time was pretty successful actually.

Joseph Cultice: 00:21:11 I kind of missed that. When I used to work with Annie, we'd spend all this time in these huge productions and sets and then she would just, we'd just race off someplace else and take other pictures. Same with like ockenfelds I think these, like I went to school for photography, but I really learned how to become a photographer when I was an assistant in New York. Like what the, the game really is and how you make it work. The big show as they say. So you just make do with what you have really. That's kinda your thing. You have everything you need right there. They're both the same. It's a good, yeah, it's again, it all, it all comes back to the same, right. It's all kind of the same message. But I like what you said. Mine kinda sounds a little forceful.

Joseph Cultice: 00:21:56 You just do it. You make just two a minute. You got nothing. Yeah. Come make sense. Let's just try to be positive at the time too. It's was like, we're like, I went from doing a 10 shoots a month to do intense shoots a year, like within a year. I'm like, what the fuck just happened? And that was after moving from New York? Yeah. We were really lucky though. I had a, we owned a brownstone in New York and we sold it not knowing that this was going to happen and we made money on it. So we were fine, but it was just like, wow. It was weird. It was really weird the whole why it's changed everything. I dunno what happened. Yeah. But how's he this? What's gonna happen now? Yeah, I know where it's uncharted territory right now. It's a very, it's a very interesting time to be alive and to be working as a commissioned artists.

Joseph Cultice: 00:22:42 But I want to go back to New York for a second. You moved from Phoenix to New York. So like I go back to Phoenix, there was at a point when at the end of it cause I just had this discussion with cat Sarah. It was I'd spent a lot of time in LA when I was growing up of when a bands would go play there, I'd go see shows and really to become a professional photographer. Then it was either into being an assistant, was to either move to LA or move to New York. And I had never been to New York. So I knew LA was filled with flakes, so I decided to move to New York just like on a whim. And at the time my girlfriend at the time she was going to summer school at NYU, so I got to go and see New York and I just went there with resume and a portfolio of one of those bad plastic kind of weird plastic portfolios.

Joseph Cultice: 00:23:38 The whole thing's plastic fill with tear sheets in my photos and just started bugging photographers to be an assistant. Like Tom Katrina was a big J crew catalog guy, one of the first guys to hire me out there and I'm who I'm still friends with now, especially on Instagram. Makes me feel good all the time. But but I went there and learned the show. Like things you just don't learn in school, I think, I don't know what schools are like now, but back then it was there were either all the fine art stuff or only technique and neither of those things will mesh well together. You need both. Like literally no one used any strobes. When I went to college, I was the only person who had strobes. It was all about interesting the light, find that natural light.

Raymond: 00:24:24 Oh, that's very strange. It's very strange. You think it was just purely an aesthetic thing? Yeah, I guess. I don't know. It's Phoenix. Who knows what Phoenix? My mom, my mom lives in Phoenix right now and we we just went out last year. Yeah, it's so, so when I'm, I'm always interested about these, these early days as a photographer because it's always fun. It's as somebody who's in that spot, you can't look forward and see what the future is gonna hold. Right. So at that point, were you taking every gig that came your way? Were you specifically looking for bands or where you

Joseph Cultice: 00:25:01 Yeah, I just took, I just took every, I took every gig literally. Now if you look at all those old black and white rolls of film, I took every, every gig, every gig. Then you times I did for your times. I think they paid me $75 for every more. Yeah. We got to cover, it was like $300 may or maybe they sent me to photograph the real estate rapist in prison and it was a cover and I didn't know he was a rapist. I had no idea who this guy was. They didn't tell me, how do you shoot something like that then? Well, they came back with the photos and they're really like, he looks soft and I was making pretty pictures. This guy felt bad for him. He was in prison. I didn't know for years he had been a luring women to open, you know, to look at the house and then, and then afterwards they tell me I'm gonna go, why didn't, why didn't you tell me why this guy was the real estate rapist? Because when they said he's the real estate rapists, you going what? Cause I knew that I'd heard about it, but yeah.

Raymond: 00:26:06 Yeah. You were, you were within feet of this guy and you had no idea that was it. No, I was in a cell with this guy. Oh no. Inside a prison cell with him and they let you have a camera. And some lights set up with him.

Joseph Cultice: 00:26:18 I brought my little strobe thing. Yeah. And I got some daylight, him and the bars and look into the bars. Yeah. Very. Yeah. I don't think it was going to rape me, but you know, he looked real. He looked really sad and pathetic. He lives, he was busted. Yeah. You know, it was horrible. He's a monster. You ruin lots of people's lives. But so the, the, in new times, God, I still have those, the letters to the editor because they gave to me, they thought I was funny cause it was like you made him look so empathetic. Like you know, we should be feel sorry for him in the pictures. They don't read the article. Of course they just look at the pictures of Christ. Yeah. And yeah, that's what, so you just, I took everything, but that was fun. You know, I, it's funny now I wish I could go and do more of those kinds of pictures.

Joseph Cultice: 00:27:04 At a certain point in New York, I was getting offered lots of politicians and I had to take pictures for the cover of parade. Right. So basically I'll do anything, you know, I slept for parade, tons of stuff for FHM and Maxim tons and I should probably start posting that stuff cause it's pretty funny. It's hilarious actually. But they may, they paid really well. Prey pays really well. They paid like three grand for the cover, but please complete it. Sure, sure. It's monster. And I knew that going in, it made me feel so dirty and gross that like the next week, you know, when you go and take pictures and I'm like, absolutely not. I'm done no more of these. Am I going to give my love to these horrible politicians

Raymond: 00:27:50 When it came to you know, being in New York, at what point were you at what point did it switch from I'll take a gig to now, this is what I do and, and artists come to me.

Joseph Cultice: 00:28:05 Well, I think when I started making some really big images and are getting a lot of magazine covers, like option and Ray gun, a few spin covers, the music work just rolled in. There was all that editorial back then. If you were in the magazines then the band, well, my big break was nine snails. So I was working with Frank ockenfelds as an assistant and he turned the people on a musician magazine to my work. And I was starting to shoot a lot of my own stuff, bands, portraits of actresses and stuff and putting out cards and you know, doing the hustle, trying to get work. And Frank was nice enough to I wish I could remember that art director's name, but he told him and then about me and I think I photographed like Cypress Hill. I'm a jazz guy that was a famous jazz drummer.

Joseph Cultice: 00:28:56 I should photograph television for them when they came back out. Tom, Tom Berlin. But then they, I got to shoot Trent and that was right when he put out, he had just signed to Interscope. He was on a broken, was the EEP put out. And I knew nine snails. I liked him, but I wasn't a Trent freak or anything. So then what I photograph trend, every musician in the world wants to be as cool as Trent Reznor. So then they hire the guy that photographs Trent. I photograph Trent for a musician was a really big spread. And then me and Trent got along really well. Unbeknownst to me, he liked me because I did like five setups in like an hour, just walked set to set. I thought that was the reason cause then they musician ran with one picture, which I love. And then Trent bottle, the rest of them to use for his PR for press because it was done, it didn't cost him very much money.

Joseph Cultice: 00:29:56 I became best friends with his publicist, Susie Zimmerman from formula at the time. Now Magnum PR and but years later we all talked about your why, you know, why'd you like me and stop blah blah blah. I don't know why that came up. But he was like, Oh cause you had received peanut butter eggs, which are those, it was like after Easter and they were on sale. So all I had, there was a bunch of boxes of receipts, bean butter, eggs and coax. Cause I knew there was no money, was no musician and pay any money. So literally I used to assist Matthew Austin a lot at, and we would shoot at studio one in New York on fourth and Lafayette. So they let me use a studio, I think for free. And I shot, you know, Trenton, they're all, you know, for an hour. I had the morning to set up.

Joseph Cultice: 00:30:41 You shut up. We did it. But he really liked the pictures. But it was the end. It was really that he liked the Reese's peanut butter eggs. That's his favorite candy in mind too. So then that was a, that was probably five years later. He told me that I may really cause any, just started hiring me over and I would do shoot music videos. I would go on the road with them. I did part of a concert film that took years and years later to come out. I did a just tons, tons of photo shoots with him. So then those images, my name was next to it and that's how, that's how I met Manson. We met Manson before he was even a rock star. He was a writer. And so I've known Manson before he was even a rockstar back to the whole Trent Reznor thing real quick without peanut butter eggs.

Joseph Cultice: 00:31:28 I think what's really interesting is that building rapport is something that a lot of photographers don't think of when they think about getting into photography. So nowadays when you're working with bands like garbage, right? Yeah, very well known bands. You have Bay come in, you have to introduce yourself and you have to build rapport quick because you're in charge of their image. So how do you build that rapport efficiently? It's, it's not so much building reports just like Shirley's and surely and garbages a perfect a Shirley Manson. It's a perfect example of it. You just don't be a flake and being a flake is don't over promise and be realistic with what you can do. And if you're going to be late with something, you don't wait until the day it's due to say it's going to be a day late. If you know two days before that this retouching is not going to be done, let them know that it might be late.

Joseph Cultice: 00:32:25 And then surprise them if it's early. It's just bait is basically not being a flake and keep it on top of it surely is a really good example because like when we did the last record, I literally, I was lucky too. I wasn't, I think maybe back in the day would've been harder to keep up on this. But she had an idea of, we photographed him in the back of backyard. It's the double truck of their album and they're in this big backyard with lollies flowers, three grand worth of flowers. Another example of, I come up with great idea, and Shirley, we have a $10,000 budget and I find out my God, flowers costs three or $4,000. I had no idea. And she was like, really even fake flowers cost that much. So she's like, it's a fucking genius idea. Let's do it. And I found the backyard behind my the studio anyhow, so she had the idea for their website of having them dissolve into the photograph and then undissolved, you know, there's an opener.

Joseph Cultice: 00:33:21 She asked me to do that. And of course I had plates in the backyard. I put that together for probably in an afternoon and so, and then sent it to her. So what I'm getting at is to build a rapport with musicians, TV studios, magazines is you just, they've hired you and you just have to really be on top of it. You can't be a flake about it. It's, and then the, they will come to you because they know they can rely on you. So once you've built that rapport with them and keep it up as well, then they, they just keep hiring you because there's a lot of flakes out there. The horror stories, the horror stories I've heard from rockstars about they do a photo shoot, they give the person, you know, 20 grand and then it takes them a month to get a print out of them.

Joseph Cultice: 00:34:11 And then, you know, all these kinds of things. I'm just like, really dude, I'm all over this. Like you'll get these, you'll have these up online tomorrow morning. You crazy. That was like Gary Newman, his album cover before that, he said it was a nightmare. It took them like six months. They had a delay putting up the record and all the press because the people that they had hired to do these great, great pictures in the end, they, it, they just flaked on them constantly. So then the other part was he said that he wanted it to be all crunchy and worn and they were like, no, we don't want to do that. I'm like, well, I have dark. The Gary Newman wants you to make it crusty and Warren just do some treatments, make your crusty and work. So you literally took the prints, they send them, put them on the the cement in front of this house and just rubbed on the cement and then they rescanned it and that's the cover and you see it, it looks really chunked up like it was on cement. A gun. Oh yeah. That looks really real because it is completely real. But you know, I was all over Gary. He was happy lead. We'll do the new one. Yeah.

Raymond: 00:35:16 Oh, that's horrible to hear that, you know, cause obviously a lot of money's going to go into creating an album, putting it out, doing advertising and stuff. The fact that a photographer is going to hold something up like that, essentially you're done after that. Right?

Joseph Cultice: 00:35:28 I want to send the [inaudible] and then they, the, I would imagine I don't know if Gary a bad mouth them, but when they did, he didn't tell me their names. It doesn't matter. You can tell her they did. It's just like, it's not going to help your career at all. So especially in this day and age when there's so many freaking photographers that can just take a Canon five D and put a pretty girl against the wall with the right styling and hair makeup, then you've, you know, that's half the battle. So you put in front of the camera. It's easier now than ever just to point something and make it happen. Back in the day, you would have to know how to expose film and take it to a lab.

Raymond: 00:36:05 So looking at your photos, that is the exact opposite of what you do. It looks very rarely do you just put somebody in a spot, snap the photo, and then you're done. There's a lot of work that goes into your photos. So I do want to talk about one photo in particular, and that is, I guess not one photo in particular, but Jeff Lynne of ELO. Oh, cool. Right. His new album or their new album, yellow's new album. You were the one who shot photos for Jeff when somebody like Jeff Lynn comes to you, right. I'm sure that you're not coming up with a crazy idea, like, let's go out into the desert. This was something a little bit more subdued. So interestingly enough, rarely subdued. Yeah. So where did that idea come from? Okay, so Jerry Haydn, who is

Joseph Cultice: 00:36:58 [Inaudible] smog design and they've done tons of huge packaging that you'll see, but they do, we work with them and garbage a lot. And I've done stuff prior to to garbage with Jerry, but at smog design, Jerry and Brian and Ryan's, her partner, they wanted me to shoot Jeff Lynne and I just came up with some rough ideas. But the main thing was to get Jeff to say yes to doing a photo shoot because he never does photo shoots. He has not done a photo shoot. And I think it was like, I don't think I'm exaggerating 20 years. He just doesn't do photo shoots and he wants photos come out, but it's like his friends at a studio, him sitting on a couch with a guitar, they're all kind of useless photos for the most part, other fine for Instagram or something. But I mean, dude, I love ELO.

Joseph Cultice: 00:37:53 I forgot how much I love to ELO until I got the job. And I realize this was the music of my of my teachers. I'd sit and that out of the blue album cover, I would sit there and look at that and does listen to it over and over and over again. So it was a, it was a real rush when it all started to come together and happening. And Jeff is an eccentric rockstar. He wanted to be near his house. He wanted certain kinds of food. All these things you'd expect. Like I was kind of petrified Jerry and those guys were petrified that he was going to show up and not want to do it. Get away.

Raymond: 00:38:31 Yeah. Let's see if you can see her right there in a way. Yeah,

Joseph Cultice: 00:38:36 Right. I was trying to get cats to walk around and lingerie behind me, but she give it time. Okay. Cat, are you gonna do lingerie thing? No. Darn it. But J I'm gonna say it's me. Jeff really liked me right off the bat. I didn't have a lot of strobe stuff. It's literally those bad kinos mixed with some little inky hotlines and just had fun with him. And the, the, the oddest thing about the shoot is that in a lot of Jerry's a, the manager is Craig that runs basically day to day with Jeff, a huge management company. He really helped get Jeff to go from here to there. But Jeff had fun on the photo shoot. He did seven setups in three or four, about three hours, which they didn't think he was gonna last 40 minutes like he'd want to leave.

Joseph Cultice: 00:39:43 And I also had a shoot with my phone. A commercial of him reading a script for, it's great cause I have all the raw footage of it and he messes up and he's, he's just like Ozzy. He has the same accent as Ozzy. He's from wherever that part of England, Israel had that. Oh yeah, you're blind. Me. You know they had that accent, which is funny cause you never hear Jeff talk. And then he talks and it's like, Oh my God, are you from the same place as Ozzie? He sounds just like Ozzie. It was good fun. But we got along great and he danced. He played guitar. But the crazy thing about the shoot is that there was no music. We didn't play any music cause it's in a bouncy Cove studio. It's hard to hear, to begin with. And Jeff since he's been doing this for so long, all those really rock stars didn't have ear plugins when they were their ears are fried, they're fried.

Joseph Cultice: 00:40:43 And Jerry was saying, or Ryan, Jerry's partner, when he would go to the house to listen to like the record, like in the studio, he'd have it so loud, it rattled their lungs and, but that's how he can hear it. So the only ruins his hearing more. A lot of us, yeah. A lot of, a lot of the older pop stars their hears are fried and then the newer ones aren't going to have that problem cause they just have perfect in sound, you know, monitors and it's not very loud on stage. You can have a conversation on stage that's so weird about it. It's really weird. And I don't know if that's, it's not that much fun really. I'd rather be loud as if I was in the middle of yeah, absolutely. Absolutely. Metallic music. Dead quiet on stage. There's no monitors on stage, blah, blah, blah.

Joseph Cultice: 00:41:32 So Jeff, what can I you about Jeff? He's just an absolute gent. He's so great. And then we we just, little inky lights just playing with them. It was slow shutter speeds. He played guitar. I couldn't help it sing songs to him. There were his songs cause I listened to it the week before and he was like, Oh yeah, that's not bad, eh, he's had a good time. It was it was really magical, but it was over in like three and a half hours in the door and out really fast. It was situation

Raymond: 00:42:06 That, that, that, that brings up that question again about building the rapport. You know, you hadn't done a photo shoot in 20 plus years when he walks in the door. How much communication have you had before that moment?

Joseph Cultice: 00:42:18 No, zero would never, I don't think he even knew. I don't think he'd even looked at my website or anything because Camilla, his his partner is know basically his wife. She was like going, wow, you're really good. This is fun. I can't believe it. And then she was like looking at my website on her on her phone gun. You took all these pictures. I'm like, yeah. So basically Jerry from smog, she vouched for me and I work with Sony a lot as well. So I knew the music and they knew I'd be good for it. You know, that's not the point. Do you, do you feel like there's a level of just trust that has to be, yeah, that's what I'm saying. The report, the report basically comes from a God saying it's just don't be a flake. Flake is not, is beyond just doing your gig.

Joseph Cultice: 00:43:07 It's communicating. And that's the thing about like if you can't over promise something, you can't, you have to know. You can't just say yes. You have to think about what you're really going to do. Are you going to be able to, are you going to be able to retouch all this in one day or is it going to take a couple of days and you have to be honest, give me a day or two in this. Because as you know, with retouching, it sits in, then you go back and look at it and go, Oh, that looks horrible, or I should be more than this, or I should, if I have to do all one day and send away, then it looks a little bit sloppy. It's always great to let it sit there for one day, but that, you know, is get that luxury most of the time. I don't,

Raymond: 00:43:48 I I, I, I'm, I'm under nowhere near the same amount of delivery pressure I guess is you. But whenever I shoot a wedding, it's kinda the same because I will not look at the photos almost for an entire week because if I do look at them the next day, I will, I'll just want to give up. I want to give the couple back all their money and say like, I'm sorry, I'm a fraud. Like you got me. I, you're, I am. You know, I am. So I, I totally get that. That's funny. That's funny.

Joseph Cultice: 00:44:14 Yeah. You don't let it sit for awhile. And I don't think a lot of people understand that because it's the delivery pressure is there a lot of times. And when you, as I did that revolver cover just recently, they gave me the job on a Monday, I it on a Wednesday or Thursday and it had to be done that weekend. It was that past return around. And then I look back at that recharge and go on and I would've done this a little differently now. Plus I had a sh I got a new computer, which goes a lot faster.

Raymond: 00:44:48 Is it the new macro rounds? Insane. But they paid, it was nice. It puts, it's a really great band. That band ginger. It's amazing. Oh yeah, yeah, yeah.

Joseph Cultice: 00:44:56 Really great. They're really, and they're all really cool and they're all from the Ukraine.

Raymond: 00:45:02 Oh, that, that's, that's all for fun. Joe Biden son. And they used to party with them. And I'm just that brings me to, I mean, is that, I guess is that obviously that's not a common turnaround time, but what would you say is the average turnaround time for a if you're doing some sort of album cover?

Joseph Cultice: 00:45:20 Well, it's, you know, it's kind of weird about the turnaround time thing. It's like I always go back to when a, when FedEx wasn't there, right. And then everybody wanted everything overnighted cause they could, and then when it went from Chrome's to shooting negative, everyone wanted four sets of contact sheets overnight at someplace. So you'd rush charge that. Now with the internet, literally people like, I'll shoot something and they're like, are you going to upload those tonight? Yeah, I'll just, I'll, I'll process the JPEGs and we can upload them and edit it tonight with garbage. You know, I get it to him like the day afterwards and they're like, yeah. And they start sifting through and it's all really fast now. It's all

Raymond: 00:46:09 Internet. Yeah. Wow. In COVID 19 I think is probably makes everything faster. I felt like that has slowed things down a lot. At least I think it's going to change everything. We'll see what happens.

Joseph Cultice: 00:46:24 I think. So this morning I woke up right [inaudible] going to do a nice zoom chat interview in the freaking box just was off. It wouldn't, it's, it died last night. I got a kid at home doing homeschooling on the zoom. I have a fiance katzer upstairs working from home on the internet. So to go to spectrum you have to make an appointment cause they don't want more than three people in the room at the same time. Luckily I got an appointment, went there, got a box, came back, but I could have been on at 11 o'clock but that was like, yeah. And there was a line of people outside the door at their boxes and stuff and the guys, you have to make an appointment and they're going, what? We don't let three people. And it was, it was bizarre. So all this is really bizarre.

Raymond: 00:47:19 Yeah. Yeah. That brings up a question. Technical malfunctions from a technical standpoint, has there ever been, it's always the digital is the digital thing.

Joseph Cultice: 00:47:30 It's always the key. Let's not even talk about the camera then. Let's not even take out the camera from a, from a, from the standpoint of, of building this conceptual idea that you have, what has been one of the most challenging shoots that you've had? Well, the one that the most recent one was the garbage one. If you look at it, it's a, that is a physically an eight foot tall mirror in Vasquez, rocks in the middle of in the middle of the desert. Basically in what turned out to be the, probably the wrong time of the year to shoot it in know, cause it was high winds the weekend before that whole area was on fire. We were supposed to do the shoot the Friday or the Saturday before it and we had a postponement. Luckily all the garbages changed their plans and stayed and we did it the next weekend, but it meant no one, it was a total cluster to get this thing back together.

Joseph Cultice: 00:48:29 The next weekend systems were booked. The park, the park wasn't maybe available. They're going to have a, an event there. They shoot star Trek there all the time. A block it off for a month. Star Trek decided not to do it, so it all worked out. But I took a mirror out in the middle of the desert and high winds. So in the picture surely is reflected in that mirror. She's got another eight foot 10 foot flat that's painted orange that she's standing in front of, on top of a platform on top of with the, the flat behind her reflecting in the mirror. So I have what, five assistants, mainly the assistants and end up being human sandbags to keep these things from cause it was super high winds, like really high winds, which I come up with these ideas and I don't think that our high winds, every time I've gone to baskets, rocks, it's a perfectly beautiful still day.

Joseph Cultice: 00:49:29 And then it turned out to be one of the windiest days of the year. Even the people at the Parker like, wow, it's windy. And I'm like, Holy shit. How much do you think you can prepare for something like that? I just don't, it just totally flew by the seat of my pants. It's like, you know, I think we had put 500 pounds where the sandbags, you know, it wouldn't have mattered how much they had to be to assistance air to kind of deal with the in a band that's known me for years. I've known them forever. That would totally just, I don't have to be nice. That's what I have to say and I have to be like, please would you move over here? You know? Cause they're not tender. They're just yelling at me called ice. I like being ordered around but everyone screaming at me so I would scream at him all the time.

Joseph Cultice: 00:50:18 There's a lot of fun. Yeah. How many people are going to be on set with you when you, when you were creating something that was a big one cause it was how many people was there? What's a big month? Cause you have stylists yet. Hair and makeup. That's when too there was like 20 people. 20 people. Wow. Five assistants, me, truck drivers. We had generators out in the desert and one of the things that LA, I don't know if you know, but if it's a park, you have to go through their film permits and everywhere you turn someone's going, here's, we want our money. So you have to, I had to pay $450 for some guy that never showed up to inspect the generators to make sure you have to have a certain kind of fire extinguisher next to each generator. Yeah, yeah.

Joseph Cultice: 00:51:09 But I do all that production myself and I would buy all those extinguishers, leaving their boxes in this, return them. Tom, I cannot pay $1,000 for the fire extinguishers, but that's so it's funny. He talk about these ideas. I come up with them or want to do them and it's really up to me just to make it happen. And I've just always done that. Even with back in the punk rock days or you know, ideas in New York, a lot of the times they fail. But as I've gotten older and better at this, most of the times they don't. They actually kind of work out. I think I maybe know my limitations now.

Raymond: 00:51:46 Oh yeah. That could be. That can be after a while. You tend to learn who you are and how you work. That makes sense. Yeah.

Joseph Cultice: 00:51:53 I used to make a lot of, there's a lot of contact sheets of bands there. People with like say a some band called glory woods or something. I was supposed to have them with all kinds of of Palm trees and flowers and their arms and everything, and I got them the day before. Not thinking that no matter what I did, they, as soon as they take them from the market, they all wilted. So these guys will hold on to all these wilted flowers and I still did it and it looks horrible. Plus they looked completely stunned like, what's going on here? What's this guy doing? I thought he was good.

Raymond: 00:52:26 This is for our album. Oh, okay. I guess.

Joseph Cultice: 00:52:28 Yeah. Yeah. They didn't go anywhere. They looked like they were two twins. They kind of looked like Crispin Glover to Christmas

Raymond: 00:52:36 To Crispin Glover's. Oh wow. That'd be really looked just like him. Wow. I've got a question for you. And this one came from your website and on your website it says, Oh no, I'm sorry this didn't come from your website. This came from an interview that I read that you did with a magazine, I believe, based in st Louis. And it is in this interview you said when you're talking about the artists that you've worked with, you say, I'm not trying to put them into my photographs. I'm basically trying to make a new image for them. I'm not a cookie cutter photographer. And you talked a little bit about that before, but I kind of get torn right there because I think the, the, the conventional education would be, or at least what I've been taught is that to be known for something, you need to have a look. You need to have a, can you

Joseph Cultice: 00:53:25 Talk about those two things? Well, I think that like I was saying like with Anton, Corban definitely style the 90s, he dominated all the, no, all the bands I wanted to shoot. And that was probably a mistake on my part. I should have been more of a cookie, not cookie cutter, but just had a more recognizable style, but I just couldn't do it. I tried and I think I would fall back on looks or ideas because the like say with Maxim and FHM, that's what they hired me for. They saw something I shot for the source or something in a fashion shoot for the source magazine and they just loved that light. So then I basically, every shoot I did was a version of that light and that's what they wanted. They didn't want me to experiment. I think for me, I just want to experiment in every shoot. The weird thing is I love repetitive images. Like I love Damien Hirst, repetitive paintings, they're all the same painting, just a variation of it.

Joseph Cultice: 00:54:30 Yeah, that's all exactly. The point of that too is to make it repetitive. That's the exact same lighting. And then when I frame them in Prince, their eyes in their faces kind of have to line up in the same spot. So when you see 20 or 30 of them on the wall, even if they're a little baby, their head is that big and their eyes line up there, blah, blah, blah. Yeah, you're, you're told to do that. And I didn't do that in the beginning and because I think it was, I couldn't take a picture of nine snails and then go and shoot Marilyn Manson the same way, or like say I just couldn't because those bands that then they would nine snails in Marilyn Manson would look the same. So you can't, and then that they would hate you for it. So I think some people really appreciate that I come up with something new.

Joseph Cultice: 00:55:26 It's the best I can for each artist. And for me it's I don't really think about too much, but I think it is a little bit of a challenge. And you know, part of me too is I'm looking around at other people's photographs. Like, Oh, I love that. Or can I do this? Or I see some art thing like that desert X thing. I really wanted to do something along that lines and I'll go find, you know, somebody who wants to do it right now it's garbage. And Gary Newman. Who else? No. So you know, I put people, I don't want to be a cookie cutter. I guess that's, I've never heard that word. Cookie cutter for a photographer. But I do, I do make images for my pop stars rather than putting them in my photograph. How much more pressure does that put on you to have to deliver and create something new?

Joseph Cultice: 00:56:14 None. I don't even think about it really. That's the thing is I don't even really think about it. I just can't. I just can't do the same photo all the time. And it's like I surprise myself with when photo works. Like with Gary Newman's last album cover, a friend of mine had been out at this location that was a an old book Kinnick crater hole where they used to mind pumice stones. You know the things they put on your arms, you know, rub off your calluses. And also they used to have lava rocks. People used to put that in their front yards. It's our landscaping in my mom's house that that's where it came from. Or it's one of the places and it was way to, to do it legally. It was way too cost prohibited. And I went out there and shot plates of it to then Photoshop Gary into it.

Joseph Cultice: 00:57:04 But I was out there and I realized there's nobody here. I mean this is literally the middle of Barstow in the middle of nowhere. I literally could probably go and shoot a star Trek episode out there and they would have never known there could have been 80 trucks out there. So I said screw it. And I, Gary was nice enough to say the day before he's leaving on a trip. Okay, we'll move our shoot up a day. Then after you do the studio shoot, I'll drag Gary out to this thing. And it was just me and one assistant and I hadn't really shot a daylight thing like that forever. But the light looks so great. I had just one silver bounce board and that was it. And it looked amazing. But I was in the end, I look at the little, got so many pictures from and Gary was having so much fun run around in this new space outfit.

Joseph Cultice: 00:57:56 Gemma happened fun and it was just us. There was nobody there except for these there's caves for people go skunky and or something's, what they call it, co linking where they climb down in a cave. And that's horrible that they couldn't, they just saw Gary running up on the Ridge. They're coming up out of the cave and Harry's running around in his outfit and their age and I was down at the bottom shooting up. It looks like a something out of, you know, like Mars. But anyhow, they just saw this guy running around. It was so funny cause they over like, Oh, it's photos. Oh cool. Sorry, this guy keeps running up and down and back and forth. It was good fun. But that one surprised me that it turned out so good. And you know, I'm such a huge fan of Gary as a person and his music, he got me into rock and roll or punk rock and roll that I did to turn down great.

Joseph Cultice: 00:58:47 I'm so proud of it. Yeah. Oh, that's awesome. That is awesome to hear. It's always, it's always fun to know that like these things can, can still be fun, you know, even at your level that they can be fun and that they don't have to be purely sterile professional. You know what I mean? We'll get on the camera when I get to take pictures is the fun part. It's all the, yeah, it is. Instagram is kinda the way, surprisingly how I get a majority of my work now is through Instagram, which blows my mind. And if I did it and was more involved, I might get more work, but it's hard to do. It's like from when I was a photographer, we are never supposed to talk about photo shoots. Like it was, you know, silence, you know, it was just like, Oh, it was great.

Joseph Cultice: 00:59:34 They're wonderful artists. And now the artists talk about the photo shoots, they bring it, they now will Smith opens up his entire life completely to everybody. We're just five years ago that would have been completely, you know, you have to sign nondisclosure things when you take photographs of them. And now it's like you have to sign a, you were going to disclose everything about you shoot with me. I'm, well now we're going to we're going to make fun of you and take pictures of you and put you on the internet. You, you're part of our story now. It works great for will Smith, but I don't think it would work well for Tom cruise.

Raymond: 01:00:15 Oh yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. It really depends on the on the type of person for sure. For sure. But it's always fun to, I think, get a, get a peek into somebody else's life. It's funny, I was watching a documentary about the, I guess the rise of factories I suppose. And they were talking about how, you know early 19 hundreds factories were closed doors. Essentially employees have the right sign, NDAs as well. Like, you can't tell anybody how we're making points or Bruins or Coca Cola or anything like that. And now it's changed so much because people love seeing what's behind the curtain, but they will pay to go on tours of a, of certain factories and stuff. And I think that that's, I think that that's what it is. And I can tell, even though you say that, you know, maybe you don't put enough time into it or whatever, but I get joy out of reading your Instagram and I to do it more.

Raymond: 01:01:08 Everyone loves that Joan jet story. Even Joan a pop back going, you know, she was like, Oh, well yeah. Hey, that's a good one, man. I can't do her voice. That's what of voices. Yeah, it's a, it's a, it's a very, it's a very distinct, it's a fun day man. And it was memorable and it was memorable. Oh, I will, I didn't really talk about the photos. Just talked about the, some people want P people like to look at the photos and decide from the selves, I suppose. But anyway, I'm going to put a link to that in the, in the show notes. So if anybody's listening. Good, good. I'm gonna put that there. I got one last question for you before I let you go. I know that I've, I've, I've kept you for far too long time. There's nothing that's right. That's right. Except my daughter trying to break into [inaudible] no, no, no. She, she's gone. She must've went back upstairs where a mom's folding laundry, I suppose. So my question is I oftentimes find it very difficult to create the type of images that I want at a wedding because I feel like there's a bit of a pressure to deliver still exactly what the client is expecting. So from, yeah. Yes. So from a personal standpoint, for you,

Joseph Cultice: 01:02:20 Without the feedback of an art director or even the artist, how do you know if you did a good job? Oh, Hm. I guess I just I don't have that many expectations about what I'm gonna do. I think at this I've been doing it so long, it's the 10th, the 10,000 hours that I think I even sleep before shoots now. I used to not be able to sleep cause I was so nervous about it. I was going to screw it up. I don't really, I don't get that much pressure from the images cause I know that I'm going to pull off something like with Jeff Lynn, you know, I'm so surprised what came out of that shoot. I'm just, I'm just dumbfounded the pictures and there's still a whole nother way the them that I can't release yet cause they're, they're waiting and they're going to be waiting now longer cause this whole tour is postponed.

Joseph Cultice: 01:03:24 It's the, what am I trying to say? Yeah. I don't have any expectations about any of this now. It just, it just, it's fun to do. So I would say with the kind of work you're doing how much you need to say this and I got to meet him once and literally I was shooting, no doubt for Vogue in one studio. And Helmut was in the studio next door and the same cities that are, that I work with all the time. I want to say Plath is in her name. It doesn't matter the settings that are for Vogue. She was doing helmet and kind of doing us as well, but not really. She was cause vote or no doubt to shut up on all their own clothes with their own stylist. Wasn't a Vogue stylist anyone trying to get out.

Joseph Cultice: 01:04:17 But Helmut said, you know, I always just, I do 50% of the shoot for the client and 50% for me. Like, and I don't care what they say. I'm gonna do 50, I'm going to do my photos in the middle of it at the end of it, at the beginning of it that I'm purely just doing them for me and the most of the time they don't know that I'm doing that, but I'm doing it for me. Unless they're paying me $1 million to do a boost campaign, I'm going to do exactly what I want. And I think that when you're doing photographs or clients, we get hung up on what they need too much. Maybe that's kind of a, if you just do what you wanna do, because the more and more you do it, the better. Better you get at it. They will like what you do. It's like you're not, you're not giving yourself enough credit just to like, just go and do what you want to do. You know, it's like with any of these, you know, pop star shoots. I do so rarely is there any

Joseph Cultice: 01:05:18 Direction. So it's really up to me is to do what I want to do. And I think the same with a wedding. If you go and do it something different. I know there's probably expectations of the perfect kiss. You gotta get the kiss when they, and I've shot friend's weddings and I missed the kiss. I totally miss the kiss. Oh, that's a great, I got a, I'll tell you some other time. My brother-in-law's wedding, it was pretty funny. It's the best kiss photo I've ever seen. They totally missed each other's faces when they, my gosh, eyes closed and everything, huh? Yeah, it was a mess. Yeah. He's funny. He's in Japan too. They just teach us can't, you just have to have fun doing it and not worry what their expectations are because then you'll second guess yourself a lot, you know? I know I have to like, I guess expectations are I should have band and there's four of them. I've got to put all four of them in the frame. Right. And then I got to make them all look good. I've got to remember their names is a good thing. Always important. It helps. It really does help. Sometimes. It's hard. I'm in sync. Told me they said that you have to remember all their names and are memorized all their names and then

Joseph Cultice: 01:06:38 It wasn't Joey, but it was two of them switched their names on me and I'm like, you sure? So they kept like, I'm okay. Okay Lance. And it wasn't Lance and they're all laughing at me. I'm like, Oh, what the [inaudible] just mess with me. Wow. It was the first time I shot him and then after that they were like, Whoa man, you busted out so many photos. Those are great. Then they had, they were nice to me the next time I saw my four or five times. Yeah. You just have to enjoy doing it. I know there's, I don't have any expectations but I haven't screwed a shoot up in a long time. Oh that's good. That's always important. Yeah. It's been a good 20 years since I completely screwed the pooch on shit. Do you remember what that was? Would you be willing to share that?

Joseph Cultice: 01:07:28 I would say that there was no doubt. Shoot I did for their return to Saturn. We had it started too late. I made the mistake of letting everyone drink. Oh, okay. Except for Gwen cause she doesn't drink and it just got to be a total mess. I drank to at a certain point it was still a four in the morning. We weren't done. And they look really tired. And I was, I thought I could push them through all these different sets we had bill. And that way they would do it and they did it. But at a certain point, they all looked completely like tired and every shot and they were worthless. And the art director even told me that day, we can't get through all these in one day. They're not gonna make it. And they've been on the road. And I'm like, but they wanted to do it and they wanted to it. But we wasted

Raymond: 01:08:16 Everyone's time. But in now in retrospect and retouch, you and I could make them all look a lot more away. That was just back with Prince, thinking about going back and and doing that. Oh, I have, yeah, I did the one, the one yellow set. I just switched out the heads where they all, all the boys were the ones that were the sleepiest. Glenn looked fine cause she always looks fine. Yeah, that's Quinn. That's Glenn. Yeah. well Joseph, I can't thank you enough for coming on and we didn't talk about corn. We, we didn't talk about corn. I'm going to save that. I'm going to, I'm going to wait until I cut this audio right here and we're going to talk about that because I might get a little too excited for all the listeners. Wonder what's going on over here. But yeah, again, I just want to thank you so much for [inaudible] you for sharing everything that you did before I let you go. Can you let everybody know where you would like them to check you out online?

Joseph Cultice: 01:09:11 It will go online to my website, Joseph coltyce.com and that's my I spend more time in there these days than updating and making gifts. Instagram is nice cause I do it every day. Joey Cultice at the whatever Instagram, Joey Cultice. If you want to see a bunch of archives, go to my tumbler site, pop. His personal pop is personal and that has a bunch of really old photographs, like all those early punk rock photos I talked about. But that's it. Just the website, you know?

Raymond: 01:09:44 Yeah. It's a, it's, it's where you gotta be. You gotta have that site. Yeah. Well, again I can't thank you enough for coming on and I look forward to keeping up with you and chatting with you again. This was a lot of fun. Okay. Thank you.

BPP 196: Mary Fisk-Taylor - Sifting Through the Noise

Mary Fisk Taylor is a Richmond Va fine art Portrait photographer and co host of the Get your Shoot Together podcast. Today Im excited to talk about sifting through the noise in this busy world of many photographers.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Mary got her start in photography

  • What Mary struggled with most when learning photography

  • As a long time member of the PPA her views on how the industry has changed the most

  • How Mary has been able to keep up and sift through the noise of other photographers

  • as adversity, Mary has to overcome to be the powerhouse she is today

  • What misconception most people would be surprised to learn about being a photographer for 20 years

  • As a print competition judge, one thing that stands out to her immediately as an amateur photo

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • Creating email campaigns for photographers

  • how to use your marketing message

  • Great third party marketing idea for family photographers

  • Why Mary thinks so many photographers fail to break past that $75 starting price point

Resources:

05 Dancer Final.jpg
17 _A9A5012.jpg
hayes_fisk_3.jpg
01 Bride 1 Final.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00 Today's guest is Mary Fisk Taylor, a Richmond, Virginia fine art portrait photographer who co-hosts the get your shot together podcast today. I'm really excited to chat with her about sifting through or I'm sorry, yes, sifting through. I almost said shifting through the noise, sifting through the noise in this world of a, of the just full of of photographers. So Mary, thank you so much for coming on the podcast.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 00:25 Oh my gosh, thank you so much. I was honored when you asked. This is amazing. I'm happy to be here.

Raymond: 00:30 This is one of these things that I love about, you know, obviously our industry about photography. Just being able to meet with so many people. I had seen you speak at imaging USA. We went down there in in Nashville in the end of January. And so for those who haven't been before you, you, you get like a, a schedule of everybody who's speaking and there's a brief little description of what it is that they're going to be speaking about. And when I saw the sifting through the noise I was intrigued obviously is there are just many photographers and I know that a lot of beginners are kind of worried about the the amount of, you know, quote unquote competition that's out there. So I read more and I thought, okay, I'm going to sit in on this class. And I sat in and it was nothing of what I expected.

Raymond: 01:17 It wasn't just like you got to get out there and do better than everybody. It was, it was so much more than, than being personally focused and it was still, there was still a community focus around it, but instead of being better than everybody else, it was like just love on your clients. And there was so much in there that I think it's a lost in this photography community that again, I'm so excited to chat to you about today and kind of dive deeper into some of that. But before we do, before we get started on any of that, can you share with me how you got started in photography? Like how this whole thing got started?

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 01:51 Wow. That's a big, that's a great question. And it's funny cause I've been doing this for a while and you know, teaching and sharing it, you know, I mean now things have changed so much. I get to sit here in my office and share and, and give back. But back in the day, cause I've been doing this for 26 years. The, you know, it was, it was a lot harder and you had to get out and go to events and share and speak. And I'm here because so many people did that for me. So let me just start with, first of all, this was all given to me in some form or another. Maybe I put my thumbprint on it, but I didn't invent anything. So I actually got married to my amazing husband and I'm still married. We have two awesome kiddos that I got married and I had looked for a photographer and I found this awesome photographer named Jamie Hayes.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 02:37 He's my business partner here in Richmond. And I, he, he photographed my bridal portraits, which is a big thing for us here in the South. And you know, all these other things and he just did such a great job and I've always loved photography. I was involved with yearbook photography and in college I always thought it was a one taking all the pictures and I loved photography but I, you know, I'm a business person and I was working in a law office and you know, finishing up school and thought I would go a different route. And when I had my daughter, Alexandra, I said, Oh I've got to find that photographer because he was so great. He needs to photograph this beautiful angel baby that I just, you know, my sweet Alex and I started taking Alexson and one thing led to another and I'd taken some time off from work from my career and he needed help.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 03:27 He just opened his studio, he'd gone out on his own and I started helping part time, just like back in the day, this is film obviously know stuffing proof books and you know, filing and just doing little things just to get out of the house a little bit. Cause I was going a little stir crazy being a stay at home mom. And then I started photographing and then within a year we were full business partners and I just never looked back. I went to my first imaging USA probably 24 years ago and I locked, looked around and saw all these, you know, awards and metals and all these things that we have in our industry. And I thought, I found a place, this is where I want to be. And fast forward here I am still in it and you know, ticking off all the boxes and, and, and still, you know, gratefully very successful in professional photography. So

Raymond: 04:17 Yeah. Yeah. That's incredible. That's what an unconventional Ben to get started in. So let me just clarify. You were working in law, you had Alex and you thought to yourself, you know what? I'm going to take a break, we gotta take a break.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 04:34 You know, there's these amazing people that are built to be stay at home parents. I'm not one of those. So I felt so, and you know, you're looking 24 years ago, so much. I felt so shameful about it and my sister is like an amazing stay at home mom and crafty, not my lane, you know. And so I just thought, well, I'll just go a few hours a week part time. And this dude obviously needs help because he opened the doors and was, he's incredibly talented. He's a lifelong photographer. All he ever wanted to be saved. His mom's ASEN SNH green stamps to buy his first like Kodak one 10, you know, so if anybody even knows what that is. And I just wanted to do something outside of the house and then I loved the business part of it. I only thought I'd ever be a part of the business behind the scenes cause this is my thing.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 05:26 That's always been my thing. And then the creative bug kind of Bitney and I was like, well, I do love photography and Jamie, like you have pictures all over your house, you're always taking pictures. And so I, you know, took all the classes and learned, you know, how to be better at it and be more, maybe a little more spray, a little more structure into my photography and you know, mastered that to an extent. But when the day is done, I just loved the business of photography. I really do. That's my, that's my jam.

Raymond: 05:54 Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. It's funny. I, I too was really into, you know, growing up you know, yearbook, I was in yearbook as well and, and going out and taking photos when you're in high school, when you're in middle school is very different than working in capturing photos in a professional sense. So when you had decided, you know what, I'm going to do this professionally and I'm going to put in the work, and then you started educating yourself on the technical aspects of photography. What'd you find was, was the hardest part for you to either understand or fully grasp?

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 06:25 You know, for me I cannot pick up my camera or going into a session without both sides of my brain working because as much as I try, and I did, actually I'm getting a little better. But when I first started I was, I w I couldn't just focus on the creativity. I was also thinking, how am I going to sell it? What's going to look the best in their home? Are they going to buy it? So I had, I had this right brain left brain thing just going, so trying to make one side be a little bit quiet so I could just concentrate on the creativity was really hard for me. Does that make sense? Like I, I couldn't just photograph this beautiful child or family or, or wedding. I actually started mostly photographing, you know, weddings. I was designing the wedding album in my head as I was photographing it. I just really needed to quiet that side of my brain a little bit and focus on the creativity. So that was probably my biggest struggle. And to this day, I still struggle with that

Raymond: 07:32 To how do you overcome something like that because it makes sense from a business perspective. Like that sounds great. But being behind the camera, how, how, how do you overcome something like that?

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 07:43 You do well, do you do it by just talking yourself off the ledge kind of thing? Like, and I, this is kind of goes that sifting through the noise noise in your brain noise. So whenever, no, the noise is, we all have noise in our life, right? Especially today more than ever. And you know, just kind of kind of taking that, you know, three deep breaths and just, you know, kind of talking myself into this is where you're going, let's go into this space. You've got this, you can put this aside for a minute and whether you want to talk it about it as meditation or just that moment of quiet, but just focusing. So with that being said, it's very hard for me to go. For example, if I were to jump off this podcast right now and then she'd have to rush into a session, I probably wouldn't be as prepared.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 08:28 So allowing myself that little bit of extra space and time to just get centered and ready for what was coming and, but I kind of have to have this conversation with myself, my favorite person to talk to. Cause I always listen. Just have this conversation with myself that this is where we're going to go right now and you can let that go for now. It's going to be okay. And I think, you know, growing up, I never grew up. I grew up, you know, like probably most people and you know, things are hard and things are challenging and everything. So letting go of that anxiety and letting go of that, what if, and I need, you know, just being okay with it and getting into that process. And I don't always succeed. I try very hard, but that's all I can do. I don't have any other really great magic potion or solution, but just trust in yourself. Believe in yourself and give yourself, if it's only five minutes, just to get ready for, to give that client to give that person the best experience and the best of you.

Raymond: 09:28 You know, I've talked with a lot of photographers on this podcast and that's one of those things that I think I think is, is underlying. Like a lot of people also need that but nobody's ever explained it as well. You have right there and it's interesting cause as you were saying that I was thinking about myself. Like whenever I go to weddings and I tell people still to this day, I've been shooting, you know, almost 10 years and it's like before a wedding I just get butterflies in my stomach and I sit there in my car and I'm thinking to myself, today's the day they're going to find out I'm a fraud. Like today is going to happen. But just giving yourself that five minutes and be like, okay, you know, this is going to be the schedule of the day. Okay. I kind of understand where I'm going to be for these situations. And then letting yourself go with it from there really does help. Really.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 10:10 It does. I, whatever it is, some people have it, maybe it's a song or something you read or something you do, but just, I mean, the thing that I can tell, I repeat to myself a lot is they hired you, they chose you. No one in the world can do what you do. Like no one has my eye, my sense of timing as good or bad as it is, you know, you think it is or whatever. They loved it. They loved it enough to give me money for it. So let that be your guide and just go with that. And you know, a wedding is, you know, once you get out of the car and you start, you don't even, I don't have to think about it again. Nope. You know, that's the nice thing about weddings. It's busy and it's constant. So that keeps me in that flow.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 10:53 You know, when you're working in your studio maybe you are running between a sales session or consultation or a session, you know, you're back and forth so that I have to continue re continually readjust back into a space. If I go into the sales room, I try very hard to schedule my, my life, my days. I'm a big scheduler. I'm a big planner and and have my days where I only have sessions or I only have consults or only have so, or I just have an office day where I can do things like this or do my marketing or planning. But that doesn't always happen. Sometimes we have to double up sometimes, you know, we have to punt. So if I do that, then I have to readjust more. But weddings are a little bit easier, I think for me to stay in that space than bouncing around in my studio.

Raymond: 11:39 Yeah. Like you said, it's just one thing that you got to focus on. Like you got one job that day, essentially. Yeah. Yeah. I can, I can attest to that as well. So I'm interested now that now that we kind of got an insight into your beginnings, you know, you've been shooting for, you know, 24 years, like you said, long time you've been to PPA or you've been a part of PPA and going to imaging for you know, more than two decades. So in that time, having seen that transition from film to digital, aside from that, what do you think, or how do you think the industry has evolved the most in that time?

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 12:12 Oh messaging and marketing. I mean, yeah, digital was huge and we went through the digital transition and I thought that was hard. That is nothing, nothing that was a walk in the park compared to shifting from what I'll refer to or think about as traditional or classic marketing into digital marketing, social media, marketing. You know, let's, let's like think back, you know, so many years ago to create a brochure, I had to go through all my negatives, pick my images. You would do a huge layout. You would send it to a printer, they would give you a blue line. You would have to get a minimum of like 10,000 copies of something, right. To make it remotely affordable. It would take weeks and weeks and weeks to get a brochure or a stock card or anything. Now, Oh I think I'll do this, but you know, we jump online, we've grabbed the dah, dah, dah, that put it together.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 13:09 There's like 3 million templates and every lab and printer across the country and in two days you have marketing pieces. So that's huge and that's great. That's convenient. But it's the, it's the social media, it's the digital marketing that I had to really, I had to either decide to get in, get on, get in, get in line and get on board or probably fail because you know, trying to interrupt a pattern on anybody's online experience right now or get through, get your email through or you know, make any type of a dent in social media. Wow. That is a con, you know, at my, I'm 51 so you know, I'm not completely ignorant about it, but it was a major learning curve for me because when I started there were very few of us cause we all photographed the film. We were medium format or 35 millimeter was just making it seem like coming into Vogue and wedding photography. We never use that in our studio know everything was on Mer Veronica or hostile blog. And you didn't ha you could just kind of drop your camera and get business. You know, there was just, you know, there wasn't a lot and then the market is much more flooded and there's way more choices, which is fine cause I believe in competition and that's great. But you know, understanding how to get people's attention became a very big deal for me. You know? So that's the biggest change for me as a photography studio owner and photographer.

Raymond: 14:39 So like you said, you know, 20 years ago you could show up like, Hey guess what? Camera meaning format. Like we're good here, I know what it is that I'm doing. And people would just come to you knowing that they don't know how to work a camera. You have to be the professional. And now we're at this point to where literally anybody can get, I mean, 12 year old kids can go to target and buy themselves a DSLR if they wanted to. So now that everybody has a camera, as you said, there's a lot more w I guess for lack of a better term noise. Right. So how in that time did you figure out as, as, as the noise grew, how did you figure out how to, how to sift through it and make your Mark?

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 15:19 Yeah, that's a great question. And it took me a while. It really did. I, I F I floundered for a while trying to figure it out because you go, you become, you get digital, you have digital, you know, the digital cameras and that option. And then you have this free, and I'm using air quotes, which is weird to do on a podcast because you can't see me doing that. But you get this free Avenue of marketing, or at least that's the biblical goods we sell ourselves. So you have an email, right? So we have all these opportunities and you think, Oh, I'll just do this. And you just start kind of doing what everybody else is doing. Well, nobody notices what's the same. We notice what is different. So what I realized, and as you may or may not know, I'm a huge Donald Miller StoryBrand girl.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 16:04 Like I'm a big fan and I read that book many, many years ago and I'd started doing it beforehand, but that really drove it home for me. The reason we continue to be successful and still produce very well in our studio is what I realized is we had to a stay true to exactly what we did with film. Like we tried to w w about two years into digital, I realized, wait a minute, just rewind and do everything the way you did with film. You just don't no longer have the film, but don't, don't overshoot. Don't go out and do everything that comes down the pipe just cause she can don't mess with your brand. Stay true to what we've always done. Which we P we sell mostly large wall portrait installations. We do a lot of brush oil and now painter work. And then some, you know, higher end weddings.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 16:51 That's, that's what we do. We kind of got digital cameras and thought we would just do everything. Yeah. We actually at one point picked up a school like what were we thinking? That's just not who we are. Like we were terrible because we wanted to pose every single child. Let's give him a butterfly. Like, no, let's do you know, like it's like this is a school picture. This is not our lane. Get out of that. Get back in our lane and making sure that everything I show, every email I send, every campaign I create is on brand. And for me that's showing us either creating wall portraits in you know communicating or working with clients, installing client work and showing products, not just showing pretty digital picture after pretty digital picture after pretty digital picture. If we do that as a professional photographer in what we do, that's what they see all day long on their iPhone or their Android or whatever, or their computer.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 17:42 If I'm showing us installing a beautiful 30 by 40 brush oil, family portrait in our living room, people, Oh wait, that's different. So my best advice is show what you do, show what you want to sell. Don't just fall into, because it's easy. Oh, I just shot this, I'm gonna, you know, wifi it to my camera and just push it out on social media. Have a, make sure it's incredibly intentional and there's amazing content behind it because people don't know what's different anymore. They can look at pretty pictures all day long. So that's what I had to stop doing. And that's probably the biggest mistake I made in the beginning of all of this.

Raymond: 18:21 So I love that. Great, great story. And if anybody's listening, I don't know if you heard, but Donald Miller did a podcast with Andrew homage of the PhotoBiz exposed podcast, which was all focused around photography, which was really, really interesting to to listen to. And what what came through for me, obviously, you know, the power of a story is really important, but I think when we first get started, maybe we don't know what that story is yet. Right? We don't know what it is that is incredibly important to us. Did you always know from the beginning or is that something that evolved with you as well?

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 18:54 I didn't, I knew it, but I didn't know it. So until I really sat down and, and I, I loved it so much, I went, I'm a, I'm a certified guide with, with Donald. Like I did the whole thing, like I'm all in with this. And that's, I love education anyway. So it's probably no surprise to people who know me that I did that, but I'm really a believer in it. And you know, I knew it, but I didn't know it until I really had to break it down. And the whole idea of a story. I think the word story is a big word and maybe we don't understand. The whole idea of a story for us as small business owners is opening a story loop and inviting people in and not because we're the know-it-alls, but because we're going to guide you and we're going to solve a problem for you.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 19:35 That's when people get involved in a story, they get involved. If something catches their eye and they're like, Ooh, if I don't do this, I'm going to miss out. Miss this milestone moment missed his opportunity, right? That's when they go, Oh, I should probably engage with that. That's how you get their attention and then it's just my job to guide them, let them be the hero, let them stand out, let them shine. It's not about me, it's about them because no one wants to hear about me. Right? I mean, hopefully somebody's podcasting, but as our business owner, people want to, they got to see themselves in the story. So if you don't open a story of loop that they can relate to where they can see themselves in, or that it's solving a problem that they may or may not know they have, it's not going to make a difference. And that's what StoryBrand really is in my opinion. Or that's what it is for me. And I knew that, but I didn't know it. You know what I'm saying? Like I didn't, I had to kind of be spelled out and I went, Oh, okay. Now yes, I see that. And that was huge. That was a paradigm shift for us as a small business owner. Major

Raymond: 20:41 W would you suggest if, if somebody still struggling to try to figure out maybe what is the story that they're trying to tell to still even go forward with StoryBrand? Or is that, or is that the book?

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 20:54 I read the book. Yeah, I read the book. Go online. It's a free little it's a free exercise that they offer online that you can do. And just start filling it out. We all, I think as, as professional photographers, the story we're trying to tell is as my friend Jeff would say, we're freezing time, we're capturing time in whatever way that is. Your style may be completely different from mine and so on and so on and so on. But all of us, I think when the day is done would say my goal is to get my camera, which is just the instrument I happen to use and freeze these moments so that you never look back and regret not having them. And not only that, we want you to, for me it goes a little further. Cause for me it's, I want them printed and I want them proudly displayed and gracing the interiors of your home. And I want your children to look at them and feel pride because they see how much you love them and all of that stuff. Maybe for you it's different, but all of us wouldn't you maybe, I don't know. Do you agree? Is we're just trying to freeze time cause we had no control over it any other way

Raymond: 22:04 It's going to happen. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Okay. So let's talk a little bit more about sifting through this noise. Do you think, do you think that simply having that as your message of, Hey look, I'm just trying to freeze time here is enough. It doesn't need to go deeper than that or how do you put your own personal spin on that to make your business stand?

Speaker 3: 22:24 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 22:51 Okay.

Raymond: 22:52 If it's clear to me that the venue are living, breathing proof of a, of this mindset right, of, of doing this yourself. And it is something that a lot of people struggle with. You're absolutely right and just understanding then unfortunately there is no magic pill. I think [inaudible] I think is part of the problem. And as you said, like we have to understand the real power of our photography. As you said, the, the, the photographers who once they figured that out, then they soar is just, it's just proof to that. And I want to share a quick little anecdote real quick with you because it just reminded me of this and that is a few years ago there was a couple here locally who they got married six or seven years ago I suppose. And their photographer just like skipped town right after they got married.

Raymond: 23:40 So they never ever got their wedding photos and every year on their anniversary it was very tough for them because, you know, they ended up posting on Facebook like still all these years, no wedding photos. They ended up moving to New York, which was crazy. This photographer well on the fifth anniversary of their wedding her grandfather who was the one who walked her down the aisle had passed away just weeks before and made it like expecially hard. And she's like, we told the photographer that that's like the only photo that we wanted. And we got none of those. Well, my wife is a, a is a friend of theirs. So she's like, Hey, you should reach out and like do something nice for them. And I was like, that's a great idea. So just in getting ready for this, just in talking with her to hear how much pain it caused her and she didn't lose the memories of her wedding.

Raymond: 24:28 She like, she didn't lose those, but there was a physical copy. There's something about having that physical copy of looking at her wedding date that she no longer has that makes it painful. And regardless of whether or not she doesn't have the memory, she still doesn't have that photograph that she can look at. And remember that moment of being with her grandfather. And for me, like a light bulb went off at that moment. Like, wow, this is extremely powerful. And we as photographers do not take this seriously. We look at this as if it's just a tool, like we look at this camera, all that I got to do is set these settings, snap the photo, you know, and then we're set. That's all that we got to do. But there's so much of an emotional tie to photography. And I really, I just want to say thank you for, for sharing. Your insight there when it comes to pricing because it is very difficult. And coming up with that mindset is, is wonderful. One more time. Can you share the name of that book for me? It was just called mine.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 25:22 Yeah, it's Carol Dweck, DW, E. C. K. It's been rewritten many times. It's been revised over the years cause it's been around for a while. But it's a mindset. Carol Dweck, DWE C K if you look her up, it's, it's, it'll come right up. It's amazing book. There's amazing exercises about it online. I make no money off any of these books. I recommend. I just loved them so much and they've given me so much. And as you know, and I talked about 60, the noise, it's, it's that type of education that I've really relied on heavily. These people are way smarter than me, so I like, I follow their lead and, and I hopefully make the best choices. I can, but yeah. Thank you, sir.

Raymond: 25:59 Of course, I'm going to link to that in the show notes as well because I'm sure that there are people out there who could, who could really benefit from something like that. So again, thank you. Sure. Next I want to know for somebody who's been in this industry for, for, you know, two plus decades what do you think is perhaps a misconception or something that most people would be surprised to find out about being a photographer today versus 20 years ago?

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 26:31 Yeah, no. Okay. So, I don't know if this, you don't have an agenda. So I would say, I don't know if this is the answer you're looking for, but I know that you don't even have a clue what I'm going to say. So I know that that's not even a remotely a good answer. But let me tell you this, I came into this industry when it was very much not a lot of women in it. There were some amazing women and it did not let me, I mean, amazing women that were my mentors. Helen, Nancy and Monte, the people that Marvel Nelson maybe that you guys may or no may or not know, but they were Joe at Joyce Wilson. Just phenomenal. But it was very male dominated and I came into it and I never thought, I didn't believe I didn't have that mindset and I didn't believe I could

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 27:20 Much. I, as a matter of fact, one of the first conventions I went to, I said to some a gentleman, I'll call him that and I said, Oh, maybe one day I could volunteer and help out at the state level or maybe I could be on PPA council or something. Cause I had this, you know, political background. That was my, my jam when I was in college and grad school, I'm MBA, like I, I loved all that stuff. And he went, you'll never be that. And I just kinda took that as well. He's a very respected man and that's probably the way it is. And then I kinda got mad and then I got a little matter and then I just moved along. And you know what? I just started volunteering and giving to this industry, like giving this podcast today. But back then it was maybe working on a committee or volunteering on a PPA committee or getting out in and doing a little local photo class for people or you know, going into big brothers, big sisters or whatever it is. Just giving back to this industry and things changed and I got to be friends. And then I started teaching and you know, I'm on the PPA board of directors now. I'll be PPA president next year and I've ticked all those boxes. But

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 28:34 The change for me, and I hope for anybody that hears this, is don't let anybody tell you you can't. You can't charge this. You can't be this. You can't do that. Because I'll tell you what, as Mary FIS Taylor is sitting here right now who grew up with a single mom, and I lost my dad when I was very young and no silver spoons around my household and you know, and persevered and persevered. I sit here today and tell you that, you know, my husband and I have built a beautiful life together, but professional photography has been a big part of that. It's allowed me to be a part of that family, give and be a part of my kids' lives and provide them a really great life and not have to worry the way I did. And I can be a PPA counselor or I can be whatever I want. So that's been the biggest change for me. If I want to look at 24 years, a pivotal moment for me was the day that I decided that man was not right. And I hope that if any of you guys have been told no or you can't, whether it's your pricing or be a photographer or you can't, you know, get this degree or do this or that, I hope you tell them and show them that they're absolutely wrong.

Raymond: 29:49 Oh my gosh, what a story.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 29:52 I don't tell that story a lot. You're like, when you hit me with that, I was like, huh, what has been, that's I will, I don't really remember what I ate for breakfast, but I'll never forget that moment. I can see it, smell it, dream it. Like I will never forget that moment. It's been 24 years. I'll never forget it.

Raymond: 30:08 Well, I'm very happy that you decided not to listen to that man and decided to forge your own path and do what it is that you wanted to do and end up where you are here today. Because I can tell you that not only hearing you talk in person, but seeing the other people in the audience as well, that you are making a change in these people's lives and that you know, you're doing great things. So thank you for not for not listening to to whoever. That was very welcoming. Thank you for saying that. Oh man. Now I'm all, I got even me, I got like endorphin. I'm like, Oh my gosh. Like I'm kind of upset about that whole situation. But it's very exciting. I got, I got just one last question for you before, before I let you go.

Raymond: 30:55 As a you do print competitions is what you you, you judge print competitions is wrong. Right? Okay. So this is, this is a word that I've never entered in to myself and I've spoke with people like [inaudible] who's, who's, you know, talked about the power of you know, the album, the wedding album, and having something printed. I've always been interested in like, as a judge for you, what is something that, I mean right away you'll look at an image and tell yourself, Oh, this is from a professional, or this is from an amateur.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 31:29 Yeah. So first of all, image competition is a big part of my, my, my journey in photography. And I know it's made me a better photographer, hands down. And that's my journey. That may not be yours or, or your listeners. But when I'm looking at work, the first thing I do is if, if, if I hear a title and that title can go either way, but if there's a title in a S in a story, spins around and it just grabs my heart, meaning that impact, that emotional storytelling journey is there. And this could be a landscape, it could be an abstract, it could be a portrait, it could be a wedding image. You know, for me, losing my father when I was so young, you know, you give me a daddy daughter dance or you know, I mean, and it spins around, my heart is in, and then I'm going to look for technical.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 32:18 So I feel like the difference sometimes between, let's just call it a merit or not merit, whether it's professional or not professional, whatever it is, the difference for me is it's gotta be technically, it doesn't have to be flawless. It doesn't have to be perfect. Not for me. Every judge is different. Everybody's different. But it does have to be technically proficient. So if we are thunder exposed or certainly focus or you know, it's not flat, you know what I mean? Those are things that I think that's not meritorious work. But if you've got some tech, you've got the technical proficiency and you grab me in a story or it's just so beautiful what you've captured. I'm all in now. That's me as a judge. I, everybody's different. But you know what, we just had our image competition here in Virginia. We had 740 some images go through and I am the JC and I watched every one of them.

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 33:13 And I remember some of them as if it was yesterday that we looked at 'em because, and you know what? Some of them were for brand new members brand new to photography, but gosh dang their eye and their energy came through, you know, like fireworks. So it just doesn't matter how long have you been in this business or not. It's just, you know, sometimes you just get that image and it just seems, and if it makes you tingle and you know, makes your heart beat a little faster, I'm all in. That's me. That's how I would judge. That's how I do it.

Raymond: 33:42 Do you think that that's something that a photographer has to become aware of seeing in their own work?

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 33:48 I think so. I think that, you know, I mean, you're photographing a wedding or something and you'd get that shot and you'd go, you'd know it or your photograph and that kiddo or that moment between a mother and a child or you you, you, your skin prickles a little. Cause you know, you got it and then you go, shoot, I hope the flash of an offer. I hope I was now. Then that little prayer comes into play. But you know, you know, when, you know, as an artist, when you get that special moment, and look, there's a lot of great moments that maybe don't make your heart beat a little faster. But you know, sometimes it's just those things. And I'm not saying that everything has to be that because you know, if it's a great technically great image and it's well done, I'm also going to reward that. I mean I'm, I'm, you know, I'm a photographer, but those are the ones that really sing and stand out for me.

Raymond: 34:37 Beautiful. Beautiful. Mary, it has been a pleasure speaking with you today. I've had so much fun talking to you about this whole industry and as you said, sifting through the noise and really standing out. So I have to thank you, but before I let you go, can you let the listeners know where they can find out more about you? Online?

Mary Fisk-Taylor: 34:55 Absolutely. Mary Fisk, Taylor. MaryFiskTaylor.com or you can look me up at social media. You can hit me up there. And Kara, dairy Berry. I'm from Tallahassee, Florida, and I have a podcast called get your shoot together and you can find it on any of the podcasts thing you do is that you look up but happy to support this great podcast of yours. Thank you for what you're doing. It's a really great services industry and I really appreciate you having me on today.

BPP 195: Seth Miranda - The Creative Realm

Seth Miranda is a creative commercial photographer whose work just has to be seen to be fully understood who had a really unconventional start in photography. Today we talk about the creative journey that he has taken and how he builds a shot from what it is that he sees in his head. Seth is also a contributor to Adorama TV

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • What about Photography Clicked for Seth

  • The technical skills Seth learned shooting BMX on film

  • The hardest part of learning photography with the long review process of film

  • When Seth transitioned from shooting BMX to working in a studio

  • Where the ideas come from for Seths photos

  • How close a final photo turns out compared to the vision in his head

  • How to make do with the lighting gear you have

  • What most new photographers dont understand about lighting

  • Where Seth draws inspiration from

  • Where Seth sees the creative limit

Resources:

Screen Shot 2020-04-02 at 12.03.50 PM.jpeg
Screen Shot 2020-04-02 at 12.03.15 PM.jpeg
Screen Shot 2020-04-02 at 12.04.31 PM.jpeg
Screen Shot 2020-04-02 at 12.04.14 PM.jpeg
Screen Shot 2020-04-02 at 12.05.24 PM.jpeg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00:00 Today's guest is Seth Miranda, a creative commercial photographer whose work just has to be seen to be fully understood who had a really unconventional start in photography. And I'm really excited to talk about the creative journey that he has taken and how he builds a shot from what it is that he sees in his head. So Seth, that was an interesting introduction. But thank you so much for coming on the podcast.

Seth Miranda: 00:00:22 Thanks for having me. I'm really amped that we finally got to do this. I feel like we went back and forth for I think like months actually.

Raymond: 00:00:29 Yeah, no, it has been a few months. But obviously you're very busy and if anybody follows you online, they know that you are working and that you work hard. And I feel like everything that I've seen of yours, you put in 100% of your energy into that thing. And maybe that's just cause I'm not, maybe that's who you are and maybe it's because I'm not from New York that I don't fully understand that a, that personality. But regardless you know, it's really fun to watch you work. And again, I'm really excited to to have you on the podcast today. But before we really talk about this creative journey that we had, I mentioned that you kind of had an unconventional start into photography, or at least where it is that you are today. Can you start to share how it is that you did get started in photography? Like from the very, very start? Yeah, like w like tell me about the time that you picked up your first camera

Seth Miranda: 00:01:18 Or, I mean, so I started out, first of all was just a punk kid. I went pro very young. So my preamble to going pro was just like a raw punk on a BMX bike, riding with my friends. Maybe I had a point and shoot camera that I found at a garage sale full of film. But I never thought anything of it. Maybe you develop the role, maybe you didn't, who cared, right. And then, yeah. And then I broke my arm and I still want it to ride. So I was like, I'm going to keep riding with these guys. And I guess I'll just keep taking pictures. And the rolls of film just kept racking up and everything. Anything with them. I didn't think about it. And then when I went to go I think I can't, I never get this part right cause it changes in my head every time.

Seth Miranda: 00:01:54 But I found it an enlarger in a Dar in in the garbage somewhere, like a dump or is on the side of the road somewhere like that. And I just thought, Oh, this looks expensive. I'm going to try to sell it. And then when I tried to sell it, someone said, all I need is the lens and you could get going. I was like, wait, it's a lens. What is it? They told me. So I went to the library, I took out a ton of books. I taught myself how to use it. I processed the film and I built a darker my parent's basement and I wrecked that basement. So thank you to my parents for letting me like destroy that base with like rusted baseboards and everything from the chemicals and everything. But I mean, I thought I invented dodging and burning.

Seth Miranda: 00:02:29 Like, I didn't know anything. I just was like, look at all this stuff I can do. And kept on trying it. And it was really, that's the magical time when you're getting serious about photography, when everything's so new to you and it's like, look at what I'm doing. You feel like you're getting something back instantaneously from the work you put in. And then it came towards the middle of my high school, end of high school career, so to speak. And I was so into BMX. I was so into the magazines that it was like a newsletter for our community. And I thought that getting in the magazines, immortality, I get in there, I'm a rock star, my, my little community of, of writing. And so I literally went to my desk and took all these prints and just shoved them into an envelope and mailed them away to ride BMX magazine.

Seth Miranda: 00:03:11 And I got into the reader section and then Jeff Z at the time, who was the editor told me if you could just shoot these on slides, I could probably get you like better pages. So I started shooting slide film, which was super particular. You know how that is. It's like you're off by a third of a stop, you're screwed. And I learned a lot hard, way hard. That way I, I I started buying either extra flashes like Vivitar 20 threes and 20 fives from garage sales and just using nine steps away from the flash as my exposure setting. Wow. So that's how I knew. That's all I knew what to do. I didn't, I couldn't afford a light meter. I was reading the side of the flash that said like this many feet away, whatever. And it was just praying that these shots came out cause I didn't want these guys who were riding risk in their lives at the time or the wellbeing rather to go, Hey, where's that shot?

Seth Miranda: 00:03:58 And be like, Oh I screwed up. I didn't have it. Cause then you're never shooting for them again. Either way that evolved. I started traveling around shooting other riders went around most of the country. And then that's when I started really making a living as a photographer. After that. Then digital came around and nobody was getting paid for anything because everybody was submitting shots like crazy from all over the world and they basically told me I had to shoot twice as much. Meaning the photo I give them that gets a full page is like an advertisement for me to get a job shooting for somebody else that would pay me. And I was like, what? And that's what I dropped out of that and I was like, I've got to figure something out. I ended up going to community college. I lived in that dark room.

Seth Miranda: 00:04:37 I learned so much at community college. It was crazy. I didn't want to go, I thought it was like 13th grade. I thought it was so insulting. I didn't think I was like supposed to be there, but they had great facilities. Amazing teacher. Shout out to Larry Chatterton and Robert toter and Susan Dooley, NASA community college. It was like the best experience ever. And I'm, I've just kept on building my portfolio there and I went into the gallery world and the gallery world was like, sell one print for a lots of money and try to make something happen. And then I realized that they weren't selling the print, they were selling the idea of me and it was just another business, like what could be sold to these people that aren't going to care about the print when they buy it. And I dropped out of that and back then I was shooting something called Dachi dramas and that was my friend's issues like drug overdoses and bulemia and cutting themselves and all this stuff.

Seth Miranda: 00:05:28 And I would have them act it all out and I would shoot it on cross process film and print it. And then I'd have them write a letter about what they went through as like a living book. When you came to my gallery shows you showed a photo, then you saw the handwriting of what they went through. And in fact, one of those kids in that series recently just took his own life. So that's how real that gets. And that's what I came from. But that's like what I came from was like a lot of kids that didn't get the world with huge issues and that's all I knew. It didn't make sense to me. Anything else that was out there like I don't know how to explain it. I guess like you always look at someone else's life and wonder like how would they like that?

Seth Miranda: 00:06:03 But you don't know it until that's like all you know. So long story short, I kind of put that on the back burner and I went and worked at thousand odd jobs, you know, kind of construction screen-printed tee shirts and stickers for 13 years on the side, all sorts of stuff because I wasn't making the money I was making for the magazines anymore. And this is probably like the most, I'm not the most, but like the thing that I try to tell photography to keep in mind, especially new ones, you have to constantly keep yourself out there because I was ready to throw all my stuff out the window. I posted all of my gear on Craigslist while I'm waiting to sell everything because I couldn't make anything happen anymore. And the day I put it on Craigslist, I got a call from a girl eight years prior that I shot a headshot for.

Seth Miranda: 00:06:52 And it turned out that she ended up being like a rock star makeup artist and was like what she ended up doing, Oh she was an instructor, one of the best makeup schools in New York. And she said, Hey, could you come here and take a shot at photograph from this class work? Cause we're not really psyched on the work we've been getting. We don't think it's selling the school well, they don't see me amped on the work. And I shot one class of beauty makeup. I was like, I don't know pretty stuff. I dunno, I'm going to shut a door, you know. But I knew light theory and I knew that they wanted to smooth out the skin and do you know, so I figured it out. Right. And then when I was there, I saw a class on character makeup and they, I said, this gets photos too. And they said, yeah. And they showed me, and I'm not kidding you, it looked like a yearbook full of zombies. Like it just looks like the most annoyingly bad images I've ever seen.

Raymond: 00:07:43 And yet I really want to see that yearbook.

Seth Miranda: 00:07:45 I know, right? Yeah. It was all like aliens and zombies and injury make us, but it was like a great background, single light, no dimension, just garbage. And I was like, so how much do these makeups cost? Like, Oh, someone could be like 300 500 I've shot $5,000 makeups in my career. So, and then it doesn't exist ever again. Like it's up to us to immortalize it. So I'm like, can I shoot one of these? And I shot it. They offered me the entire class when they were ready to do the portfolio. I shot that one class led to a year contract, which led to another few years, 12 years later, I shot for the special effects makeup industry.

Raymond: 00:08:19 Jeez. Okay. Whew. So that was an incredible journey that we all just went on right there. So many questions. I have so many questions and now I'm at Adorama. So there's another twist. There's another, I guess why I want to start is that in the beginning, in the beginning, riding your bike and your skateboard wasn't enough for you. You know, you wanted to pick up that camera. It was, it was picking up the camera just on a whim, but it wasn't until developing the photo that, that something inside of you clicked or did you see the camera and something clicked?

Seth Miranda: 00:08:56 I think the first thing you have to realize is that if you're a photographer, you've always been a visual person. Whether you've had the technical means or not, you've always seen stuff and you've needed to materialize it for others to see what you're saying. I wasn't, when I was younger, good at communicating myself at all and trying to get this out of my skull into people's heads was not helping out. And I also had a really hard grip on the idea of mortality. I lost people in my life. I mean from the stories I've told you that like it's just something that I was used to and I kept thinking like what if something isn't documented? What if it is? And I always looked at the camera as a documentation tool and I still think of it that way today in regards to I don't Photoshop or retouch anything.

Seth Miranda: 00:09:36 I do, usually the clients do that they want to, but my stuff, whatever you see my Instagram, that's out of camera cause I wanted to see what was in front of me. I want to know what was there. I mean whatever happened to that idea. Right. So I think shooting the BMX, it, it felt like it lasted forever because here in New York we would all shoot all day and go ride and then we meet up at union square and that's what we would trade tapes and pictures to show each other what we did. Cause we didn't shoot it. It didn't exist. It never happened. Yeah. I mean there was no phones, there was no sharing, there was nothing. I think friends was out back then. Maybe, I don't know. But it was a, it was the only way to prove you really existed and that everything happened that day. And I couldn't let go of that idea and it became an obsession and I tried to make that obsession, not destructive, but in the end I was that kid on the corner selling parts off my bike to hopefully buy the film, to get a print in a magazine to then buy back those parts. I mean, that's just the mentality. I just, it was everything was for the legacy. Does that make sense?

Raymond: 00:10:41 Yeah, it does. It does. It does. Yeah. I think that you touched upon something really interesting there, which is obviously that if, if you are a photographer, you have to be some sort of visual person and things that are visual, just have to connect with you on some level. And then I guess, I guess what separates, tell me if I'm wrong here or not, but I guess what separates a long lasting photographer from everybody else is just simply that persistence to, to keep trying to make an image that can

Seth Miranda: 00:11:11 Connected people. Yeah. I think it's hard, right? Because you all think about it as success as monetary. And I think that we all keep looking at photography. Like how come I can't make a living at this? People want me to shoot for free nonstop. Well, first of all, you're not valuing yourself if you're going to shoot for free, like they'll always have a friend with a camera. But you have to develop a style that people want. You have to develop a product or a service that people want that they can't get elsewhere. They're going to come to you for. And now in an era where we create more content than ever before, let's say I have someone out there doing a merchant company or a streetwear company, they don't want to get lost out there and the rest of the golden hour bullshit, preset world garbage that's there, they're looking for a point of view.

Seth Miranda: 00:11:55 And if you stick to your point of view and elevate your technical skills to always execute, not only what they want, but what you want and also what standard, right? So I always tell people, get the clean shot, get the same shot, get the job done, then change it to something you know you can do that would totally give him a different versatile look. And then the third thing before you're out, throw something against the wall technique wise. And if it works, great. If it doesn't, you tried it and you can hold it in your pocket for something that it would work for. And that's how I elevated, or I should say, evolve the special effects work because you don't light a zombie the way you lighten old age makeup with like a somber look as opposed to a graphic look or an alien. The same way you would do an injury, makeup or so on and so forth.

Seth Miranda: 00:12:39 And I think you have to stick. Firstly, you have to trust yourself. You have to trust yourself that you have a vision and that's what you're going for. Because if you're trying to create someone else's vision, who are you really working for now? What are you really doing? You know? So maybe not everyone's gonna agree with your vision and your style and you might even come into a pocket where your style is a trend and then it's over. But then it's really up to you to say, well, am I just that style or am I a photographer?

Raymond: 00:13:07 You mean in the sense of, of, of continuing on with your education and growing your skills into something else

Seth Miranda: 00:13:13 Or your style or your point of view or, or I don't, you know, people change as we grow and so should you work if you look at something I shot in the beginning with those grimy Dachi dramas and then you look at my commercial work, which is way more clean, there's a idea behind both, but you know, clearly the cleaner will sell, but you yourself have to be able to realize when you've done that style, it's over. Maybe it's time to move on. Sometimes you're over in the public isn't like every time I do a live demo, someone in the crowds like do a shutter drag, do a ghost. And I'm like, I've done ghosting for 15 years. Can we move on from this? But listen, I, in the end, I want people to receive what I'm putting out there because nothing's worse than like creating something, putting it out there to avoid and nothing comes back. Right? Where's the fulfillment in that?

Raymond: 00:14:04 Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. So moving on a little bit, I want to know more about kind of that learning process for you as, as this kid who just like, I'm going to take a camera and then whatever happens, happens very rarely. D I'm assuming, would you get those photos back and be critical of your work, but for some reason you were, there's something about either the photos that you took or, or, or the development process that when you got those photos you wanted to become better. But I'm always fascinated by this because I didn't learn photography with film. I, I, I, I I went to a film school, so I got a I shot on film, but the review process was pretty quick because I was taught to always write down my settings, my lighting setups, all of these things. So that when I would go back and review it, I could remember of how it went and how to change things. But in the world of BMX photography, skateboard photography, I would imagine that when you're out shooting, you're not like writing down, Oh this was five, six with a 60th of a second. So when you got those photos back, how would you, what was that process like for learning the review process?

Seth Miranda: 00:15:08 Well that's kind of funny cause it wasn't like that. There's actually prints somewhere around here that are photos of napkins and trash that I wrote what I thought I did in the middle of the roll of film. So what do you mean? So like if I shot somebody at dead of night, well first of all, just trying to figure out how to shoot a fast moving sport at the dead of night with cops probably shut me down in a few minutes. Really. ELL sped up my learning process fast. Like, like, you know, so but in the middle of shooting I'd be like, Oh, I'm at five, six at 400 and I'm using ISO. I, you know, I have a roll of 400 and I'm using this lens. I would write it down on like something by me and I take a picture of it before I left the scene.

Seth Miranda: 00:15:51 And yeah. And so there's like a bunch of, I know they're on Dunkin donuts napkins cause I remember on fifth Avenue there was a Dunkin donuts that was always open here, this riding spot. And I would take a stack of napkins and write it on there. That is resourceful. Yeah. Receipts. I did not receipts all the time. But I also had these days where we'd call up like my closest friends and be like, Hey, I'm trying to figure this out. Let's go ride. And then after every shot I would open up a, you know, one of those black and white notebooks and write it down. And then I would wait for the film. And that's how I would see. I told you hear sirens and but the it was hard to keep track of it, but I always knew what I did.

Seth Miranda: 00:16:32 I could look at it and what do you call it? Reverse engineer it I think, I think doing that early on led me to learn fast, able to work and I really went out and worked hard to find photographers are respected like their work and went to go assist for so that I would always be around people better than me and I never got an ego about it. I really wanted to learn the right way cause I always felt like you get the railed early, you're screwed. I don't know about you, but like I feel like that's where you learn the basis. And I think coming from all this like film and hardcore darker room and Vandyke Brown cyanotypes gum by Chrome mates, printing MRIs and x-rays and Whoa, all this crazy stuff learning that everything we're doing now digitally is a simulation of whatever the hell we were doing there. Right? I mean the burn tool and Photoshop is a hand. And some kid actually asked me why that's a hand and I'm like, cause he used to block, I forget a kid.

Seth Miranda: 00:17:27 But I think I, I really feel fortunate in my upbringing that I was around during the tail end of the film era and I really wanted, every shot costs me money and I had to make it count. And I think when you talk about how I give 100% of the demos you've seen. Yeah, I always look at it like that demo is never going to exist again. I could teach speed lights a thousand times. It'll always be different. But I have to prove at that point when someone's in my face asked me a question, I can do it on the spot. I don't go give me two weeks to Photoshop the shit out of it. No, I do it. And that's what I show my clients, that they see what I'm shooting as I'm shooting it. They're getting what they want on the spot and they're being educated to not look for obliterated pores and eyeballs with no veins in them. And somehow their eyes are illuminated in post to like they have to learn what an actual photograph is. That's the hardest part. But I think showing people that it's possible is, is, is priceless right now, especially since everybody's editing their work to be cookie cutter with everybody else's getting lost out there. Yeah,

Raymond: 00:18:31 Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Yeah. It's interesting cause some of the photos that I would look at that I maybe I don't like traditionally, like I don't like looking at this photo. I would never hang this photo in my house. There's still something about the photo, but I think to myself, Ooh, but I could try that. And that's what gets really exciting for me. So back to that though, real quick. Was there anything that you found in particularly challenging to, to understand when it came to the technical side of photography in those early days?

Seth Miranda: 00:19:04 So I think we always talk about the film era as being like hard, right? Like you, you, Oh, you couldn't see the exposure and stuff. But I think there is something to be said for putting yourself in a corner where I couldn't change the ISO, you know I, I had to stick to color or black and white. There was no flipping it later. And I think when you started shooting for what was in your hands, now when somebody's body hands me something that could do everything that's in my hands, I can make a, a strong deliberate choice of today I want to shoot monochrome, here's how I'm going to do it. This is what it's supposed to look like. Cause lighting for gray scale is different than color and all this, all sorts of, when you're deliberate and you make choices on the spot, you have a better product in the end because you don't go, well let me get the general basic and then start withering away at it until it's something specific.

Seth Miranda: 00:19:52 If you start out with proper ingredients in the beginning you'll have the right product in the end. And that's the way I've always shot. So I think people look at film or shooting film the wrong way. And I always tell people like, just go get a used camera, throw a roll in it and go walk around. What do you have to lose? Really stick yourself to that light meter and realize what it's doing or what it's actually metering when it's seeing a whole scene or a spot or whatever. Like really get yourself to see the shop before you even set the camera up, you know, like, you know.

Raymond: 00:20:23 Oh yeah. I guess this is more of a personal question for you, but when you're shooting a mirrorless system like Fuji, are you looking, are you using the EVF? Are you using more of the, are you a fan of the optical viewfinder? X 100 V right here. Oh, I got mine right there.

Seth Miranda: 00:20:37 Oh yeah. The I, so I, I, I struggle with what to do. I feel like more natural, the OBF, but I've got to tell you, man, like every now and then I'll find myself cheating with that. EVF or I'll throw that little one in the corner where it has the, yeah. And you're kind of like, okay. Or what I really like is she, I keep mine on always on black and white because it's like my BTS side camera. So I usually have the OBF on and then the little screen, the hybrid finder up and have that in monochrome so I can at least see what my tones look like. So get, so use the technology for an edge, but don't crutch on it to do the whole job, if that makes sense.

Raymond: 00:21:18 Love it. No, exactly. Exactly. I love that. I really wish that they would have brought that to the 50 yard. But anyway, regardless, that's a whole different podcast because that camera, they couldn't fit that in there. I've had that exact conversation in my head like, come on, there's so much anyway, like the size of a VHS. Right. I know

Seth Miranda: 00:21:36 I shot the GFX 100 prototype in Tokyo and I was looking at this thing like how is this, can you put this EVF in everything but this hybrid and everything you got man. But I guess they can't with some of them because a rangefinder is one thing where it has an actual window to be an OBF

Raymond: 00:21:54 But that GFX 100 is amazing man. Oh my God, I love it. I love it. I don't know why I would use something like that but looking at others' photographs makes me think, Oh I'm sure I, if I got it I could figure something out y'all. You can totally pick it. I mean I went and

Seth Miranda: 00:22:08 It was funny cause a, just like a side story, we were chosen as a few of the teams to go to Tokyo to test like the first 20 of them or something

Raymond: 00:22:16 And everybody else is out there. They'll the first of all I was like all the other content teams like Hey, it's that channel. Hey what's going on? You know, like, yay, DP, review what's going on, you know, and they're all going out and shooting like Lotus flowers and coy fish of course. And I'm like, yo, we're at a Rama. Let's get grimy. I'm going to go and let's go get tattooed. So I went and [inaudible]

Seth Miranda: 00:22:36 Research the S hand poke tattoo artist that's like a legitimate Tuborg that tourists and I shot myself getting hand poked tattoo in low light with a medium format camera hanging off of my fingertips at a hundred megapixels and it was shot. I was like, this is amazing how sharp it is in this condition. And I just loved that we were able to keep our true to our selves and be like,

Raymond: 00:22:58 I mean I got tattooed on ad or on the TV. Like, yeah, no, I'm going to link to that video in the show notes because what's impressive, not only is the camera, but while some dude is hammering nails essentially into your skin, you're holding like this, I dunno, seven pound camera. I'm like, perfect composure, looking at yourself. No problem. That was very impressive. Very impressive. Oh, thank you so much. I'm really proud of that video. Yeah. so going back to going back to those kind of early days, a simple question, which is just what was your favorite part of shooting BMX and skateboarding?

Seth Miranda: 00:23:33 Wow. it feels like it was a whole nother person ago. You know what I mean? Like it's so far away, but I think there was just something about having someone who put lot of their self on the line to learn something or hit a spot or do something that they could only pull up one time and having it last forever for them. Like I keep coming back to that mortality and mortality thing cause I really do believe in that. There's so many times we see like throwback photos and stuff like that only exists because someone shot it. So when someone was doing, you know, jumping that huge set of stairs or running that gap or roof jump and roof to roof or something. Like I was there and I, I was their supports as I was the guy that didn't make it go away for them.

Seth Miranda: 00:24:17 And to me there was nothing, there's nothing that felt like that. I mean, even today with the special effects makeup, yeah, they can always do the makeup again, you know, but to document some bodies progression when that's all they have. When you rode BMX back when you were 15, that is literally all you had. You lived in guide for it. So and I mean literally, I mean broken bones. I had my lip ripped off and put back by a plastic surgeon, like all sorts of stuff. So yeah, I know it's, it's, yeah, it's, it's rough. It's to think about it. I didn't feel a thing. I literally got off the ground and I'm looking at a car window to see if I'm okay. I'm like, why am I smiling? And then I realized my delay lip was gone. So anyway

Raymond: 00:25:02 Did, did you take a picture of that? No, I didn't actually, but you're never going to have that moment back again as that's like the what's the what's the phrase? The totally escapes me. What it is, but it's like the person who always does that one thing but can't do it for themselves. Do you find that you ever find yourself, like in that situation, do you feel that way about yourself? Like you're always taking photographs of other people or for other people, but maybe not for yourself?

Seth Miranda: 00:25:29 I definitely absolutely 100% do not cheer for myself right now. I work every day for every one else to an extent where you're doing a demo of a new camera, you've never touched that account before. You spend most of it trying to figure out the menu system or how it's going to act so you don't look stupid when you have to make it look good. And then by the time you get to the shots themselves, that's like 10% of the whole production is like the shooting. So when you're done, you're kind of like, Aw man, I got through that one. All right, cool. But man, I, I get asked this all the time and it sounds so distant heartening, but I feel very fortunate that I am a working photographer, that I work in media, that I can create what I create.

Seth Miranda: 00:26:15 In the end, I don't have these burning desire that I used to have when I was a kid to get an idea across anymore. I mean I've had like these overly Epic, in-depth fine art ideas and endless sketchbooks on my shelf over there. But in the end it's, it's, I don't care to create it. Then how can anybody care to ingest it and I fit. The ambition isn't really there then it's not there right now. I'm in a point in my life where I need to make this career count as hard as possible. I have more of an audience than I've ever had before. I can't falter in front of people cause I talk way too much about this industry and people in general, like I really do. I hate the whole selling presets thing. Telling people they'll get better if there's buy presets.

Seth Miranda: 00:26:59 I hate the whole idea that, Oh, fix it later. Anything that you think that, Oh, here's five hacks that fit pro photographers don't want you to know, shut up. It's not, there's nothing we don't want you to know because no matter what you learn, it's already out there. It's already been out there and you have to apply it and actually really want to do this and gain momentum with it. And that's the hard part. I think I want to look back at a career that I got to an elevation. If I had a bunch of PR personal work, I'm not so sure that I'd have that same feeling. Not to mention when you, I'm not kidding. I literally know for a fact six days a week I'm shooting something somehow some way for someone somehow or going live. That's seventh day. I want to play doom.

Seth Miranda: 00:27:46 You know, I want to go find that slice of pizza on the other side of Manhattan that I heard so much about. Like, yeah, it's, it's, that's the life because we can't create anything unless we experience life itself. You want to get a vision in your head, you have to be able to see what the world is out there. If you're staying to yourself, you're not, you're reading a page in a book. You have to see everything and feel what's going on out there to understand, you know that person part of your lens that isn't you, that lives a lifestyle different than you and still get a portrait because a portrait is like we're portraying someone, we're not trying to replicate Rembrandt lighting here. Okay? Like get Rembrandt lighting out of your head. So I'm trying to replicate shadow patterns and start looking at what you're shooting and try to portray it to create a portrait.

Seth Miranda: 00:28:27 And that's what the problem is right now is we're like regurgitating techniques and we're not evolving the idea of what we're shooting itself and I don't think that's helping anybody. How many times are we going to see a demo on butterfly lighting or something like that and say like, this is all you need to do headshots. Well that doesn't work for everybody. Maybe that's not the field I want. Maybe their shape of their face is a little different, or I wanted it to look like this or it's, it's insane to me that people put work out there. I'm rambling now, but isn't saying to me that people work out there and go, look how great this looks. And it's like, you didn't like that that's completely obliterated in Photoshop. I mean, most of the high end pros that you see out there are doing these giant soft, lighter by foot octaves or umbrellas with the fusions and getting a really flat look and then burning in the lighting later and saying, I'm going to teach you lighting. No, you're not gonna teach him how to use the burn tool, you know?

Raymond: 00:29:19 Yeah. The two, well, I think, I don't know, I don't know if this helps at all or if this adds anything to the, a tons of conversation. But I think it's, it's so easy to want to learn as much as you can, as fast as possible. Like if I get into anything, I want to know everything about it right away. But like a, I'll, I'll take the example of learning how to play bass. When I, in high school, I, I wanted to learn how to play bass so bad, so bad. But you know what? I never did. I never bought a book. I never like took lessons. I never did any of that. I just like went to my friend and was like, show me that thing that you did right there and then I'm just going to copy that, you know, because I knew that that worked for him. So I totally get what it is that you're saying. And I just hope that more people who are listening right now take away from this, that they actually need to go outside with their camera and do something instead of, you know, you can watch all the tutorials online, but if you don't actually do something with it, what good is it?

Seth Miranda: 00:30:15 Well, that's the thing is like, I think you can learn from a to Z, a single technique, but if you don't understand the core principles that, that built that technique, you didn't do anything right. You know when I do that demo or use like a party balloon and a plastic bag and a and a pizza box reflector, I'm doing that because there were times in my career that someone said, Hey, can you give me a shot that looks like this and I had nothing else around me. But I figured out that, well, I need light to be soft or how to make the light softer. It has to be bigger than my subject. Okay, how do I do that? I'll make those be light into S into a blown up balloon and hold it there with a plastic bag and now it's 10 times bigger than it was.

Seth Miranda: 00:30:55 It's softer. Well now I have a shadow on the other side. How do I get rid of that shadow if I only have one light, I need something that bounces or reflects light. Well I need something that's white. I need some that's white, that has some sort of sheen to it to reflect the amount of light I need back in. And these are the things you keep on working through your head and that way when they ask you to do something, it's not, well, let me go through this roller decks of cards of stuff that I regurgitated from a to Z. It's, I had the core principle of I only need to change this one thing. I moved this light back a little bit. Whatever the case is, if it astounds me the miseducation that's happening at this point, when I go to trade shows, like add imaging, you know, I get people saying like, well how can you do this? Like you're already thinking the wrong way. It's not about that. It's about how do I make the light do this to get me to that? Because yeah, once you understand how to work with the light that's available or work with the light you create, there's no stopping you.

Raymond: 00:31:45 Yeah. So that that's perfect because I've always wondered, you know, if you look at your photos, you have some pretty wild photos and I'm going to post them in the show notes so that people can look at them and get a sense of what it is that they are. And you talked a lot about doing, you know, costume makeup and stuff like that, or prosthetic makeup. Is that, is that the right term? Prosthetic makeup, someone's prosthetics, the special effects? Pretty much. Okay. Special effects. There we go. So when it comes to special effects, you know, your photos, they're there. They're not all over the place. They're there, they're wild. They're there. I'm looking at these photos thinking to myself like, what are these ideas come from? So obviously the makeup is part of it, but the other part of it is the photography. Like you said, you know, you have this chance to capture this thing once. So where do these ideas come from for you?

Seth Miranda: 00:32:30 So the special effects just so people are clear, a lot of it volume-wise comes from like a makeup school where I shoot 30 of them in a day. So I have to be able to like go through all these styles and different genres and concepts. One after another 30 times. So that really got me quick and fast and able to fix flaws in the makeup with the lighting while still making it worth looking at. Right. Keeping the mood but still smoothing out like an edge to a prosthetic where you might see it or whatever or you know, fixing off color makeup or whatever happens, you know. But the the concept comes from the makeup artists I my button and be like, this would shoot better. Don't use this gold here or watch your shimmer stuff. There are sheens and things, but when it hits me, most of the time I have no idea what it's going to be to walk in my room.

Seth Miranda: 00:33:19 They'll tell me like, I'm going to do this alien. I'm like, okay, cool. And they come in and it's a completely different color. Could they ran out of it or they couldn't make this happen or the prosthetic and it fit properly or whatever the case is. And because I've shot 600 of them, I can figure out plan B pretty quickly because every time I take 10 more minutes on a makeup that's 300 minutes, that's over two, three hours that I ate up. Just trying to think of what to do next and that I can't afford. And that's what keeps me working. But I think one of the things like, so there's like a story. Did ya, did you ever see the pop by makeup I shot? I did, yes. Yes. So that was in the middle of a trade show floor that wasn't in a studio, that was a demo makeup on a stage and they were just gonna let it walk away.

Seth Miranda: 00:34:04 Wow. So I said, there's no way. There's no way. This was done by Neil Gorton, who's the guy behind dr who all the effects on dr who, wow. And Josh Tory, who is the guy behind all the Marvel, Netflix series, Daredevil, Luke cage, all that stuff. So these two powerhouses communicated by email over an ocean, then got together on stage and created that makeup after everything they built for it. Like what I knew was just going to walk away. It was just going to walk away. So I was working for the trade show document and the demos and so I had the gray background, but I had to grab him and I literally had three to five minutes to figure out how to shoot this thing. And I'm looking at this Popeye going, well, here's the problem. His eyes are sunken in it at least four inches deep under prosthetic.

Seth Miranda: 00:34:51 How do you not make that a shadow? Okay, so then how do I not make this look flat? How do I get them to show that there's like stubble on him so that people realize how detailed it is? How do I get people to see the proportions that are Popeye with like the small legs in the big upper body? How do I get them to recognize that it's pop off the bat? Get that I had to start on my phone. I'm Googling Popeye poses and looking at the cartoon and seeing the whole like fist up thing and after, you know, moving that fast and after all putting the pieces together, the five minutes was like an hour of shooting for me in my head. And then it was gone and it made the cover of makeup artists magazine actually have it. You want to see the cover? Of course. Yeah, no, I got it right here. Yeah, it's a, yeah. That's amazing. That is amazing. You can't really

Raymond: 00:35:38 See it on this, but it's like it's you, I'll get it posted in the show notes. Yeah. Yeah. So in a situation like that where as you said, you know, you, you did an hour's worth of work before you even had them in front of the camera. You know, and that all comes from your technical knowledge, knowing how your, your gear works, right. There's no way that you could do any of this without that. This, this isn't just something that happened like in, in those three minutes. So, no, no. How important is what's the question that I'm trying to put together here for new photographers? Sorry, I'm totally butchering this question. For new photographers, how much do you think that they should focus on the technicals versus the creative? Does that make sense? How much should they focus on the technical versus the creative? Okay, so cause that photo right there were perfectly demonstrated both of those two things working in unison.

Seth Miranda: 00:36:34 Yeah. I mean also the thing I work against all the time is I'm constantly in a sterile environment of a studio. It's an empty box, plain background. There's no location. Right? If I had a shit chance to shoot that pop by for real, I'd find an old tugboat somewhere to put them in and shoot the cabin, the whole nine. Right. But I don't have that. Right. So when you ask like what's there, what's, where's the weight of the creative versus the technical? The creative has to be strong enough for people to want to document it and create it. And the technical has to be strong enough to do justice for the creative. If one doesn't have the other, you're not going to create an image that's going to be mainstream, accepted it or be worth looking at. Now that being said, there are plenty of photographers I know that do amazing creative concepts and maybe the technical isn't there, but who cares sometimes when the technical isn't there, people feel that it's more believable of an image.

Seth Miranda: 00:37:30 Case in point, look at American apparel they had on camera flash as their campaign forever. But you felt like you were there with that girl in that hotel room. You felt like you knew her, like you took that shot at that party and that's why it feels less of a barrier. You know, there's plenty of people that look at like Playboy and go, well that is super polished lighting and it doesn't seem like they can't connect with it as much. But then somehow a or maximum, I should've said I'm solely, I don't even know anymore. But somehow the grime year looking stuff, look at DK and why or Dolce Gabbana like all these ads that are humongous campaigns are literally on camera flash. Like they've been going around a nightclub shooting at a high end party and now you feel like you're there. The technical isn't there, but the concept is solid as a rock. So you can't really judge one of the other, which you have to do is make a decision for what you're trying to achieve. What's the importance? And I think you, if you don't have the technical, you limit yourself what you can do. If you don't have the creative, your technical is boring as, so it's kind of like you tell me where you want to go. You know, it, it's, it's one doesn't override the other.

Raymond: 00:38:44 Yeah. Yeah. So, so then cause cause I'm always fascinated by this. I feel like this doesn't get talked about enough. But how close would you say that you get? How close is your finished image, your final image? How close is that to the vision that you have in your head? Say when, when somebody new walks right in front of your camera and you have to think to yourself, what am I going to do here? You have to come up with that idea and then how close is that idea to your, to your finished image.

Seth Miranda: 00:39:12 So yeah, that's interesting, right? Because I think people assume number one, they all are. They assume if you're a pro, the first shot is done. They think it's like you just nailed it and you know, you might get to a safe idea right off the bat on the first shot because you've done it a million times like this far away will look like this or whatever. Fine. But there's a million variables. You could shoot the same person every day for seven days. The same kid, same area, and a look different every single time. Cause they're the variable. Their skin gets puppy, they're tired, they're more energetic that day, whatever the case, right. I think we have to let go of when you're starting out is you're not going to achieve everything that's in here because everything in here doesn't have the reality of everything that goes wrong. And what I mean by wrong is the way things that don't act the way they act.

Seth Miranda: 00:39:54 Like, Oh, I want to shoot this a dress flying in the air. Well maybe that dress isn't long enough for it to fly in the air as long as you had prepared for and thus it doesn't look the way you thought it was going to look. I mean it's just, there's so many variables that you have to get the ideas of them and be at peace with, well what can I achieve there? And then also what can I organically let this subject and concept let me get to, because sometimes there's things you could never thought of that are happening that spot on the spot during the shoot that if you don't let yourself be open to letting yourself steer that way you're kind of fighting against the shot and that's where you start getting a less, a lesser shot. Really. I mean, I mean how many times have people tried to get like a super clean headshot, but it was really the moment where they stopped posing that they got the shot. You have to let the shot be organic to some degree. And that means letting go of your ego, letting go of your, your hardcore idea that you need to achieve. And sometimes just being okay with, I have this idea and this concept, let's see how we can build it on the spot.

Raymond: 00:41:00 So then personally, when do you know that you have the, when you have the photo, if you know that it's not going to turn out the way that you have it in your head and then you have to allow something to organically happen, how do you know when you got it

Seth Miranda: 00:41:15 That I think you, you know, you know that feeling like it's, it's something that I think experienced photographers get is they just know that that was it. And then they usually take a few more frames, you know, but you usually go like, ah, I'll never be as good as that one. I, you know, or you take 10,000 of the same one and you're stuck. Like, wait, which one doesn't that one fingernail cut off or something? You know, it's, it's it's hard to explain, but if you trust yourself, you know it, you just know it. Right. I just, I, I, I guess it's like trying to say, how do you know when a connection happens with a person? Like you don't, it's just like, it's something you kind of know. Your, your images are being created right there on the spot and you have to be able to connect with them.

Seth Miranda: 00:41:59 If they're not connecting for you, then you're not going to feel it. And I think that it's when you start realizing like, well, the technicals are okay. Okay, the eye is sharp. You know, like how many times you've done like, Oh, this looks great, but the eye's not sharp or something stupid. Right. and you like, you just like, Oh, let me try it again. And it never hits again. That's when you start realizing what you were trying to go after. But it's really a connection feeling. Doesn't that seem, I don't know, for you, doesn't that seem like it?

Raymond: 00:42:22 100%. 100%. And it's funny you said that sometimes, you know, you'll take the shot and you'll know, but then maybe you'll just fire off a few frames. I find that I don't do that. Whenever I have that feeling, I stopped right away. Why only excited like, and this is very rare. I'm not trying to toot my own horn or anything and this does not happen every single day. But if I take a shot and like I know and I do get that feeling, I'll tell my couple like, that's it. I got the photo, we're done. Like, let's, let's move on to something else. And for me like that, that's a fun feeling. Then I, then I feel like I'm just like wasting my time taking more photos, but I always feel like I'm the exact opposite. If I can't get it to work, I'll just keep shooting. Like, what, what can I do to check this? And then you start doing a vertical, you know, you're like, yeah, you're like, I'm just going to try anything at this point and try to make it work. And then usually those shots I just hate the most.

Seth Miranda: 00:43:11 Yeah. Because you didn't do anything to change. You just hoping that the next button is like magical somehow. Right. But it's not going to do it. It's not, you're, you're still shooting the same scenario. I think number one, I think shooting extra frames after the one you got it is a film thing because we were trained to always take a few more frames in case you scratched that negative, you had it. And I think the other thing is I like, you're kind of wondering like maybe there's like that extra evolution that's not going to come like that 37th exposure on a 36 roll. Like maybe there's something there I'm not going to get. I don't know. But I definitely hear you that, so sometimes I want to stop, but there's, for me, I don't know about you, but for clients sometimes they want to feel out the session go a little longer cause like they feel like they, you know, you've given them not only a product of a shot, but you're giving them an experience of being photographed.

Raymond: 00:43:56 Yeah, yeah. Oh yeah. Yeah. Yeah. That's interesting. I, I guess I never thought about it like that. I, I, I've never thought about what my couples think in that moment. I always just assumed that they know what the photo looks like and they're just like, Oh great, we got it. Cool, let's move on to something else. But yeah, that's, I'm going to have to put some thought to that.

Seth Miranda: 00:44:15 Yeah. Cause sometimes when they're in the experience then they get into a different mood and organically your shoot goes somewhere else. Like they got a little more comfortable. She's laying across them or something weird like anything, you know, so something weird. Yeah. Well I can't tell you how many times I'm shooting in FX makeup. They're like, Hey, well what if we tried this? And they just like start spraying water in the air cause they got comfortable. You know, there are some, yeah. I mean there's blood on everything I own. I mean there is just, there's so much stuff. I mean [inaudible] zombie blood has instant coffee in it to make it look like it's the Cade and it smells terrible. Decayed blood. I've never heard of such a thing. Well, different color. Yeah. What looks different depending on where you're bleeding from. If it's like more of a lower torso, there's going to be like bile and digestive fluids in it.

Seth Miranda: 00:45:01 So it's darker. You know, your head has really bright blood because it's a lot of capillaries. You know this. Yeah. There's a lot of great info here and I think that that that needs to be your next shirt. There's blood on everything I own that would sell out so fast. I'll tell you what, especially in the makeup world. Oh man. Oh man. Think about that. I am going to do a video on making fake blood, so it's gonna be great. I can't wait to see the instant coffee thing. I've never, I've never thought about that before ever since I've had people throw up. Oh really? Because of the smell. Yeah. Wow. Yeah. No, I don't know if I want to see this anymore. When it comes to, when it comes to lighting, I feel like you you have to be a master of lighting, you know, especially working in the studio setting.

Seth Miranda: 00:45:48 If anybody's watching us here on YouTube, it's clear that you're a fan of lighting. You've you've even got some backup lighting here just for this audio podcast. But when it comes to lighting, it's obviously a very important, but when you're starting out, you know, you said that you started with some garage sale lights in those early days. What do you think that's a question that I'm trying to get at here. How do you, how do you think that being held back by a small kit helped push you forward? All right, I take that back. Do you think that having, sorry for changing the question, do you think that having a limited kit held you back or did it push you forward? I don't think it held me back, but there's definitely stuff I know now that if I knew back then things would have been cleaner, like understanding that not all light is the same.

Seth Miranda: 00:46:39 That there's, you know, strobes can shift colors. And I mean, I didn't really look at the color of my lighting till I had to start shooting commercial makeup. Like I didn't need to have a dialed in perfect, you know, color until they were like, we need that red lip look, Pantone one 95. Like what? So when I was shooting BMX, that didn't matter. But I think when I didn't have light stands right and I laid the flashes on the ground and everybody's lit like Frankenstein when they're riding BMX. You know, I thought it looked cool, but if you did that for anybody that was like trying to be a fashion model in the street, they'd be like, why do I look terrible? And all my textures like exaggerated. But I think I realized that exaggerated texture and I brought that to everything else. I think one of the things you have to remember, no matter what your kid is, look at the properties of it.

Seth Miranda: 00:47:25 What is the properties? Is it like if I have a smaller sensor and it's noisy, we'll then start making your work work for what would look good, noisy. You know, like there's, there's not so much like a, a golden camera that works for everything. There isn't the best lens in the world from everything. You're looking at $30,000 systems that are meant to look soft focus. Why when we're supposed to be taught that we want sharp lenses because it's about character of the equipment and what you want to get look wise out of the image. You know. So I think people get caught up in so many stupid things because they're being sold spec sheets. They get in a hobby of buying equipment rather than using it or applying what that equipment can do. And I think that once you start realizing you can't buy better skills, you can only acquire them.

Seth Miranda: 00:48:10 It's within yourself. If it's not in you, if you're not building it in you, it doesn't matter what those hands are holding. Cause those hands are still the same skills. So you have to get yourself to a place where you understand what the tools that are in your hands and what you can do with them. The the garage sale strobes taught me how to fix flashes first of all, like when they're corroding in the battery cells and all that stuff, like figuring that whole thing out or trying to figure out optical triggering of splashes, like how far they can actually go, what bright of a sunlight I can use them in. I mean they learning the fail points of cheap gear kind of made me realize what to appreciate about the gear I use now. Case in point, I get a lot of flack for using pro photo when I'm alive.

Seth Miranda: 00:48:51 Like people like why do you use five 80 ones? I'm like, cause they're dependable and I love them and they're awesome. But there'll be like, well this is just as good. It's only $60 I'm like, you think it is, but you shoot one 10th of what I have to do and you don't know. What about color shifting when they warm up? You don't know about power efficiency. You don't realize that when a light is more efficient, you can actually get more power out of them even if they're both rated at the same watt seconds. I mean there's all sorts of stuff and I think having to exploit the small kids I used to have to the fullest extent to where they're barely holding on helped me really extend and exploit the major kids I get to use today.

Raymond: 00:49:33 Do you think that many new photographers don't see it in the same way you think that they're using that as an excuse?

Seth Miranda: 00:49:40 No, I think that people just, well there's two camps, right? There's the people who buy affordable lightning, which is totally fine. Never not shoot, always use whatever you can. But then there's also the camp of the people that are, well I'm well off and I want to be a photographer, so I'll buy Baya a flagship camera and some $2,000 a piece strobes. And somehow I'm still not getting these amazing photos cause it was never the strokes, it was never the camera. It was how you're using it all. And while I don't believe that things are ever just as good I do think that things are perfectly usable. But if you're getting to a point where things are failing on you, or if you bought those super expensive lights and you don't realize why they're constantly consistent or always dependable and you, you go to a less expensive system, you start seeing it misfire or shift color or whatever, build quality issues, whatever the case, you know, you kind of miss out on those growing pains and makes you a better photographer if you just go right to the luxury kits.

Seth Miranda: 00:50:41 I mean, think of it now, I don't know about you, but we're buying cameras that are about under $2,000 that could do everything that a 30 $40,000 kit years ago does. Yes, I'm, look, you're looking at me through a Nikon Z six. This is like $1,700. Yeah, it's like 700 bucks. It's four K video, right? It's 2024 mega, whatever it is, 24 bagels or whatever it is. And it's small as hell. Years ago, if you wanted video, you had to get a separate camera that could do that resolution. I mean, the stuff we're doing now at the lowest price point is insane. I don't think you have to spend a lot of money, but I think you have to realize what you have in your hands to actually use it correctly.

Raymond: 00:51:22 Yeah, yeah. Yeah. Recently I I didn't get into an argument with this person, but I posted a I think SanDisk had a sale on their UHS to cards, you know, obviously they have faster ride speeds and all of these things. And I think the cost was like $65 or I could be making that up, whatever it was. I posted the link on the podcast page and somebody else had posted, like, I just bought 128 gig card for $9 and was like, well, yeah, but he's not the same thing at all. And it's, it's, as you said, like when you know, you know what it is that your gear can do, what pro gear can do is really when you can grow. And and appreciate those things.

Seth Miranda: 00:51:59 But it's also knowing what to invest into. I mean, memory cards, you invest into memory cards, you're going to use that and whatever. I mean that's boils down to everything going on my card and it goes to whatever system you upgrade to. People that buy cheap grip drive me crazy. If you buy a cheap seat stand and wonder why your light hit the ground one day, I don't, I don't know what to tell you. Your, your, your grip goes with you for your entire career. If it's good grip, no matter what camera you buy, lens you buy, whether you're doing photo, video, what lights you buy, the stuff that goes with you as you evolve is the stuff you actually invest into a really good camera bag so that it doesn't rip open and pull your gear all over the place and protected properly. That's the stuff you invest in. The technology will always grow and get less expensive and so on and so forth. Or you could be at the type of photographer that buys the, the next generation of used gear and just stay ahead of the, a little bit on the curb, but not spending a lot but cannot use your head when you make purchases. You bought a $9 memory card and it fails. Your entire kit is useless.

Raymond: 00:53:01 [Inaudible] I think she was using it like in her inner five D Mark four, something like that. And I was thinking to myself like, what's the point? Like what's the point? Yeah. Anyway, anyway I, I like that idea about staying just like one generation behind on used gear recently. Now this is, this may shock some people, but I bought my first ever new camera, which was the the X 100 V right there. Every camera that I've ever purchased has been, has been used and I strongly considered buying it used as well. But I didn't want to wait. I was way too impatient. Way too impatient. Did you have the F? I did not have the F I had the I had the, I had the X 100, the original. I had the T yeah, I know that the F is like one of your favorite cameras, right? Look, Oh, this is getting X-rated real quick with these two cameras.

Raymond: 00:53:55 They're kind of related to, it's really taboo. Oh yeah. I didn't even think about that. Yeah. We're going to change the subject real quick. Personally for you today. Like as somebody who, you know, you said that you don't really do much of any shooting for yourself. Now, a lot of it is, is, is, is work. You're shooting for somebody. But your work doesn't all look, it looks consistent. Like this is who you are. Like I look at one of your images and think, yep, this fits your profile. But it doesn't all look exactly the same. So at some point you're still growing and you're doing new things. So where is the inspiration for new thing? Where are you drawing inspiration from?

Seth Miranda: 00:54:34 I think just boredom and just boredom. Yes. I mean honestly, how many times you just get bored and taking the same shot even if everybody loves it. That fricking rainbow ghost that I did turned into like keep doing it every day, all the time. I'm like no enough. And I'm really against photos being all about gimmicks of the technique and not about the technique applied for a better subject, a better shot for the subject I should say. And I think I always think to myself, cause again I think the way I keep myself on my toes probably inadvertently is I talk a lot of trash and and I don't want someone to look at my work and go, he's the one trick pony. He keeps on doing the cold rim lights looking thing and I don't know. It's like, no, I want to show that I'm versatile that sometimes I feel like doing a shot this way.

Seth Miranda: 00:55:24 I learned a lot of that actually that I concept of, of doing something differently for the hell of doing it that way from Daniel Norton actually that guy doesn't care. He's doing whatever is happening on the spot. He lets things blow that way and I've seen him get bored as well, you know, so it's hard to keep motivated. I think one of the best ways you can do that is go, well, what else is possible? What can I do that I haven't done or what's something I can do to get this to the next level? When I started shooting like swamp creature type stuff, I'm like, how do I make this look like it's not a studio like cause what? Swamp creatures coming out and go like, Hey, I'm in front of a camera in a studio and that's when I started trying to make it, well how can I make this look like an atmosphere? Then I'm like, well this would be really cool if it was like a lightning storm and there was rain flying, but they're kind of half under an awning. So this half their face looks like it's in the dark and it's dry, but then the lights coming in from the side because that's where the, is it in my head, I'm visualizing what's outside of the frame so that I were there in the location. I'm zoomed in shooting the crop of the frame and that's how I build it normally.

Raymond: 00:56:30 Wow. Wow. So it's funny cause all that just sounds totally rational, you know, and yet, and yet I think for a lot of people they're going to think to themselves like, Oh, I need to do more of this. So that's, that's a great tip.

Seth Miranda: 00:56:42 Well, we get stuck in the frame, right? We get stuck in exactly what's in that rectangle or square or whatever. And we don't think of ourselves as like, Oh, well. So if you notice a lot of the effects of shot on black background, because a black background, if I don't light it and I change my lighting on the subject, it can easily just be something coming out of darkness. And darkness can be anywhere. You want it to be, dead of night forest, some cellar, somewhere. I mean anything, right? So that gave me a lot of versatility given the most vapid dark what do you call it? Open-Ended box to build something in. And that's where I make the light, create the atmosphere. So when I want something to appear you can't, light air, air doesn't light, but you can light mist and haze and missed it.

Seth Miranda: 00:57:24 Water bottle stuff, you know like all that type of stuff is or make the ghosting happen to give it some sort of like shake or drag or some kind of dynamic movement. But in the end you can create the frame if you understand that you're trying to make them believe that they're in a place that's beyond the frame. So what's being on the frame? And I think I learned a lot of that from when I did a lot of a document drama stuff from early in my career when I shot in hotel rooms and stuff, like all the weird motel rooms, I didn't want it to look like I lit them. Nice. I want it to look like you were in that motel room. So what did I do? I put my strobes exactly where the light sources were. The lamp on the desk, the all my strobes went inside the bathroom and I cracked the door and that way that would look like then the light coming from the bathroom and then that's what I shot it with. And you believed you were there and you really connected better with the image.

Raymond: 00:58:12 Wow. You know, with today's digital cameras with their ISO performance, I don't think many people would actually take that. That very simple approach. It's got to add more light. No, that's very cool. That's very cool because obviously, you know, you weren't just doing it just for more light. Part of it was, was to get a better exposure, but the quality of the light is going to be entirely different from like three to four strobes in a bathroom with the door cracked. Then just the a of the array of, of bare bulbs

Seth Miranda: 00:58:40 Or maybe it's daylight out and you want it to look like it was a nighttime shot. You have to be able to do that if you want to tell your client, no, let's wait till later. I know you're available now. We'll wait till late. Like they, nobody wants to hear that. You have to make the shots happen. Now, what's funny is there's a lot of equipment that people don't even realize exist anymore. Like AC slaves, they're flashes that are like 15 watt seconds, that are light bulbs that go inside of a light socket. So if you want to shoot something inside of a hotel room and make the flat, the lamp look like it's lit instead of balancing it out, you just put that in as the light bulb and it strobes for the shot. People forget that even exists.

Raymond: 00:59:18 I didn't know that existed. Wow. I would think the amount of, I guess it all has to be contained within that light bulb. A capacitor and the, the radio transmitter and everything.

Seth Miranda: 00:59:27 Yeah, they're, they're relatively cheap and they're actually kind of funny because you can unscrew it and sometimes the capacitor holds one less strobe so you can actually hold it and fire it. But they're, they're opticals so they just see the other flashes in your shot and fire. So there's a lot of times when I worked for other people like a years ago, years ago, shooting on location, they would have a crate of those. And I, it was my job to go unscrew every light bulb and put those in there. Or now you see a lot of filmmakers using led tubes, they're putting them right where the fluorescent lights will be, but their daylight balanced. They don't worry about like the way it looks. I mean, there's so many tricks. It's insane. And I guess, cause I learned all those tricks, I don't have to worry about the post-processing or higher ISOs or the fact that I'm not just shooting for Instagram and it can go to print, you know? Yeah,

Raymond: 01:00:15 Yeah, yeah, yeah. Oh, that's great. That's great. I, I, I have one last question for you here. And this question actually comes from your website. It says on your website with an endless drive to push, create and collaborate, it's safe to say Seth's evolution of work has yet to reach its limits. So my last question for you is,

Seth Miranda: 01:00:37 I didn't write that. I didn't write that and that website's so outdated, but yeah. Okay. My question for you is what does that limit look like? I think that's the one thing that will always keep you going. I mean, no matter what financials come and go. I lost contracts. I lost my entire career overnight three years ago. When contracts ran out on me and people under cut my rate, I thought my life was over. What, what keeps you wanting to shoot and what am I native? What can I do? Cause then the end of the day, I've been doing this almost two decades. This is what I do. And I hope people feel that way when they approach it, whether they started a week ago and they're just getting the grasp of it or if they've been doing it forever. This is our part of society is to document it and share it with the rest of the world.

Seth Miranda: 01:01:24 And you can't let things lie. Like I'm not getting paid to do it. Stop you. And you can't let things like I already work for the jobs. Yeah, but you still burn away in the back of your skull, right? There's something clawing at the back of your skull. It's like, I need to get this shot out of my head. I want to create it. Or you know, we'll be cool is if I did this or that. And I think finding people to work with is easier than ever before. You can go on Instagram and find local people that share your aesthetic and go, Hey, I'm thinking of doing this. What? You know? And that's when you start really networking. Forget this whole idea of giving people business cards. Forget it. No one needs your business card unless they want to contact you. Giving it to them does nothing.

Seth Miranda: 01:02:06 So what you have to do is go and work with people and you working with people, even if it's not paid or whatever is the job of interview. And when they evolve, they remember you. They bring you with them. When you're out there working and meeting all these people. I've been assistance for photographers. I've met the models, I've met grips and I had them all in my Rolodex or whatever you want to call it on my phone, several days to to call on them if I need to. Like, this is the stuff that keeps you driven. You can't think driven unless you're already driving. And I think it's hard to let yourself stop because, Oh, that guy has more followers than me. This picture didn't get enough likes. Get out of that Headspace. Some of the most amazing retirees on the world barely even get on Instagram anymore. So like, not that it's not a useful tool or very relevant today. You have to get the evolution of yourself from yourself because you yourself want to know where you're going next and the only one that's going to take it there is, you know, that's it.

Raymond: 01:03:05 I I don't know how to in this podcast any better than that. That was those fantastic. There was something that everybody needs to hear. So thank you for sharing that, especially coming from your expertise and your experience. This isn't just like you just saying these words cause it sounds good. That was a, that was very powerful.

Seth Miranda: 01:03:26 It's hard. No one is saying it's not hard. No one's saying this is easy and no one's saying that like this craft isn't valued. There is, there are working photographers out there. It's going to take forever to get over that hump until you jump into actually being constantly working. But you can't give up because it's when you give up that you never should have started in the first place. I mean, let's be honest, you spent money on gear, you spend time trying to learn, you wasted people's time, shoot with you and those, that work just dissipates and goes away. No, you have to get to the evolution to the point where that work gets to such a level that people can't ignore it. And I think you'll be happy. And there's nothing more satisfying in the world than that. Just as a real quick side note to buy my first wide angle lens or BMX, I sold every comic book I had and I got venom and carnage tattooed on my ribs.

Seth Miranda: 01:04:20 You know, like, I mean, I'm all in. And it wasn't until a few years ago that I was able to buy back every key book that I had sold in the past and that feeling of I sold those books, I got the gear, I went through the career and I acquired back the books because I able to actually have them was one of the most crowning achievements ever. I don't know how to explain it. It sounds stupid and I'm not saying go sell stuff that you care about, but you have to take a gamble on yourself. You have to roll the dice on yourself, have confidence, don't give up. Step forward and just remember that what you're shooting now, even if it's not working, you're still evolving and you'll get there, but only you can get there.

Raymond: 01:05:01 Geez. Yeah, that was powerful right there. I can't imagine what that must have been like to get those to get those comment. Awesome. After all those years. I bet. Geez. Geez. Well, Oh, Seth. I feel, I feel like we could keep talking for hours. I, I really enjoyed talking with you. You really did share so much about not only your journey but you know, the creative process that you go through to take these photos. I'm sure that the listeners right now are going to want to learn more about you. So can you share how they can find you online and follow you in your work.

Seth Miranda: 01:05:35 Yeah. first of all, thanks for having me cause this is totally rad. I think you're super easy to talk to, like you're doing the right thing. And I totally come back on anytime you want when we can figure this out. So you can find me on everything, all social media, last X witness and you're more than welcome to join my Twitch channel and have the same name where I go live and we just have a community actually. I go live, we do live Q and A's. All your questions that I can answer or the community that I'm building answers. Also, I do image reviews there so you can submit your work, we can talk about it, how to make some of them better, all that kind of stuff. And also there's a 24 seven discord channel on side of that where you can have a whole community of people from all over the world help answer your gear questions, look at your work, whatever you're having issues with, or just vent that you're driving yourself crazy in this industry, you're more than welcome twitch.tv last X witness. I'll see you there and I would be more than happy to hear from some of you guys. I do answer DMS. They take me forever to answer them, but I do answer them and I'm thank you for having me. This is freaking awesome.

BPP 194: Pierre T. Lambert - Travel / Adventure Photography

Pierre T. Lambert is a travel photographer and youtuber with more than 183,000 subscribers who follow him for his photography challenges and tutorials. Today we talk about how you can take better photo of your next travels.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Pierre got started in photography

  • What about photography connected so well with him

  • What Pierre struggled with most when learning to shoot

  • The difference between travel and landscape or street photography

  • Tips for photographing strangers

  • How much gear to pack on a vacation

  • How to keep your photos safe and backed up on the road

  • What new photographers get wrong when shooting their own travels

Resources:

Screen Shot 2020-04-02 at 11.49.47 AM.jpeg
Screen Shot 2020-04-02 at 11.50.03 AM.jpeg
Screen Shot 2020-04-02 at 11.50.25 AM.jpeg
Screen Shot 2020-04-02 at 11.50.57 AM.jpeg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00 Today's guest is Pierret Lambert, a travel photographer and youtuber with, by the time this interview comes out, we'll have more than 150,000 subscribers who follow him for his photography challenges and tutorials. Today. I'm excited to chat about, talk about taking better photos of our travels. Pierre, thank you so much for coming on the podcast.

Pierre T Lambert: 00:21 Thank you for having me. Thank you for taking the time. It's a blast. I'm super happy to be here.

Raymond: 00:27 I'm excited to be here. You are. You are one of those. You know, if anybody watches any of your YouTube videos, you are very much a personality in the in the world of photography. There are a lot of people who can educate. There's a lot of people who get into the technicals of things. There's a lot of people who just focus on the theory. I feel like you cover all of it pretty well and you, you bring this personality to your, your videos that it's clear why why people enjoy watching you. So again, I'm excited for our chat here, but before we get into kind of the travel photography side of things, can you share with me in the listeners, how did you get your start in photography in the first place?

Pierre T Lambert: 01:07 Oh, that's a good, that's a good one. I got it sporadically into it through the years. So it's not like one day I woke up and everything changed in my life and I wanted to be a photographer. It kind of did, but it happened over years when I was a kid, I remember playing with like a dark room when I was like maybe like eight years old or nine years old. It was showing us that in school and it was, thought it was cool and then we'd go on field trips and my grandfather gave me a camera. I used also a lot of disposable cameras. You know the one with the film that you have to wait for? Oh yes. Never knew what you would take off, but I always found it kind of fun. And I always spent a lot of time looking at adventure books or looking at books around the nature and animals. So there were done tons of photos in there. And I guess that in one way I was like, Oh, I can capture my own stuff. You know? Obviously it wasn't the same, but

Raymond: 02:04 Yeah, we get disposable camera that's, that's difficult to achieve the same results.

Pierre T Lambert: 02:09 And then few years later I got into I got an engineering degree, got into engineering, started working and traveling a lot. And one day it just like occurred to me that I actually made a lot of my decisions around traveling, meaning like the job I wanted, the company I wanted to work for, everything had to allow me to travel. And that's how I had kind of decided on everything. And the company I was working for was absolutely not inspiring me. I would look at managers who are olders and that was like, I don't want to be you. I don't want it. I'm like, Oh, right. No one's inspiring around me. And I stumbled upon a book called the four hour work week while I was working offshore in Africa on the boats, like in the middle of the ocean. It was very boring because we didn't have many operations going on at that point.

Pierre T Lambert: 02:58 And I received an email saying like, Hey, is the four hour work week possible? And I was working like 12 hour shifts, you know, like night shifts. So you're like, no way. There's no way. I'm like, what? And that came from my engineering degrees school. Like how'd you call that college if you wanted? My college was sending out that newsletter with that conference. I was like, what is that about? And then they were trying to discuss around that book. I was like, well, obviously I had to grab the book. I was in the middle of the ocean. So I found a PDF version and I started just reading through the book and it was like a lot of things hit me really hard where it's like you speaking to yourself sometimes, you know, but as long as you haven't seen it written by someone else, you always think those are either stupid thoughts or you just surprise them to forget them because no one around you shares them.

Pierre T Lambert: 03:49 And then when that you discovered that other people around the world do so, then you're like, Oh, wow, cool. And that got me thinking what I have. I could do anything with my life. What would I be doing? Can I do something for myself and not for others in the sense that I was building that CEO's dream or like those shareholders that I had no interest. I didn't even know them knowing no one cared about anything in the company if you want. So it's like, well, that sounds very inspiring. I want something better in life. Something that's, that is striving every day that I strive for. And that makes me feel like I am growing in a way. And I literally listed a bunch of ideas, maybe 50 60 ideas, like anything that would go through my mind. And the one that, the theme that would come all the time was like travel and photography and a little bit of engineering related stuff towards aquarium for example, according to filters because I was into like Aqua scaping it back in the days.

Pierre T Lambert: 04:49 And I was like, okay, let's circle the ones that are the most important and the one that I would actually consider doing or maybe I want to look into. And so the two main ones, three main ones came, aquarium, filter, a platform to book photographers online and like booking.com basically. And another one was me being a photographer and I was like, okay, let's just go through the list and try them. And so I tried to accord them filter and it got nowhere to, it's good creative exercise though. And like just trying to dip my toes into how to launch a product or, or just like anything. And I just killed a project and I was like, you know what? Photography is way more exciting to me and the platform for photographers is very exciting. So today I decided I would become star for, I looked into hard work and how I could make money.

Pierre T Lambert: 05:43 And I was like, Oh, a national geographic photographer sounds great, but I also realize it's not the easiest path in a way. It's a very long path and you need to be in the right environment, which I wasn't at the time, so I thought, why don't I just look into porch at the tar? And it was always super shy. I'd never been there taking photos of people. If you asked me to take photos of others or like other family, I would get like you know, you're not like happy to do it. Yes. So I decided, you know what there's money to be made. I'm in Paris when I'm not traveling and a lot of people who travel here or who need the engagement shots, who propose whatever, like that could be cool. So I just started gathering all the resources I could find and then I just like learn every single day, whatever I could and then practiced it. And that's how I started.

Raymond: 06:37 Okay. So a few few follow up questions for you. The first one, let's start with kind of where you ended right there. At what point did you, did you leave your, your, your engineering job? Like were you already somewhat established as a photographer before you did this or did you make the leap before any of it was proven, I guess?

Pierre T Lambert: 06:57 No, I did not leave before one was proven. That would have been reckless from mine just because I needed to financial stability. And just because tomorrow you decide to be a pilot racer, it doesn't mean you're gonna, you're gonna make it or anyone's going to be interested. So you might want to try out a driving a few cars pretty fast first. So what I did is I, I learned as much as possible and I looked at photographers who were already established in the market. So I did a little bit of market analysis. Who is showing up on Google? Who is like getting clients and, and that portrait and wedding space. And then I would basically look at their work and rank them in my head, one to 10 and I was like, okay, this guy's really good. He's charging a lot. This guy is like ma and he's charging a little less but not that much less.

Pierre T Lambert: 07:51 And then so I looked at what was average in terms of market and then what was like average plus an average and super high hand. And I was like, I want to be in that range. Yes. Because then I have to work less hours but I make more. So I was like, that sounds better. And also creatively, I thought I Fe I think I still think that the more in the way there is a limit actually, it's like a curve like that. There is a sweet point where you're like high end but not too high where you're working with celebrities and have no creative direction. You just say high end people want your creative direction. And that's, that's actually really cool. So anyway, I looked at those guys and I was like, my work has to be as good as those guys and then I can charge. And so I did everything possible to practice and get there. Shooting for free, asking friends, friends of friends asking my wife yeah.

Raymond: 08:46 What, where did you, where did you learn photography? I know that you, you know, you started off and you just enjoyed taking pictures with digital or with disposable cameras and looking at, but where did you, where did, where did learning of portrait and engagement photography come from

Pierre T Lambert: 09:01 That that came from? My, my progression curve in photography started a little bit before I got into the idea of becoming a photographer because I always would travel with a Canon 450 deep back in the days. So like a rebel, something like 2011, 2012 version with the entry kit lands to do the 1855. And I had also a 7,300, which was great, really fast. That's and I would travel with that and that was awesome. But obviously my photos wouldn't end up as good as the others. So I started like digging a little bit more and I did my first beginner mistake and I thought my camera, I needed to be upgraded. Obviously that's where we all started. I know. So I bought a Canon five D Mark two, I think maybe it was second hand, that one. And then I bought a 50 minima one eight.

Pierre T Lambert: 09:59 I bought a 1740 millimeter and then my photos change already. Just having Boken my shots was like, wow, this is so cool. Yeah. And the wide angle so was just so fun to shoot with. So I was keeping that and then didn't go anywhere. And the moment I really decided to work with clients, I had to step it up and that's when I dug into like online resources. My dad had like old books from the 80s on photography and composition didn't change that much since. So yeah. So I just read everything I could. I started watching. It was no YouTube video at the time. There was nothing free in a way that would teach you anything outside of Photoshop or editing. Like if you wanted to learn like photography as a business or, or shooting people, you had to go into paid resources. So there was creative life that was kind of getting up there.

Pierre T Lambert: 10:55 And I remember creative lab was a good one. I would watch the lives back in France with the jet lag. It was like 3:00 AM during the week. And I was like, Oh no, I can't miss that. This is so interesting right there. I know well I had the daytime job so I couldn't like do everything at once. I had to do it at night. And so there was creative lives and then I can't even remember. Like there was sometimes like photographers that would pop up with their own course or blogs. But that was pretty much it. I remember I, I owed a lot to their, their like classes at the time. Because this was really good and in depth.

Raymond: 11:36 So why do you think, because obviously there's still a lot of online resources. There's a lot of photographers who have blogs now. Why do you think you were able to, I guess, let me rephrase that question with a lot of photographers with blogs and a lot of free online education, how come everybody, doesn't it? How come you think that you were able to break past this barrier of just being a hobbyist and really grow as a photographer?

Pierre T Lambert: 12:05 Hmm, that's a good question. I think people that fall in love with ideas and they fall in love with the idea of becoming or doing something. But the moment you really have to do it, you quickly become disillusioned in a way where you're like, Ooh, that's a lot more work than I thought. Especially when you're hitting the marketing part. Let's, let's pretend you just got good at photography and now what? Right. It's like, all right, cool guys. I'm good. Well, I mean, people are not going to just, just find you out of the Bush. You know, you gotta be out there. You got to do your own marketing, you got to find clients. You're going to like put yourself out there to get those clients. And I think a lot of people might struggle with that part, especially so more like the business part and also getting really good, especially working with other people, requires you to be very humble in the sense that you're going to be it B and you might suck, completely edit and they will see you suck at it. Right. It's not like you're going to be a landscape photographer and hide in the, in the landscape for like six days and no one will ever see those photos. You're literally working with people and that I can see the photo, you know? And if, if those are models that work with good clients, good photographers before they'll, they'll probably think, ah, well that's pretty crappy, but that's your learning curve and you need to go through it.

Raymond: 13:27 [Inaudible] Yeah, you just gotta you just gotta do it. You actually have to just [inaudible]

Pierre T Lambert: 13:30 Yeah, suck it up. Be humble. Like put your head down and just work.

Raymond: 13:34 Oh, I love that. I love that. So when, when, when you first started, when you first started like taking it seriously when you said, okay, I need to learn this as a technical skill, as much as it is a the creative abilities I need to harness this. What would you say was the hardest aspect for you to learn or grasp or or fully understand what was the hardest part of photography for you at that time?

Pierre T Lambert: 13:57 I think the hardest part was

Pierre T Lambert: 14:01 Being able to do, or like it's like you see a lot of different puzzle pieces and you understand each one of them individually, which when you're supposed to bring them together to get a photo, that's when everything would collapse. It's like you would get your exposure right, but you feel good. The composition, then you got the composition red, but then your exposure was wrong and then you got composition and exposure but your subject was not ready or you didn't communicate to them or it just looked terrible. And then there's the editing part where obviously when you start you overdo everything. So everything looks too much and you're like, well, I don't understand this one looks too crisp and good, my photos don't look as good. So I think that part, like being able to balance everything and really bring it together and I'm in a situation you, you're under pressure was a little bit difficult. That's definitely the steepest learning curve and that's why I think learning and, and breaking down things and being able to train without your camera also really helps you. Like when you're in those situations, put everything together easily, at least some parts of it. Everything is not linked to the camera composition, light subject communication. You can train without your camera and then you just bring it and it just becomes almost second nature when you're back with your camera and you can focus just on the technical aspect.

Raymond: 15:25 [Inaudible] How do you suggest we we practice lighting and composition without our camera.

Pierre T Lambert: 15:33 Ah, that's a lot of observation. I would say. It's just being aware of what you have around and understanding how different sources of lights actually help you or actually work against you depending on what kind of result you're trying to achieve. Being able to understand when you look at other photos, how they've been lit up, what, what light was important, and that you can just do it anywhere. You know, you're looking at our videos, you try to pinpoint the sources of light around you, why it was set up like that, what kind of mood it creates, and then you just play you, you move people around, you move your hands, you move objects. If you're shy, just use a stuffed animals, you know?

Raymond: 16:14 Yeah, absolutely. Or mannequins. I've seen mannequins before. Yeah, right. Modeling heads. Okay. So again, it just goes back to just putting in the work and not just doing more than just reading about it or watching it, but actually actually doing it

Pierre T Lambert: 16:28 Well. Yeah. I mean it's like abs, right? You can read all day about abs. Nothing's going to happen.

Raymond: 16:33 Yeah. Trust me. I know. Yeah, absolutely. Yeah. All day, all day. Not a single thing. Not a single thing. So let's go back to where you, where you were shooting weddings. You're shooting portraits today. Are you still shooting any weddings or portraits?

Pierre T Lambert: 16:50 No, I don't shoot weddings anymore. I shoot portraits, yes. But not at all in the same context where it's going to be either lifestyle portraits was friends or like influencers or it's going to be portraits for like corporate sometimes, but and more like towards video. Like it's a mix. Yes. But not like I used to where it was like engagement, portrait couples, families. Those were really fun. But I moved away from that, especially after I moved from Paris to New York. My clientele was in France then I didn't restart trying to find clients in New York. I, I kind of switched gears. So

Raymond: 17:32 Let's talk about that. Was that a conscious decision to not try to book any more weddings once you moved to New York? Or was that out of necessity?

Pierre T Lambert: 17:40 Yeah, no, it's, when I moved to New York, I didn't know exactly how it would work out in terms of work and authorization and everything. I didn't want to put it into time because I was also, so while at the same time I was becoming a photographer and learning, I also learned to code and I can about [inaudible], which was for booking photographers online. So I built a full scale a worldwide booking.com for photographers and I was working a lot on that, on that end. And when I moved to New York I was like, you know what, I'm going to focus my energy on that part and not the individual shoots right now. I'm going to try to scale that skeletal a bit higher and like bring in more work to other photographers. And those are in, in Europe back in Europe.

Raymond: 18:29 Gotcha. So, so when did, when did you shift away to that and start focusing more on travel photography?

Pierre T Lambert: 18:37 So that's when we decided well, so the fun part is that travel photography has been all the time. So anyway, I have a very deep desire for travel and I have the travel bug and I cannot not travel in a year, otherwise I just go crazy. So I would travel like maybe three times a year or four times a year. And I always take my camera with me. Sometimes I would do shoot actually with clients. For example, in Taiwan when civil where I had the wedding stuff like that, but really got into the travel, travel photography. When we decided to go on the ward tour with my wife after New York, we decided to leave. We took a few trips I should for some NGO in Nicaragua. And then we went to Mexico, a bunch of places and one at one point we're like, why don't we just take a year off? And I mean, not for me, but for her. And I was just gonna focus on more travel photography and YouTube.

Raymond: 19:40 So then was that, was that kind of the I don't wanna say the end goal, but at that point were you thinking like, you know what, this is where all of my focus kind of needs to be like, like what, what am I trying to ask you?

Raymond: 19:56 This is, this is going to be a YouTube question because obviously you put out a lot of content on YouTube, you put out a lot of helpful and educational videos. Was that the goal from that? From that point when you guys were in, say, Mexico and Nicaragua thinking, why don't we just take a year off and I'm going to focus on this? Was that, was that the plan

Pierre T Lambert: 20:16 Three? No, because I had another YouTube channel where it was more like a blog and we're just doing travel content, meaning like information showing how it was traveling, those places, et cetera. But six months into it, I was shooting in this beautiful location, like getting shots I really liked. And, and more and more I was like, I want to share that with others. Like I get really excited about the photography on the channel. We don't really talk about it just because that's not who the people are watching what they're watching for and was like, you know, I think I can, I can do something good with the photography side on YouTube. And at that time there were a few photographer on YouTube that started rising up. There was a Peter McKinnon that just started in November. I think he's done 17. There were like a few others and I was like, I think it's a pretty good time to get into it. And especially because I'm traveling all the time, I want to share that with others and I'm sure other people would get excited. So that's when I decided and I actually started taking action I think in March or February, 2018 that's when I dropped the first video on that channel.

Raymond: 21:26 Yeah. Your, your growth has been pretty consistent, which has been awesome to see. It's as I said in the beginning, like it's great to see that or it's, it's clear to see why people, I think enjoy watching your videos. You just bring this personality to it and as you said, you know, you were in, you were traveling the world and you really liked the photography side of things, but it was hard to share it with with the, with the viewers of that channel. So then, then, let me ask this. When it comes to you know, a portrait, when it comes to a wedding, when it comes to a landscape, when I say those words, I can visualize those images in my head. What is different about those then say you know, a travel photo. When I say travel photography to you, what's the image that pops into your head?

Pierre T Lambert: 22:12 I'm going to ask you this same question after when I, you say travel stuffy, there are two kind of images that that pop into my head. Like charismatic, a guy or a worker or somewhere in the exotic place. Like very like a phase that shows you like years of work. Yes. that's what shows up in my mind. And another one is also adventure where it's like maybe a small road with a car or something. And people like literally going through a journey in, in a very, very different place from where you are right now. And that's, that's kind of what I see when I talk about Charles photography, that that makes between adventure and people,

Raymond: 22:56 The mix between adventure and people. Oh, I love that. I've got gotta write that down. The mix between adventure and people because ultimately I think when people, when people, when people travel, they're buying into the idea that they're about to have an experience. Right? And that's what they get excited for. So when you go on these travels, as you said, the people, the people are a big part of, of what makes a location unique. And I don't know about others listening right now, but I know that personally I get nervous. And as you said earlier, you know, you got nervous as well just at the idea of taking, you know, a stranger's portraits. So now with the experience that you've had, do you have any tips on photographing strangers?

Pierre T Lambert: 23:38 Yeah, definitely. And actually that's something I'm going to talking about that photo keynote so I don't. Cool. Yeah. I was like, Oh, I think it's a good topic. Because I went through that journey where I would never like take a photo of someone or feel really afraid or shamed or, or anything. Even if it, they were your clients. I mean, and again, if you were training with someone who was like a model for your day, you know, to shooter, I was very much shy, but one day I either watched a photographer work or I S I think I was at the workshop and that photographer was basically sharing that if you want the result, if you want it to look good, you have to be involved in it and you have to be able to get the best out of people and, and show it to them, you know if something excites you about them, just let them know what excites you about them and why you want to take their photo. Obviously if it's something you think is just say drama, maybe don't point it out, but or don't take their photo because it's not that cool. But but when you're doing travel photography or street photography, the most important I think is to go in with an open mind and always remember that you want to approach people the way you would love to you.

Pierre T Lambert: 25:01 Right? So imagine you're sitting in your shop and you're in God knows where. Like imagine you and Jana polys and there's this guy from India and his first time in the U S and he's a travel photographer, which is the same thing as me going to India and seeing guy in the shop, right? Yes. You think about it and, and the guy comes in with like a can of frowny face, doesn't know what to do and like kind of like sneaks. You don't know if he's trying to steal something for you or if he's taking a photo or you have that other guy that comes in with a smile and says, I love your shop. Or I think those calls like regrade, can I take a photo? You're more likely, I think statistically speaking to say yes to that guy versus the first one if he even asked for it.

Pierre T Lambert: 25:43 So I'm like, can I have every time I talk to someone and leave, is it possible for me to leave them with the day better than it was before they interacted with me? Can I have a positive impression on them that makes them have a better day. So that's kind of my goal every time I should people. Just because I don't know, it feels nice to, to do, to make people feel good. So the best thing you can do, just compliment them on something. Find something. You have glasses. I would say, dude, I love your glasses. How it makes your eyes pop. Can we take a photo of you? You know, you're already smiling. Z I have won the game and if you're able to say that 100% and there's going to be a video activity that's going to drop maybe next week or so.

Pierre T Lambert: 26:33 We did a challenge with a friend in New York and we had 10 minutes to shoot as many strangers as possible and ask them, Oh wow. And my friend did great, but we end the lies the after. And every time we would get, yes, it's when people, we would tell them why we wanted to take a photo of them, not because we're doing a challenge. That's another good reason why for them is there an incentive to have that photo taken because you find that their haircut is cool, you find something school about them, something looks good on them or delight looks beautiful and you think it did just enhance the background or whatever, you know. Every time you can find something cool about people and let them know you're going to get a lot more yeses.

Raymond: 27:20 Geez. I'm trying to think right now. That would that definitely makes things a whole lot less scary, you know, especially when you approach it from that mindset instead of like, Hey, they have something that I want. I wonder if I can get it from them, which is like their likeness, but instead, how can I make this person's day better? And then in return, hopefully I can get a photo out of it. Yeah. Yeah. That makes it a whole lot less scary. I would imagine that doing that 10 minute challenge to get as many portraits of people, I feel like that would be a tough thing to do because you almost don't want to just take somebody's photo. And then like run away and then get somebody else's photo. You almost want to like spend time with them for a moment and try to I don't know, enhance the photo or, or, or like you said, you know, just kind of talk to them and make, make their day better. I'm excited for, I'm sure that that will be out by the time this this interview goes live. So if it is, I'm going to take the link and I'm going to put it in the show notes. So if you're listening right now, it's in the show notes. Check it out. That's a great, that's great.

Pierre T Lambert: 28:15 But yeah, think about it. How long does it take for someone to have a positive or negative impact on your day? Seconds, right. It's like a girl passes by and spines at you, that's enough, right? But then someone cuts your lane and then you're angry. So it's as fast, you know, in both direction.

Raymond: 28:35 Not me. I, I used to get angry about stuff like that. I, and then I, and then I moved to LA and it was just like, this happens all day, every day. Like this is just life. I got to get over this. It definitely made me a better, a better driver after that. Yeah. You know? Yeah, you're absolutely right. It only takes, it only takes seconds. It only takes seconds. So gear, let's talk about gear for a moment because we don't really talk a lot about gear on this podcast. As you know you know, a camera or lens isn't what makes a photo great. It really is, is the photographer and it's there's so much that goes into it, but when it comes to gear and when it comes to traveling, it always seems like you know, if, if, if, if somebody in the beginning photography podcast, Facebook group is traveling, there's always a question about gear. You know, how much do they need to bring? Because the question is, is we all want to capture it. All right? When we travel, we want to capture the entire experience. But we also don't want to get bogged down by the amount of gear that a that either we have and we don't want to bring it all. So do you have any tips for facing this?

Pierre T Lambert: 29:42 Yeah, there is there I'll have two tips. Take the lightest gear you have. That's my number one. That's a good one cause you'll hate the rest. And second, just going to your light room or whatever software you use and filter by lenses you use and look at the lenses you use the most and it shows your favorite pose. Then just take that lens and that's a good tip. Whenever you want to switch gear or whatever, just look what you shoot most with. Like if it's 18 millimeter or if it's 55 or if you're someone who loves to shoot wide all the time, you, you got to know that it's very important and that will, you will help you when, when you're out there traveling. And the last thing is, the more gear you have, the more question you're gonna ask yourself. But if you only have one Lance, maybe max two lenses and you know one's really wide and one is a 85 one eight for example, you might be like, okay, today I'm just going to be like taking portraits or having fun at 85 and then you're going to put that on and forget about the rest.

Pierre T Lambert: 30:44 You know? And that's going to be really fun. Now if you're shooting for example, a really wide, then you do a really wide day, you know, and try to not have to make change lenses all the time because that's what I take away from actively shooting and thinking about shooting.

Raymond: 31:06 Yeah. Yeah. That can be a hard thing though. Cause it kinda, you know, like I said, it's like we want to capture it all. And I think, I think when you first start to learn photography, there's just so many options available. You know, the idea of, of using all of your gear is almost, you almost equate that to being able to use all of your knowledge, you know? So if you can't bring all your gear, you almost feel like you're leaving your, your knowledge or the potential behind and that that can be harmful. But when you come at it as a challenge, kind of like you said, just do a wide day, just do a, you know, portrait day that does make things easier. Well, what about things like now this isn't necessarily like, you know, DSLR mirrorless camera, but things like a like a GoPro or a drone. You know, how important are these things when when you travel?

Pierre T Lambert: 31:57 Well, GoPro and drones allow you, in my opinion, to get different angles, like different field of use, different types of experiences. So for example, GoPro, you're going to have something very immersive and then your drone is going to help you get settings. It's going to show you where you are. It's going to give context to the place you are. It's going to help people understand better. And so if really you're trying to go and capture a whole, the whole experience, you want to have tight shots, you want to have detailed shots, you want to have people, you want to have the general area, like show giving context as to what the looks like and the area. And then you want to have maybe the immersive experience that GoPro gives you of being like in the action. And I think those are like, think about them as different lenses. That's all. All they are. They're just tools to help you like create a homogeneous vision if you want into your work. And if you're doing ever editorial, that's what they look a lot for is not just one type of, of focus is they want people, they want setting, they want details on what people are using, for example, what their, how their life looks like from detailed perspective. And then they also want the zoomed out picture that shows you the whole context.

Raymond: 33:24 Yeah, I think, I think that you just, I think that you just breezed over something that is more important than you could possibly imagine, which essentially what you're saying right there is that you need to learn how to tell a story when you're traveling. It's not just about one photo, it's a whole, it's a whole story that you're trying to capture. Yeah.

Pierre T Lambert: 33:40 I wasn't trying to tell them because well I'm sure a lot of people talk about stories and I remember when I was a beginner, I, it was very difficult to understand. I'm like, well, everything can tell a story and nothing can tell a story, you know? But that's the truth. It depends how you see it, how you want to portray that and what matters is how you see things and what you're going to do to actually make your viewer get it. You know? Are you gonna focus on details because you're trying to shoot something very detailed or a worker and you want to show how difficult his work is. So you want to like focus on the traits on his face and his hands or whatever. Or do you want to show the craziness of a city and then you don't need to go asthma, the details as, as for the worker for example. And I think as long as you know what story you're trying to tell, it's going to help you get those different types of shots and make it match. So GoPro, just to wrap up, go pro John, just another tool that, that you definitely want to use for, for you. Hire creative vision in a way.

Raymond: 34:47 Yeah, yeah, yeah. Well, so great toys. Yeah. Very fun toys when so let's say, do you have any, do you have any travels coming up soon? The de the GB happy to share about,

Pierre T Lambert: 35:00 Yeah. I'm going to be in San Diego. I have no clue what's going to happen, but I was supposed to be going to nip Powell, an NGO I think need India is going to fall short, but Nepal might be going through, so, yeah.

Raymond: 35:13 Okay. So let's talk about Nepal for a second. You're going to Nepal. It's a very remote location. You're not going to be able to bring a ton of stuff right now. Are you already planning in your head types of stories that you want to tell with your photos? Or are you more of the photographer who shows up and says, let's see what happens and then I'll just follow it and see where it goes.

Pierre T Lambert: 35:35 Oh, that's, that's good question because what are discovered is that my travels also made up of a lot of photos I might have seen in the past from magazines, travel, magazines, books, whatever. And so when I imagined a place, I imagined that based through those images most of the time. So if you want to play a game book of ticket for a place and never look what it looks like before, that's good game. If you're going to a place like Nepal, which is fairly well known yet few people have been there. I want to do two things when I go there. There are, there's like the loose bucket list shots that I really want to get. For example, those flags in the wind on the mountain with the Himalaya's in the background. So, and maybe the monks also if I have access and if they're cool with that, trying to get a little bit of that culture, but also from my friends who spent quite some time there also want to have an element of surprise. So I want to be in the streets or the villages and just like stay up and just observe what happens and capture what I think is is worth not word. Everything's worth it. But in a way as that it's something I want to share with the rest of the ward.

Raymond: 36:53 Huh. huh. Yeah.

Pierre T Lambert: 36:55 Oh, and the last one, sorry. And the last one is how can I integrate myself into those locations so that I also have a personal souvenir.

Raymond: 37:05 How can you integrate yourself in the location so that you have so as in like a like taking a photo of yourself in these locations as well? Yeah, that's a cool idea. That's, that's one thing that I definitely don't do enough of. I spend all of my time behind the camera

Pierre T Lambert: 37:19 Cause it's, it's the easiest right moment. You have to be in front of it. You're like, Ugh, I'm going to start over.

Raymond: 37:25 For me, I think for me it's a, I'm, I don't want to say that I'm a control freak, but having more knowledge of photography than say my wife or my children, it's like if I hand them the camera, I know that I'm not going to be happy with whatever photo that they [inaudible].

Pierre T Lambert: 37:40 Oh, good. You, you can use your tripod, you set a perfectly, and then you get in your frame. I'm going to have to find that. It's not going to look right as Jean run as if you had a really good photographer friend capture shots of you and the action, but to be at as a try it out because in 50 years you'll be happy to have those shots. Yeah. Oh wow. That was me there. That's so funny. Look at me. I had the beard. No, I had no beard. You know, you'll be like, Oh, cool.

Raymond: 38:09 I still had glasses. We hadn't figured out how to solve everybody's high problems with a pill or something. That's hilarious. Yeah, I'm really excited to to see more photos. I'm sure that you're going to be making videos in Nepal. I'm really excited to see that as, yeah, that's, that's definitely one of the places that is if I could travel anywhere in the world, I would love to do that. I don't know if this would help you at all, but maybe it would, but I recently asked the the audience of beginner photography podcast, if they could take their camera anywhere in the world, where would it be? And there was there was a, there was a good range of options, but I would say overwhelmingly people said, Alaska, people want to go to Alaska.

Pierre T Lambert: 38:46 Yeah, I've, I've heard that. Like, one of my, Aaron just went to [inaudible]. I really say, dude, it's so crazy. They're like, it's so beautiful. Like the nature everywhere, blah, blah, blah. And I was like, wow. And so I can see why.

Raymond: 39:04 Yeah. Well, there, there you go. There's a, there's a location for one of your next when your next series of videos. That's gonna be great. So speaking of, you know, traveling to these locations, you know, going to Nepal, it's very remote, you might not have internet access for periods of time. What do you do about keeping your actual photos safe?

Pierre T Lambert: 39:23 Oh, that's really important. Very important. So back when we were in the work too, I had two, three hard-drives to normal hard drives, let's say like the cheap ones. I had two, four terabyte hard drives or two to two terabytes and th those would be Doppler Cades. So whenever I would be done with the shoot, I would transfer everything into one hard drive and then duplicate it onto the other one at all times. And during that world too, I had ended up with like three, four times 12, four terabytes. So the two like 12 terabytes, three times four. And then I had three hard drives crash. So if I didn't deprecate those hard drives, I would have come home with zero. Oh, that's what I tell to everyone. A number one, make sure you always carried applicants and don't put those in the same bag. If you can separate bag or better give it to your wife or your friend. Now nowadays, do not buy old school hard-drive invest in SSDs because they will be stuck proof.

Pierre T Lambert: 40:30 I just how it's made in height works. It's shockproof so you don't have to worry about banging it and losing everything because the had the reading had like moved or whatever and you're completely safe. But always, always just duplicate. And if you want to just send it to the cloud if you haven't internet. Otherwise I'm use devices. Like I use a knob box for example, which is recall, especially when I don't have my laptop and I don't want to take it, just dropped the memory card, do a backup on the NAR box. And if I have an extra hard drive, I do it an extra backup into the other hard drives. And if I want to be extra cautious, then I keep that memory card into a different spot and I don't use it until I'm back home or in a secure location.

Raymond: 41:13 Oh, gotcha. So you don't, they never wipe a a card while you're,

Pierre T Lambert: 41:17 Well, it depends on the job. It depends. If I'm shooting for myself, I might, but if I'm shooting something very important on like some like portfolio worth shots or I'm working for the people, I want to have like two or three, three backups. If I can do your memory card, no space, you just buy another one. That's it.

Raymond: 41:35 Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. For some reason I feel so many new photographers get hung up on, on memory cards and I don't know. Keeping multiples and it's like, just buy, just buy another one. It's like $30.

Pierre T Lambert: 41:49 I know. It's like, Oh, I have all my shots in 2016 on it. I'm like, what? I'm like, what are you going to eat any moment? Yeah, I know, right? He's like, no, no. I'll know dozer, my wife.

Raymond: 42:03 Well, I have a, yeah, I know that there's so many horror stories of people who recently actually one of my wife's friends her car got broken into and they stole her camera out of the car and she wasn't like a photographer or anything, but she had this camera and you know, she bought like it was probably like 128 gig card or whatever. So she had photos of her child's birth on this card and her child was like, now four years old. So every photo that she had ever taken was on this card in the past four years. And you know, you feel bad for those people in those situations. You know, maybe there's just not enough education for, for non photographers, but yeah. That, I mean, you just think about that. That's a horrible situation. Horrible situation.

Pierre T Lambert: 42:45 So that's where you can ask yourself, why do people buy cameras if they'd never take them off their camera?

Raymond: 42:51 Right. Well, I think, I think it was that she would, she would, she'd like, she'd probably take the card out of her camera and put it in her computer, pick the one or two photos that she liked from a birthday party or whatever, upload it to Facebook, take out the card, put it right back in the camera and then that would be odd. And you know what I mean? So there was no cataloging of photos and ultimately that was, that was the problem. That was the problem, which is really sad. So when you get when you get, say back home home base, now you have all these hard drives full of photos and video what do you do? What do you do with those

Pierre T Lambert: 43:25 [Inaudible] nowadays because I'm using the NA box. I actually pre-call all the images. I read them before I get home, like on the flight or something like that. But let's say I just came home, didn't read them or I didn't even have time to look at anything or just like go through, let's say the 2000, 3000, 10,000 photos. And just read them and say, see which one I would keep and which one that would not heap. And once I know which one I keep, I just like import those into Lightroom and the rest I would just say leave it out into a folder that I would delete a little bit later once I'm done working on the project just to make sure in case I need to go back to it, I would, or if I feel really confident, which I don't recommend to anyone because that's when you feel very confident that something happens. Yeah, yeah. I didn't realize it towards a TimeLapse and that's just the last frame. Yeah, that happens. And then you, you just go back to, to working on those photos and once you're done and you know, you have everything you wanted, you just delete the rest.

Raymond: 44:30 Okay. Okay. Gotcha.

Pierre T Lambert: 44:32 So you're not the kind of photographer who keeps every raw that you've ever taken. You just keep what you used, what was good enough and then, and then ditch the rest? No, I don't, I don't keep everything. It's, it would be mental. Raymond: 44:44 Right. I know

Pierre T Lambert: 44:45 I have an easy shutter, so

Raymond: 44:48 Yeah, right. Yeah. It's very easy to go out and in an hour and take a thousand or so photos. No, I'm, I'm, I'm the same way when it comes to weddings. It's like I only keep after, after six months after the wedding, I only keep what it was that I used and then I just trash all the other photos cause

Pierre T Lambert: 45:03 So, so what I did for weddings and I would set myself like a year and I would take all those photos I did that didn't make it through selection and I would dump them into a hard drive called rejects and dump all those photos in there and keep it for your, and after just you raise that folder after a year or so and make space for another one. The reason was that sometimes you have clients who are not happy or want to see the [inaudible] or the or or some thing that you did not include in your calls called photos and they're like, Oh, do you have that? And if you say no, well, I mean, yeah, it doesn't look good as a pro. So as a pro would always keep those for your and usually after your, you're safe. Like if this [inaudible] has been a year, what are you

Raymond: 45:49 Yeah. Did you forget about your aunt for that entire year? Like now's the time that you're coming back to us. That's hilarious. As, as, as somebody who shoots a lot of truffle photos, who you talk to a lot of other photographers who are interested in travel photography, I'm sure that you see a lot of photos from amateur travel photographers. What is something that most people get wrong about their, their travel photography when, when they're documenting their own travels?

Pierre T Lambert: 46:21 I don't know if it's just about travel photography, but I felt like more for any kind of photography and Tai mean. And that comes down to two aspect, like finding the good light for like time of the day. For example. Like, if you're not dedicated, you'll probably go out at like 11:00 AM after the strong night or whatever and then you'll come back home before sunset because you're tired. But if you want to be good or if you want to get shots that are a little bit more worth that you were going to be chasing light, just like Netflix, let's say you want to be you, you want to be out there like sunrise or early morning hours and then also evening and maybe nighttime so you get different Ambien. So I think not everyone's ready to put that dedication. A lot of people are just like, I don't understand why I don't get those photos. Well maybe because you're not that or the same time, you know? And the last one is just taking time to get to composition, right? And, and not rushing or like feeling like someone's going to attack you if you take a photo, meaning like, no one cares if you take two a minute in the middle of a busy road to take the right photo with your right to composition. Like there are crazy people everywhere. Just be one of them, you know, and that, and that's it. Just get over with it.

Raymond: 47:41 There are crazy people everywhere. Just be one of them. I love that. That's great. It's going to be definitely the most memorable quote of this. Right here. My last question here for you, what is something that you think that people would be surprised to find out about? Being a travel photographer?

Pierre T Lambert: 48:03 Mmm. Mmm. A lot of time on the laptop, but it's a, it's a lot of time trying to either find if you want partners or, or spending time, like the business part if you want, takes a lot more times on them than being on location and once you're on location, especially for me if I'm doing YouTube, but it gets very, very intense where I have to think about the photos. I have to think about the video and it's not leisure at all. It is not a like, Oh nice, I'm waking up, it's goes shoot for five minutes. No, it's more like I just went to New York and my scale was like 10:00 AM midnight every day, a certain days, sunrise until 10:00 PM. So it's like being out there at all times trying to get as much content as possible or the right content and make sure you maximize that opportunity. I will say if you don't like that, just slow travel, but then you gotta have flexibility. You just spent a month in the country or two months and, and take your time if that's more suitable for someone.

Raymond: 49:19 Travel doesn't always equal leisure.

Pierre T Lambert: 49:22 That's perfect. Yeah. No, no, but since I love what I do, it doesn't matter. Right. It's like I get excited waking up with sunrise and in going to do something it's not easy to wake up, but I'm excited. So yeah. And then if your alarm rings and you're like, ah, that's five minutes later, once you're out, you're like, yes.

Raymond: 49:46 Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. It really just comes down to like, I guess people's definition of, you know, what, what travel is and what it is that they want out of it. Cause I know, you know, maybe this is a mostly American construct as I just simply don't know. But I know a lot of times when it comes to travel, you're thinking of like, I got to relax. Like this is a vacation. Like, like this is my time away from my job and this lets me can recoup. But I think when you get out of that Headspace and when you use, I know me personally, I work better. Like I have a very hard time just turning off. I have a very hard time just sitting there and just doing nothing. And that having some sort of goal, whether it be to capture a certain sort of sh shot or to, you know, make a video or something, definitely makes travel or vacations for me, a lot more enjoyable.

Raymond: 50:36 But I've also never, excuse me, had to go around the world and create like consistent content. And I can imagine that, that, that, that schedule of shooting, editing, uploading a has just got to be tedious and and, and very difficult to keep up with. So I just have to congratulate you. Obviously I'm doing that. I'm doing it very well. You know, growing a YouTube channel as well. It's been very fun to watch you and your growth. And I look forward to seeing you in your growth in the future as well as I know that great things are to come, but for those who maybe this is their first time hearing of you, can you let the listeners know where they can find you online and where they can follow along with your work?

Pierre T Lambert: 51:20 Sure. you can find me online everywhere at purity. Lambert, so that's spelled out P I. E R R E T a, L a and B E R. T. so if you type my name on YouTube or if you type in Instagram and ticktock wherever you want, you won't find it. You can also go to [inaudible] dot com you'll find, what are you going to find there? Some photos. Mainly if I'm honest, I think it's going to be presets, probably maybe a cheat sheet, some gear lists and a, and the workshop over 30 days for whoever wants to learn. Yeah.

Raymond: 51:54 Great, great. And again, Pierre, I have to thank you so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did. I had a blast talking with you. It's clear that your personality is exactly as it is on your YouTube videos. And again, I, I had a great time and thank you again for sharing everything that you did.

Pierre T Lambert: 52:09 Thank you Raymond.

BPP 193: Happy World Backup Day

March 31st is world backup day and what better excuse to we need to ensure our photos are backed up and safe from potential disaster. Download the PDF guide below!

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

Resources:

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

BPP 192: Cris Duncan : Season Your Photos With Lighting

Todays guest is Lubbok Tx Family and Portrait photographer Cris Duncan. Cris's work displays incredible use of lighting and today I look forward to learning more about how he sees the world and masters light.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • Checklist for a great image

  • How Cris got his start in photography

  • The hardest part of photography to learn when Cris got started

  • Where Cris’s love for lighting started

  • Why Lighting is so important

  • What to look for to find the best light, natural or artificial

  • How new photographers get lighting wrong

  • Where to start with getting into lighting equipment

  • How Cris had to make do with what he had when he first started

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How lighting can increase your sales

  • How to break past the $75 price point when starting out shooting portraits

  • How to make clients feel special when working with them

Resources:

CDS_4002_MEe-LRE.jpg
CjDuncan_9752.jpg
CjDuncan-CDS_4958-ME.jpg
DuncanClass-002 copy.jpg
My_Sausage_is_On_Fire.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00 Welcome to the beginniner photography podcast. Today we're taking your photos to flavor town, let's get into it. Intro: 00:08 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast, a weekly podcast for those who believe that moments matter most and that a beautiful photo is more than just a sum of its settings, a show for those who want to do more with the gear they have to take better photos today. And now your host Raymond Hatfield

Raymond: 00:27 Oh, welcome back to this episode of the beginner photography podcast. I'm your host Raymond Hatfield and we've got a great episode today. Today we're talking all about lighting with today's guest. Cris Duncan lighting is one of those things that you know, photography is essentially just being able to capture and control light. So lighting is just a really important subject and I feel like we don't really give it as much attention as we should. We focus a lot more on gear than we do on lighting. So today, again, really, really fun episode and I know that you're going to pick up a lot from it. But first I want to give a special shout out to Aliyah for leaving the podcast, a five star, a review in iTunes, iTunes review. There we go. So Aaliyah says, I want it to be able to listen to something that would help me improve my photography when I'm not physically taking photos or editing.

Raymond: 01:19 So I listen while I'm at work and the podcast helps me stay motivated and inspired. I love hearing from all kinds of photographers even once, I wouldn't personally shoot myself. Mahalo, Aliyah, Aliyah. Again, thank you so much for leaving the podcast they review it truly is a fantastic way to help out the podcast and helps it just get found by, by more people and as well as increase the legitimacy for a lot of guests as well. So again, Leah, thank you so much. So before we get on into today's interview, I want to let you know that as always, I have reserved a portion of the interview that is focused on making money with your camera. Just for premium members. And there's a lot in this episode for premium members today. So premium members are going to hear how learning to light can actually increase your sales, why Chris was able to break past that elusive $75 price point for portraits when so many struggle to do so and some great really practical tips on how to make clients feel special when working with them.

Raymond: 02:25 So if you are interested in becoming a premium member and you want to hear these answers from Chris as well as answers from past guests on how they use their camera to make money, then become a premium member by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and clicking the premium membership button at the top of the page. So that is it. With that, let's go ahead. We're going to keep this nice and short into today's episode with Cris Duncan. Today's guest is Lubbock, Texas family and portrait photographer Cris Duncan. Cris's work displays, use of lighting. And today I look forward to learning more about how Cris sees the world and how he masters the light. Cris, thank you so much for coming on the podcast.

Cris Duncan: 03:08 Thank you, Raymond. I'm excited to be here. I appreciate you asking me to spend some time today with you.

Raymond: 03:14 Of course. Of course. Now that I hear, I just grabbed this remote here and just changed all my lighting around. Sorry about that. Yeah, I'm super excited about talking with you today because when it comes to lighting, lighting is a topic that many beginners completely get lost in, right when we first get that camera, we get so excited about the potential of that camera itself that we almost look past lighting entirely. And then when we get to the point to where we realize that lighting is important, we feel lost. We feel like we're starting all over again. So again, I'm really excited to chat with you today, but before we get into talking about lighting, can you share with us how it is that you got your start in photography in the first place?

Cris Duncan: 03:57 Man, that's a big question to start off with. I think, I find like I'm similar to a lot of people I talked to around the industry and in the areas that we visit is started as something we just love to do as a hobby or a passion or a craft or a something we did on the side. And that I just, something I like to do and that just kind of grew out of that. I didn't, I wasn't a high school newspaper photographer or anything like that. My grandmother was a painter, my grandfather was a taxidermist, but he did a lot of photography as reference for his taxidermy. So, and then reference from my grandmother's paintings. So they, they were, they were photographers in that sense, but not like studio owners or professionals. And just growing up, just experimenting more and more and finally learning about different educational opportunities. And before you know it, here we are 25 years later and it's our livelihood and it's what we do. And so,

Raymond: 05:00 Okay. I want to go back there for a second because it seems like whenever I talk to somebody, it always starts with, well, I started off with a camera. Here we are 25 years later. This is what we do, and I skipped a lot of this. Something in between there. There's something in between there, something that I want to, but I'm always fascinated by, which is more of, you know, so many people pick up a camera and they decide, well this is really challenging or or, or, or a host of other issues and then they just put it away. You know, there's something, what was it about photography in the beginning that, what's something that you struggled with when you first started?

Cris Duncan: 05:41 Well, in the beginning, what struck my interest in it is of all places where I picked it up was in seventh grade industrial arts class, which is Sean and insight, at least in Texas in seventh grade you had to do a little woodworking project and then we did a little metal woodworking project and then you know, some welding. We had lots of different parts of those trades and one of them was photography and we had to create an image. And because that time it was dark room and film. And if you've never experienced that feeling of seeing a blank piece of paper turn into something through the chemicals, and I'm sure a lot of your listeners maybe have not had that experience. That is, it's pretty cool. And at that time that was like, this is, this is amazing. And so that was super thrilling and just exhilarating because you didn't know what you had really until you got to that point.

Cris Duncan: 06:36 So that's what really piqued my interest. Moving forward, I just kind of picked up a camera, get to photograph some more you know, pictures of my feet and my dog and the trees and everything. I could point it out, I would take a picture of. And finally when we get to college that's what I wanted to major in. And I had a girlfriend at the time that said, no, you really need a real major. And how at that point, yeah. Ouch. So at that point I was mowing lawns like a lot of high school kids do to make money. And I said, well go to horticulture plant and soil science, which I hate it if you're a horticulturalist, listen to this. And I hate it. I still like working in my yard. And I like knowing the grass and I like cleaning up and having a pretty yard.

Cris Duncan: 07:19 But I hated that, that course. And so I did some photography classes as electives. Fast forward after college, I'm about to marry this girl, we do get married and we're still married, so it's still the same one. And I said, I think we should do photography and open a business. And she goes, no, you need a real job. And that sounds harsh, that sounds harsh. But in her defense, she would babysit for a family when, when she was at college in another city and the family she babysat for was a photographer and all she saw were past due notices and light bills and them always gone. And so she saw a different side of it, you know. And that was her initial perception. Like, if you're a photographer, you're never home. You work all the time and you don't make any money. And so that was her perception and unfortunately that may be some people's reality and hopefully we can, you know, through some, through some education and some hard work, you can get to that point where that's not the case. So so I had, I had a real job for awhile and in 2000 and twos when we opened our business, I went full time in 2008 and we've both been full time since then. And this is, this is what we do. It's all we do. We're 100% in. So,

Raymond: 08:39 So she joined with you, she became part of the business after all of that tango? No, no, no, no. This isn't going to work out. She became part of it. Yeah. Yeah.

Cris Duncan: 08:47 She's the she was the first one to go full time. There was some life circumstances and I was working with my dad. He had an injury. I had go back and help him. She stepped in. You know, that might be a story we can get to later. But yeah, she was the first full time. So irony is pretty funny and the way it worked out now she's a driving force behind our business and what nearly be where we are today if it wasn't for Deanna.

Raymond: 09:12 Oh, that's great to hear. That's great to hear. So obviously in the beginning we talked a little bit about lighting and kind of its importance. So at some point I want to know more about that, that learning experience for you when it came to learning lighting. When did you when did you realize its power and when did you decide to, to, to really explore all of all of its possibilities?

Cris Duncan: 09:37 I think when we, when we opened, we were digital. We didn't open with film. We've always been digital media as professionals. And of course you get that instant feedback. I remember like, man, this is, this one looks good, this one doesn't look good, this one doesn't seem right, this one's too dark, this one's too bright. And I felt like I knew where it needed to be. I didn't know how to get it there. And so that was really frustrating. And in 2007, we went to imaging USA, which was in San Antonio, Texas. And went to the print display. If you've been to imaging USA, they have their image competition and they have print set up. People that were entered that competition were accepted and I immediately saw a difference. And that work in mind, I mean, it was, it was palatable. It was noticeable, like not, it wasn't like, why is this good?

Cris Duncan: 10:25 It was like, I just know this is good. And at that point I said, I've got to figure out this lining. I've got to learn. I don't want to be frustrated with it. And that was, that was me. And you think of your kid trying to ride their bike, you know, they're frustrated and they fall down and they get back up and they're just so frustrated. And when they finally get it, they, it's second nature to ride their bike again. Right. They don't even have an, I wanted to get to that point where my lining became second nature. So I could focus on the narrative and not the technical.

Raymond: 10:58 So how was it that you knew, I guess right in that moment, I suppose. So you're looking at all these other photos and you see that, that there's that difference. You know, you didn't know how to get it, you knew what it was. But where did you start personally with lighting? I mean there's, there's a lot of different places to go. So did you start with strobes? Did you start with natural light and then how did it build from there?

Cris Duncan: 11:22 No, I, I'd always, I mean we went to the store and bought strobes. Like the day we opened, we started with strobes and, and flashes and stuff and some natural lighting. And the reason is that's what I'd seen when I had my senior pictures made. That's what the photographer used, you know, are these umbrellas and different things. And when we got married, that's what the photographer used. So that's natural as I go, that's where I need to go. That's what they're using. But how, to answer your first question, how I knew, I use this analogy a lot when I teach and so forgive me for if I kind of go a long way to get to this answer, but I think it makes sense to your viewers is we've all probably had a really good meal. One that whether it's for anniversary or whatever, we've had a great meal and we just know when we take a bottle of that meal, how wonderful it is and how satisfying it is.

Cris Duncan: 12:12 Most of your listeners probably aren't trained and trained in the culinary arts, so they can't eat a good meal and say, Oh, you know why this is good. It's because they did this process and they cooked it this way and this was this. They can't, they just know it works. But if that bite has too much garlic or too much salt, immediately someone without any training knows something's wrong. And I felt, now I feel like our imagery is the same way. Our imagery is like a good meal. We have lots of ingredients, we have lighting, we have pose, we have color, we have key. We have composition, we have lens selection, all of these ingredients, and the end viewer doesn't know what made it good. They just want to look at it. But if there's something missing, like if the lighting doesn't match the narrative or the colors don't go with the key or all of those things. And if those words are listeners not there, I'm sure we'll get to it later. But if those don't match, even if someone that doesn't know art knows there's too much garlic, they can just feel it. And I felt like when I looked at some of those images at that display, I'm like, these are seasoned. Well, I've got too much garlic in my staff.

Raymond: 13:20 Yeah. Wow. That's a great analogy.

Cris Duncan: 13:22 And it's hard to explain that. I mean, especially on the radio and if you're watching this on YouTube, you're just seeing our faces. It's hard to, it's hard to explain that, but it's almost like you're, you know, our daughter's like, how will I know when I meet someone? And like you just know, I can't tell you how, you know, you just know. You just feel it. And I just had that feeling that, okay, something in my work is missing and I need to figure out what it is. And to me it felt like it was the lighting, just because I'd always heard light will create depth and I didn't feel like I had depth. And so I like, okay, I need to learn some lining. So I've found some people that I thought knew lining and took classes from them and ask them to be mentors. And now some, there's some of my best friends, so.

Raymond: 14:05 Wow, that's incredible. That is incredible. And that, like I said, such a great analogy and so simple that almost anybody can understand that it's, you can almost apply that to anything else. Not even just necessarily photography. I mean, any, any hobby that I suppose that you get into. But yeah, it's so easy to tell, you know, something that has too much salt or garlic, but when you have that good meal, you almost, you almost just suspend disbelief for a minute. You're just like, this is just great. Like I'm just going to enjoy this. And that's going to be that.

Cris Duncan: 14:34 You don't think about what went into it while you're eating and if it works, it's only when it doesn't work. Do you realize that you start dissecting what went into it and it's kind of a, it's kind of a weird, like a, I don't know, almost against intuition. You think if it works, you want to know how it works, but you don't, you just enjoy it.

Raymond: 14:53 Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. You just enjoy it. You just enjoy it. So one of the places that I see most new photographers getting hung up is that you know, typically when you just get that first camera, maybe you don't have a light or an off camera light. So you go and do all your sessions outdoors or where there's plenty available, natural lighting. And I know that you do family photos as well outside. Now is that where you got started or did you get started in a studio and then eventually move outside?

Cris Duncan: 15:24 I actually got started doing mostly commercial work and I do quite a bit of commercial work. For local businesses. Some of them are national chains, some of them are here. Mom and pop shops. But I got started doing a catalog for a company that's in Lubbock, Texas and they make orthodontic supplies. So there's a real sexy, yeah, real fun, real fun. Yes. Rubber bands and braces and wires and tools and jellies and all this different stuff. And so pretty early on, the reason I took that job is I could do it on my own time. I had another, I had another job at that time, so this was and so every evening I'd try to get, you know, a couple dozen products done in the studio and at the time the studio was our garage. And so that really helped me understand lighting cause I'm like, okay, when I look at this thing with my eye, it looks this certain color in shape. And then when I look at it on the monitor, it doesn't look that shape. And so there are a lot of trial and errors where I really had to figure that exposure out and how to light it to get it, to make it look like what my eye would see. Of course in commercial photography that's a lot more critical than, than in portrait photography, at least I believe it is. So,

Raymond: 16:41 So then when you, when you went outside, when you started shooting outdoors, was it just an entirely different environment for you? Or did it feel, did it feel very comfortable not having the same amount of control of your light?

Cris Duncan: 16:55 For me it felt comfortable and firm. And for your viewers or listeners, what I learned, and I think this will kind of go late into what we're going with rest of the conversation is in a studio, I learned that the light needed to be, have direction to it. I needed to have a highlight, I needed to have my mid tone and I needed to have a shadow. The only way to get that as have some type of direction, it can't be at camera position. So I learned that when I was doing this job and through my educational training and my mentor helping me with that. So, so I went outside. The first thing I was looking for is I need to see some direction of light. And so that kinda gave me an advantage to help where to place my subject in this certain scene is does it like give us a direction just like on my face, you can see the light coming in here. Highlight mid-tone shadow. Same with yours coming in, you know, with the lamp you have in your room. And so I was just looking for when I would go outside.

Raymond: 17:53 So what do you have now, obviously having been shooting for for quite some time, your eyes had been trained. Now you go out and you see these things first of all, but for those who are still just getting started, what is your tip for them? How can they find that directional light?

Cris Duncan: 18:11 One thing that I'll tell my students is find something in the scene that, you know, should be round a fire hydrant, a tree trunk, a trashcan, something that should be round that you know, it's around and look and walk around it. And when you walked around it, there's a point where that round object will look flat and there's a part where that object will look around. And when it looks round, that's when you know you have direction of light hitting it. If it looks flat, it's either all on the shadow side or it's all on the light side. If you get somewhere in between the shadow side and the light side, then you'll have that gradation of tones and there, you know, you have direction of light, but you can't do it on something that's square or flat. It's gotta be cause our bodies around, they're going to have some type of spherical shape. So I'm always looking at tree trunks. That's the easiest thing is look at a tree trunk or you know, or a street pole or telephone pole to see if there's roundness there.

Raymond: 19:05 Oh, that's great. Just keep looking at tree trunks. I like that. That's gonna. That's gonna change the way that I go out to to my next session. For sure. It's,

Cris Duncan: 19:13 Sometimes I hold my fist up, sometimes I'll hold my fist up and I know this is radio and people can't see it, but I'll hold my fist up and I'll stick my thumb out from my index finger and middle finger. And that kind of makes a nose shape and then I can move my fist around. If you're watching this on YouTube, you can probably see it. How, Oh, now I start getting shadows, but if I go this way, Oh, it's all flat and now, and so I've kind of made a mock face with my fist and kind of pull. We'll walk around and do stuff like that. So too,

Raymond: 19:44 You know what's so interesting about that? Yeah. If you're in a place with no trees, that's what you do. You use the hand. I like that. Let's say that's a a trick I learned during cinematography as well is that a lot of times you can tell, especially from this angle, which the camera can't see, but I guess that that skin on the back of your hand right there with the knuckles really really helps with that. And then I was going somewhere with that. But I completed, Oh, I think what's great about that that, that tip, that idea is that a lot of times, you know, when we go out and I guess we're looking for lighting advice, like it's so easy to hear like just look for even lighting, just look for consistent, just like even lighting go into open shade. And this kind of, I don't want to say goes against that, but it's almost like a different way of, of, of looking for like, can you explain the difference between the two?

Cris Duncan: 20:38 Well, I'm not going to argue open shade is great. Consistent lighting. Cause it's indirect. So indirect lighting, beautiful. But if you're going to go into open shade, what I find most photographers do is they put everybody square to the open part of the shade. And so, you know, open shade is under a porch, a building or a canopy of trees right on the edge. So you're not deep into shade that part of the shade is open. That's what that means. Part of that from, from that vantage point of your subjects part, they're in the shade but in front part of the area around them as open to the, to the skylight coming in. And so most photographers will put them square to that light coming in. And so that just has a light hidden on flat, flat on with, they just angled their subjects of this way into the shade just a little bit. Now that light is coming in at a gradation and so, so open shade can be great and you can use it, but it doesn't, they don't have to be square into it or you don't have to be square into them, you know? So, so I'm not going against open shade, it's just looking for direction of light

Raymond: 21:49 I think. I think what you did was, was you just went deeper into that concept. You know what I mean? Like still still looking for that light perhaps. It's just a really easy answer to give is like, well, just look for, just look for even light and then, and then that's it. That's all that you have to do. But yeah, I think that what you did was, was going much deeper into that and for that, I appreciate that. And I think that the listeners, or at least I hope that the listeners are going to go out and their next outdoor session and really look at the light differently instead of just walking towards a, a a S a spot of, of shade to put their subjects in, but really try to think about what it is that they're trying to find and how to make it more interesting now. So my next question is that, I'm sorry, go on.

Cris Duncan: 22:30 I was going to say, I think most photographers will benefit from this exercise, especially if they're trying to see how light is going to react, especially in the natural environment. You know, if it's under the shade of a tree or something, it's pretty, it's pretty standard. But when you get into an urban area and you've got light reflecting off windows and car and all this stuff, it gets a little more difficult to see. Is when you think you have a point, you want your subject, do a 360 walked around them and have their face follow you as you walk. And there'll be a time where you can see it and like, Oh, there it is and your eye will see it. It may take you a few times, but you will see it. And so I think that's a, sometimes I forget to do that exercise, but just because I'm experienced in this, and I'll have to remind myself I need to walk around and I'll find something that I hadn't seen before and it's, it's pretty, it's pretty cool. You're like, Oh, I've been to this location seven times and I've never photographed this direction. It's better. It's better. I think it's better.

Raymond: 23:26 That's a great tip then. That's something that I would never do. That's something that I would never do though. I suppose that the way that I build a shot is I always look for the background first and then I just put my people in it right in front of it. And as you can imagine, there are plenty of times where you get them in front of the camera and you realize, you know, this didn't work out the way that I hoping it to. Either they're too hot or they're too under or whatever. And that, that's a, that's a, that's a great tip. That's a great tip. Just ha just take that moment and have them turned around with, yeah.

Cris Duncan: 23:55 Now keep in mind, it may be when you turn around and say this is the best lot, the background is horrible. I mean that may be, and then you have to just think, you have to decide do I move them to a new location or we sacrifice one for the other. And I think both of those can be good answers. I'm not saying you can't put them in that flat light. You definitely can't. You could probably sell it, but I think you'll find your images have more impact and rise above when you have more direction light. Cause then you start getting more depth and more shape. And people won't know why. They just know there's not that seasoned. Right. They'll just feel like it's seasoned better. [inaudible]

Raymond: 24:32 So just seasoned better. That's going to be the quote for this episode. It's seasons, season your photos better. That's the [inaudible].

Cris Duncan: 24:37 That's going to be a lot of analogies. I do a lot of analogies to food for two reasons. Everyone has eaten before and most everybody has cooked something. Everyone has cooked something and culinary arts is a technical science and an artistic sub. There's an objective part of cooking and there's a subjective part of cooking. You have, if you want to serve a medium rare steak, it has to be 145 degrees, right? That's medium or that's technical [inaudible]. Right, but how you, how you season that steak is very subjective. Photography is the same way. Exposure is objective. You're either properly exposed or you're not. There's no, well, that's close to being good. No. You'd see either properly exposed or it's not now how you or it's lit well or it's not. But how you subjectively use that lining is up to the, but the objective part has to be there. And what I tell my students is when the tech, when your technical skills meet the narrative man, then your images are off the chart and then that takes years to get to, I'm not, and that's where good food is. Their technical skills fit their narrative of that meal and then then it works.

Raymond: 25:51 Yes. Oh, this is how exciting. This is so exciting. Suddenly, I mean, my mind is just raising my now. So there will be times that I'm sure that you have encountered where you were out, you know, at a let's say a family session, you're outdoors and you know, you like the background, you like your subjects, but you need that extra lighting. How important is bringing in that extra lighting? Or how often do you bring in artificial lighting while you're outdoors to make, to make the shot?

Cris Duncan: 26:24 Probably 95% of the time. Really? Why is that? Yes. Well for one, I live in Lubbock, Texas and you can look at it. So where we are on the map and if you look at some Google earth images, you'll say, Oh, bless his heart. It's flat. We don't have a lot of trees native to this area other than pecan trees. Most of the trees have been brought in from somewhere else. They've been transplants. So it's agricultural farm land. And I know they have that in every state, but we don't have mountains or Hills. And if you look at our Almanac, and historically we have 320 days of pure sun a year. So we didn't even get, we don't get any get overcast, you know, and so that forced us to have to create the lining because naturally it doesn't occur in some places it might where you have more tree cover or larger downtown or urban areas or such like that.

Cris Duncan: 27:19 So that's kind of forced me to do that. So I've had to bring in artificial lighting quite a bit. Just to get the good exposure. Second, I want to do that because I think it makes the eyes better. When I can get a nice strong catch light in the eyes, I can shape the subject a little bit better. I can overpower the sun if I need to. If a cloud does happen to come by or something strange happens, I can keep going. My color stays consistent. There's lots of advantages to using that light source that I can control. The main reason I like to do objective, yes. Well, and the main reason I like to do it is very technical. And if you're in an ambient light situation, window line or outside and you're on a need change one element of your exposure triangle, another one has to change.

Cris Duncan: 28:17 If I make my shutter speed faster, my at my aperture has to open up bigger. If I take my aperture smaller, my shutter speed has to go slower. They have to move in that a reciprocal relationship. Once I use electronic flash, the intensity of that flashed determines my aperture opening. And then any ambient light determines my shutter speed. So when I'm using an external flash, I now have two independent controls, shutter speed for the ambient and aperture for the flash. No longer are they moving reciprocally. And so that gives me so much more control from a technical standpoint to get a good exposure on subject and background. And also allows me the other things like, Oh, good color, nice catch lights in the eye from a subjective point. But technically it gives me more control as the photographer.

Raymond: 29:07 Yeah. And ultimately that's, that's all that we can ask for right there is, is that control. That's the difference between a beginner and a professional right there.

Cris Duncan: 29:16 Well, yeah, I don't think so.

Raymond: 29:19 No, you're right. You're right. So, so I guess that kind of brings me into the next few questions that I have about more of the professional side of the photography, which is I'm sure that being in your area, as you said, you know, the conditions almost always the same. So unless you're doing something different like using flash, using artificial lighting, all of these other photographers could potentially look the same in their imagery. So would you say that your lighting contributes to your success as a as a studio, as a photography studio,

Mid roll: 29:56 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now

Raymond: 30:19 As somebody who who, who has, we had our family like professional pictures done and I have these photos framed and having young children looking at those photos on the wall every morning, you know, when they come downstairs, I can attest to the, to the importance of that. So I don't think that that's, I don't think that that's crazy. I don't think that's crazy at all. Yeah, thank you again for, for, for sharing that. I want to get back now into, into the lighting side of things because this is, I feel like I, I missed out on, on a few questions here and I know that we've got a few more minutes, so I will, I will make these quick. I think if you were to ask, now let me rephrase this question. Oftentimes, you know, new photographers, they don't have all of the gear. They don't have all the resources that many professional photographers do, you know. So can you tell me maybe about a time early on that you had to simply make, do with either the lighting or the camera that you had and how it turned out?

Cris Duncan: 31:25 Oh, absolutely. Yeah, you have to make, do with what you have for sure. So I would, if you're gonna I think every professional photographer needs some type of electronic flash, whether it be a speed light or a studio strobe or whatever it is. They need some type of electronic flash. There's going to be a point where you need it. And it's a tool that is required in my belief to complete the job proficiently and professionally for the client. But regardless of what that is, I think there's three things that a photographer needs to know about lighting. And the number one, I'll always say a size matters. The larger the light source, the softer the light quality will be. And so, but there's lots of ways to get and so we were like, Oh, I gotta buy a big old softbox. No, you can put a, you can fire a flash through a shower curtain that's frosted.

Cris Duncan: 32:23 You can get, I use paint or drop cloths that I get at home Depot that put on light stands and there now don't get the ones that are colored or clear plastic, get the frosted opaque ones. And then you have a big soft light source, bounce it into white paper. So I think there's lots of little things like that, but it all, but you have to understand the technical first. And so, you know, if we spent more time on lighting, I would tell you that size matters. And that'd be my first thing I would tell you is you have to understand how your size of your source before it affects your light quality. And so one of the things starting out that I had to do was because I didn't have all that, I didn't have big modifiers. And that's where I'm like, Oh, well if I can shoot, bounce this into something, then it becomes an effective, larger source.

Cris Duncan: 33:09 So when people take it to bounce your flash off the ceiling, right? Why? Because now the lot the Salem gets illuminated from the speed light and now that large light source now comes down producing softer quality because the light sources bigger. I know it's a lot of technical stuff. But here's, here's what I do encourage all of your listeners is it makes you might want to curl up in your seat or, or you know, cringe a little bit. But this profession is all math. It's all physics, the least of the technical side. But here's the, here's the exciting thing about that is don't cringe over it. You should celebrate over it because math is very predictable. Yeah. Two plus two was for 2000 years ago in two plus two will be four, and then the next millennium it's very predictable. So when you understand that the math, the mathematical physics of how light reacts, there's no more frustration over it because it's predictable. And that to me is what's so exciting about the technical part. It's not something we should be scared of. It's something we should celebrate because once we understand it, all those frustrations of lighting go out the window and then we can focus on our creativity and our narrative and our client experience. So I don't know if that answered your question, but

Raymond: 34:26 Yeah. You know, I had never, I had never thought about it like that before, is that it's, I mean, you know, you, you, you get that a lot. You know, it's a lot of math. It's a lot of numbers, you know, it's not necessarily that you're adding two plus two or whatever, but I think the numbers do kind of confuse people and all admit, even in the beginning, I I at times questioned my ability as a photographer just because sometimes it was hard to nail down all of those numbers. But you're right, once you get that, that grasp of the fundamentals, two plus two was for 2000 years ago and it will be for 2000 years from now. And that makes it a little bit easier. That makes a little bit easier. Yeah. Yeah. So where do you think, where do you think this will be? My last question for you, where do you think number photographers are, are, are, get, get wrong with, with lighting? What do you think new photographers get wrong when it comes to lighting?

Cris Duncan: 35:19 I can only judge on some of the work that I've seen in our area from new photographers in ones that I've mentored. But I think for one, they're not looking at light direction that we've talked about earlier, you know find that light direction. And I think a lot of the times the exposure is wrong. The initial exposure is wrong and that's because they have so many different light values in a scene that they're not quite evaluating. Most of the time it's the sky. The sky is going to be the hardest thing for you to control all the, I mean, that's, you can't control the sun, you just, right. Unfortunately, there's some ways to kind of get around it. Once you get more advanced, like I said, by adding a strobe that helps you control the sun with your shutter speed and not your aperture anymore.

Cris Duncan: 36:07 So there's some of those tricks, but I think the exposure is something that new photographers need to nail down. And that's why we don't show a sky a lot. For one, it's boring in one. I can't control it, so why am I going to mess with it unless I have to have the sky and the image for a particular narrative, I usually don't need it. And I think most of our clients, most of your listeners will probably think, you know, I'm not sure I really need this guy in a family portrait either. You know, maybe if it's this, this family is on their boat at their Lake house, maybe you have this guy in that. But most of the time, you know, it's, it's a nice close perspective and you don't need this guy. And that's an exposure which turns out to be a lighting issue for them. Sorry, what was the rest of your question?

Raymond: 36:55 Where do you see, in your opinion, looking at other photographers work? Where do you see other photographers get lighting wrong?

Cris Duncan: 37:03 Well, that I think, yeah, no direction. The exposure of the lighting I think is a problem. You don't see a lot of preset ads coming through on social media, you know, by these presets and always look at the, the S the last image looks nice, but the first image that they started with in this preset, I'm like, well, it's because it's under, most of them were underexposed or overexposed. And I'm like, well, if the exposure was right on this first one, this preset is going to have a completely different look. And so, I mean, exposure comes back to lighting. If it's, if your lighting is off, then you can't get the correct exposure because you don't have it hitting the face or the subject the way it should. So that's a problem. I think exposure has gotta be a photographer is a number one checklist, you know if I'm going to, again, if I go to a cooking analogy, if I'm going to cook, my number one priority is that it's cooked properly and then I go to, okay, well now I want to make sure it's seasoned well, and then I want to make sure that all the, all the different parts of this meal compliment each other.

Cris Duncan: 38:08 Like asparagus and Cheerios don't compliment but asparagus maybe with some shrimp might've might compliment each other or, or peas and carrots might compliment each other, you know? And so, but that's kinda my checklist as a photographer. Okay. Does, is the exposure correct? Can I manage my light values? Then I get to season it. How am I going to lie in it? You know, how am I going to season it with my lighting? And then do they all the, all the parts work together, do my colors, match my composition and all that? That's kind of my checklist. So I think every photographer, his first checklist is look at every value in your image, whether it's the sky, your subject, the ground, the background all of your subjects. You know, if you have seven members of a family, all seven need to be equally represented. Once you understand that exposure and you've got that, then the rest of it becomes so much easier. And so I think that's where I see most people off when they begin is exposure. And I'm sure most of it's because they're using their in-camera meter and it's everyone. It's going back and forth on some type of program mode. And there's a mindset of I can adjust that in post. Yeah, yeah, yeah, you can, but you've sacrificed something every time you move a slider.

Raymond: 39:33 So just keep working on exposure in camera, do your best to get it right, keep practicing and go from there. Master it. That first.

Cris Duncan: 39:41 Yeah. I think exposure's gotta be our number one. Number one man.

Raymond: 39:47 Chris. Geez man. I have to say thank you for so much for coming on and sharing. So much. I personally learned a lot of from chatting with you today. I know that the listeners are gonna get a ton out of this as well. Before I let you go, why don't you let us know where we can follow you along online and keep up with you and your work.

Cris Duncan: 40:08 Okay. well our primary website is CJ dunkin.com. We do mostly family portraits and some seniors and like I said, my commercial website, you can get through CJ duncan.com too. We have three different websites for that. Our educational site is learn dot. Find your focus.org. I am a PPA certified C, let me say this again. PPA approved certification instructor. So I think any of your listeners that are wanting to move more into the professional world and make this a livelihood, I think the CPP program is a great place to start. I know in my class it's a three day course unless you do the online version, which is your own pace. If I teach it onsite, it's three days and it covers a lot of this technical stuff. But how this technical is applicable to your everyday work you have. And so when the technical meets the narrative, then your images are unstoppable. Yeah, that's all great. And on Instagram, I'm CJ Dunkin and Facebook. It's learn with learn with CJ Dunkin. So I know Twitter, I don't do Twitter.

Raymond: 41:19 Yeah, I know me. It just, I dunno, there's something about I D it just doesn't work in my brain the same way that something like Facebook does. But again Chris, I gotta say thank you so much for coming on and I really look forward to keeping up with you seeing what it is you come up with next and hopefully meeting you next time. Next year in imaging will be in a, is it Dallas, Texas, Texas, 2021 there'll be, we'll make it happen. We'll make it happen again. Chris, thank you again so much and I'll talk to the same pleasure, Raymond. Thank you.

Raymond: 41:50 Oh, that was one of those reviews. It was just fun to have, you know, a lot of times it was, it was, I think it was a great mixture of fun and also informative. And as somebody who uses lighting often at weddings, both natural and artificial with the off camera flash and just a even on camera flash as well, it's always good to hear from somebody else because you know, oftentimes we're just out on our own as photographers and we're just kind of doing things on our own. And maybe we figure out a way to do something, but it might not always be the most effective or the most efficient. And just hearing how other photographers work is, it really helps me. I mean, that's one of the reasons why I started this podcast, right, is, is to be able to talk to other photographers better than myself to, to hopefully pick up on their little tidbits as well. Raymond: 42:40 I think that one of my biggest takeaways from this episode is that you don't always have to take the same photo as everybody else. You know? Chris talks a lot about being in Texas and that, you know, that big Texas guy, it's always the same and no matter, you know, where it is that you live, you can always create something a little bit different than everybody else, which will really help you stand out in Chris's example, or in his case, rather, it doesn't really like to shoot the sky. And I get that, you know, I think that the sky is beautiful. I love to shoot this guy, but in Chris's case he decides not to. And that's what sets him apart. And I think that that is a really cool, so, you know, you're not always in control of where you live. Maybe you are, maybe you're not, but you can always control your photographs and really always create something unique.

Raymond: 43:30 So on top of that, Chris, if you are listening, thank you so much for sharing everything that you did to all the listeners. Chris is in the Facebook group, which you can join by just searching Facebook for beginner photography podcast. You'll find the group you can request access right there. And I'll let you in. And if you have any questions about lighting, I'm sure that Chris would be more than happy to answer those for you. So come on, join us in the group. We'll hang out, we'll talk photography, we'll talk lighting here with Chris. And that is it for this week. Until next week, I want you to get out. I want you to shoot more. I want you to make, do, I want you to make more, I want you to do more and I want you to make, do with the gear that you got because I promise you it's better than you think it is. So that's it for this week. Until next week, I'll talk to you soon.

Outro: 44:16 Thank you for listening to the beginner photography podcast. If you enjoy the show, consider leaving a review in iTunes, keep shooting, and we'll see you next week.

BPP 191: Gary Hughes - 500 Headshots in a Day

Gary Hughes is a headshot photographer from Orlando Florida and co-host of the PhotoBomb Podcast. Today I’m excited to chat about organizing and shooting high volume headshots.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Gary got started in photography

  • What Gary struggled with most when learning photography

  • What is the the job description of a headshot photographer

  • What the difference between a headshot taken by a professional and an amateur

  • 3 steps to building a headshot

  • How to make do with the lighting gear you have

  • How to make do without a studio and be taken seriously as a professional photographer

  • How to approach every new person who sits in front of your camera to take their photo

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How to price 500 headshots

  • The tools to marker yourself and your photography business

  • A simple but effective marketing strategy

  • How to spend less time editing and delivering to maximize your profit

Resources:

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00:00 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast. Today we're talking about how to shoot 500 head shots in a day. So let's get into it.

Intro: 00:00:11 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast, a weekly podcast for those who believe that moments matter most and that a beautiful photo is more than just a sum of its settings, a show for those who want to do more with the gear they have to take better photos today. And now your host Raymond Hatfield.

Raymond: 00:00:29 Welcome back to this episode of the beginner photography podcast. As always, I'm your host Raymond Hatfield and I couldn't be more excited to be here today. Today is such a fun episode and I'm really excited to share it with y'all. But first I want to tell you about something. A little anecdote that I have. So as many of you know, I shoot the Fuji cameras professionally, I shoot with an expert too, but personally I shoot with a Fuji X 70. The X 70 is getting pretty old. So I really wanted something that could kind of replace both cameras, the expert to in the [inaudible]. And I've always liked the X 100 series cameras. But I never fought. I never thought that they were ready for professional use, but just last month they announced the Fuji X 100 V and I really think that this is the camera that makes it ready for professional use.

Raymond: 00:01:25 Right. I can use it personally because it has a a new tilt screen, which if you're watching on YouTube is a very handy but it also has just all of the new internals. Right? So I was shooting with the XT3 for awhile. And the X 100 V has all the same internals of it and I really enjoyed shooting with the [inaudible] three. The [inaudible] was definitely ready for, it was, it was a professional camera. So being able to use this camera both personally and professionally is really exciting. So obviously I pre-ordered the camera, I was ready for it to arrive. And in that time I just, and I'm sure that you've, you know, felt the same way. I just got so excited. I could not wait for the camera to come. I was dreaming about all the photos that I could take with it using either the optical view finder or using the tilt screen when I'm taking photos of the kids with having a smaller camera means that you can be a little bit more hidden and blur that line between photographer and just citizen out on the street or, or you know, still interacting with guests at a wedding just to be able to get more genuine photos.

Raymond: 00:02:28 And I was just so excited to get this camera and when it arrived, I am boxed it. I felt it in my hands. It feels great. I started shooting with it. It was awesome. And then I flew down to Texas San Antonio, admit all of this, you know, Corona virus you know, concerns. I flew down to San Antonio, which arguably has, you know, in America, if there's one place where there is coronavirus, that's, that's the place. So but I went down there for work and I took one day, I did a few days, but one day in particular I went out specifically to shoot with this brand new camera. The Fuji X 100 V and after I got back, I mean it was a joy to shoot with. It was, it was just a delight. It's really like the only way that I could describe it. It is so much fun and it feels just like an extension of how my brain works when it comes to photography.

Raymond: 00:03:20 So it was very exciting. But when I got back to the to the house and I imported all the photos into my iPad and I started going through them on a, in Lightroom CC. It's interesting because you realize, and I've gone through this time and time again, but it's a camera isn't going to change who you are as a photographer and that's really hard thing to come to terms with when you first purchase a camera because it's a large purchase, right? And you tell yourself it's okay that I'm making a large purchase because this is going to help me get to where I want to be. And we're only thinking in terms of photography of the photos that we're taking. We're not thinking of it as a tool. And with the, with the photos that the camera takes, you're in control of all of that.

Raymond: 00:04:10 So therefore, you know, photography, it never changes. So even though I was extremely excited for this camera and what it could do, once you look at the photos, you realize, Oh, I'm, I'm still the same photographer. I'm still taking all of the exact same photos. And then at that point it just becomes more utilitarian. And then you look at the you look at the camera as a tool. Well, what can these buttons do for me? How can I set it up so that I'm the most successful that I can be when shooting with this camera? In the situations that I typically shoot in. And when it comes to that point, it becomes less of an emotional purchase, right? I mean, if he, if he, if you just feel this camera in your hand, it feels very premium. And that is the feeling of being premium is very emotional.

Raymond: 00:04:59 It's very emotional. But the utilitarianism of it being a tool is not. So while I'm happy with the camera, just know that even me as somebody who has gone from, you know entry level Canon DSLR many years ago and then slowly upgrading finally to a full frame Canon DSLR with you know, L lenses and then going to a food GXT T one and then changing over time, looking at my every single time I got really excited for the new photos that I'd be able to take, but I haven't taken any new photos. All of that is on me. All the photos that I take or all my photos, my style doesn't change as a photographer. So I hope that that helps you. Maybe you're in the spot right now where you're thinking, Oh gosh, I really wish that I could upgrade my camera. Think of how great it would be.

Raymond: 00:05:53 People would take me seriously as a professional and they don't, they don't, the camera doesn't really change that unless you're working with like really high end corporate clients who maybe need like a medium format camera. But in general, people aren't going to look at the camera and instantly know like, Oh, that's a professional, or Oh, that's just a hobbyist. What really makes a difference is obviously you continuing to learn and continuing to educate yourself, trying new things, pushing yourself the boundaries of what it is that you know as a photographer and how you see the world. Those are the things that change you. And when it comes to gear, a lens will always make a bigger impact on your photos within the camera body will. So I hope that that you know, give you shedding a little bit of light into a situation that I just encountered really helps you.

Raymond: 00:06:43 Now, while I'm still obviously very happy with this camera there's just that little bit of, you know, the the honeymoon phase is over as the, as the phrase goes, it's like, Oh, that's right. This is simply a tool. It's not, it's not a magic wand. It's a tool. So anyway, I hope that helped. If you want to see my review of the X 100 V and the photos that I took in Texas, I actually posted the link in the show notes of this episode. So if you're in have a podcast, you can just swipe up. There's a link right there, you click it and then it'll take you right to it. You can see some example photos that are just straight out of camera shots. Really, really wonderful stuff. So I hope that you check that out. But today, today we are talking with Gary Hughes and Gary Hughes is a very predominant headshot photographer in the world of well headshots, corporate headshots acting head shots.

Raymond: 00:07:35 He just loves to photograph the human face and I really think that you're going to get a lot out of this episode. And as always, I cut a portion of the interview out just for premium numbers that focuses on how to make money with your camera. So in this episode, premium members are going to hear how to even price 500 headshots an effective but neglected powerful marketing strategy for anybody shooting head shots. How to minimize your time spent on shooting and delivering 500 head shots so that you can make more money and an idea on and ideas on how to automate your entire admin process of your photography business. So again, a lot in this episode that I know that you are going to take away as a premium member. If you are not a premium member, you can hear the answers to all of these questions from Gary himself by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com clicking that premium membership button up at the top of the page. You'll also get a bunch of extras, like a access into the premium members Facebook group where we do monthly challenges to help you grow your business and just education there as well. So again, we're going to photography podcast.com. Click that premium membership button up at the top to join. So that's it. Let's go ahead and get on

Raymond: 00:08:56 Into this interview with Gary Hughes. Gary Hughes is a headshot photographer from Orlando, Florida and the cohost of the photo bomb podcast. Today, we are going to be talking all about organizing and shooting high volume headshots. Gary, you're the man here. Thank you so much for coming on the podcast.

Gary Hughes: 00:09:14 Yeah, thanks for having me. And I had no idea what we were going to talk about, but I'm glad I did

Raymond: 00:09:19 Something that I'm good at. Yeah, usually usually it's a, a, it's, it's a complete mystery to the guest. Whatever we're going to talk about. So I'm glad that you're excited for this because I can talk about anything as you'll find out. So let's try to keep it under 60 minutes. Let's just see. We'll see. I don't know that we can, yeah, we'll see what happens. But in order to do that, I think we have to start from the beginning, which is how did you get your start in a, in photography to begin with?

Gary Hughes: 00:09:44 Yeah, good question. I grew up in a photography family. My parents are, we're both professional photographers. They're retired now from photography after like almost 40 years running a studio. And me and all my siblings took turns working in the family business. I lived at the studio as a kid, I was a, I was sick a lot when I was younger, had a lot of chest infections, bronchitis, stuff like that. And so I w I missed a lot of school. I never got perfect attendance. But on those days when I was not at school, I was always, my dad ran the studio and I had to go to the studio with my dad even when I was sick no matter what. So I spent a lot of time in the studio and then when I was old enough, by the time I was eight, I was, my first job was developing a eight by 10 black and white headshots in the studio for my dad.

Gary Hughes: 00:10:31 So I in his dark room. So I'll do an eight by 10 enlargements of business head shots. Like that was crazy. It's like the first thing I did and it took, I dunno, 30 years to, to for that V to realize itself. But so you know, we all grew up putting together proof books for weddings. It was a small town photography studio. So they did everything. So I assisted with photo and video loading film into backs for [inaudible] or for a mummy as and, and Broncos and carrying lights on weddings, even shooting videos at weddings and you know, all kinds of stuff. And that was basically all of us because, you know, we were a family of five with not a lot of money. And so all the kids were basically the labor in the studio. And eventually that was just, I decided that was not what I was going to do, had a big falling out with my dad one day. I think I was probably about 17. And, and, and we were fighting over something the way that they were doing something in the business. And he just, he basically said, this is my business and you're going to do it the way that I want or you're going to get out. And I was like, well, fine, I'll just get out.

Raymond: 00:11:30 So dad, move right there. I love it. You're going to do it my way. But he was right. He was right. I was clearly wrong. I was just,

Gary Hughes: 00:11:37 I knew only enough to be dangerous. And thought I knew better than him and I didn't, you know. And so I worked as a manager at a movie theater and I, and then after I, you know, I went to college and then I worked in music and then I worked in construction, worked in it and eventually many years later took an interest in photography cause I never really photographed anything, only really assisted. And so I was working at circuit city rest in peace and I bought a, a digital rebel on a black Friday sale probably about 14 years ago, 13 or 14 years ago, and started taking pictures for fun. And I kinda liked it. And because I am who I am, I can't do anything without trying to figure out how to monetize it. And so my my mom actually recommended me to a photographer in the Orlando area where I was living at the time and to go and try and get a job there and I got a job at a studio there. And that's sort of how I got into it in the modern era. I, I worked for another photographer a couple of years carrying bags and I learned, God, I learned a lot there. And then eventually met my wife and she was into photography as well. And we, well, I didn't meet her as my wife. I just met a girl at a bar who ended up,

Raymond: 00:12:48 Sure, yeah, yeah, I'm going to be a future wife. That'd be weird. Right. I knew, I knew right away,

Gary Hughes: 00:12:54 But six months later we start our business together and we weren't even married yet. We were just dating. We weren't even engaged when we started our business. And that was a [inaudible] nobody was cool with that by the way. Like no way. And and then the just sort of progressed from there. And that was 11 years ago we started the business together and here we are.

Raymond: 00:13:15 So when you were starting out in your family run business? I would imagine so. My dad used to my stepdad used to like, he, he rebuilt a it was a 69 Chevelle. And I remember oftentimes I'd go out there and I would help him, you know, help in air quotes as a like an eight year old kid or whatever. But I didn't pay attention to anything that I was doing. I wasn't learning anything specific. Yeah, exactly. Was it the same for you and, and photography? Like did you have to learn photography after?

Gary Hughes: 00:13:43 Yeah, I didn't, I didn't know anything about photography really. I mean I knew a little bit about the photography business. I can tell you how to shoot a wedding or what to expect at a wedding at least. And you know, there were lots of things I knew about photography but not about the actual craft or art of photography. I knew very, very little almost nothing cause I hadn't so much just taken a single photo other than with a, like an instant camera my entire life until I was an adult. And everything I did was support staff really in the studio. So it was like, you know, putting together proof albums and developing pictures and carrying bags. And I knew I knew exactly where to stand to light a goal group for a wedding, but I didn't know how to operate the camera. I didn't,

Raymond: 00:14:30 That's, that's so interesting to think about. So when so when you did first buy that a camera circuit city and you first started taking pictures, what was the hardest thing for you to understand or learn about photography itself?

Gary Hughes: 00:14:44 Nothing. I mean, I guess the hardest thing to understand is that you don't know anything. And immediately, you know, you think you've got whatever it is that people say, Oh, you have an eye for it. Or Oh, you have, you know, Oh, you're so talented. Or Oh, you've, you've got to, you're an artist. And you know, when you think that the thing is very often that comes with a kind of bizarre narcissism that you think that everything that you do is good. And however, as as ridiculous as that is for people starting out in photography that you think you're, you almost everybody thinks they're way better than they actually are when they start learning how bad you suck is the most important part of growing as a photographer. However, if you learn that too soon, you'll quit. So you have to insulate your fragile little soul from knowing how bad you suck with this sort of like self defense mechanism of this artistic narcissism you surround yourself with.

Gary Hughes: 00:15:39 And slowly as you learn, there's like a, there's like a, a convergence where your lack of knowledge and your knowledge of your lack of knowledge meet in the middle and then all of a sudden you realize how bad you suck, but you're into it enough to where you're willing to keep going. And if you reach that point too soon, you might quit because there are still days, dude, where I, I mean, and I'm not, I'm an accomplished photographer. We've been in business 11 years for myself and I still feel like I suck some days. Like there are shoots that come out of them like what the hell did you just do in there? You know, like do you even know what you're doing? I can't tell you how many times I'm on a, I'm taking pictures and in my head my brain is going, you're blown at dude, you're blowing it man. You're blowing it. And that doesn't really go away completely. It just gets less frequent. Yes, yes and yes.

Raymond: 00:16:29 So good to hear from another photographer that I'm not the only one who shows up to a wedding and things to myself. They're going to figure it out on the fraud today. Like today's the last day of my professional career. All it is,

Gary Hughes: 00:16:38 It's just repetitive. You're going to continue to run into situations where you're challenged and you're going to continue to, to let very basic things slip your mind in the pursuit of this artistic excellence. You're going to be like, why wasn't this working? And then you realize, Oh crap, I forgot to turn that other light in the room off and it was ruining the photo and that was firing in the background the whole time. Like this, you get to going to make dumb mistakes, but you have to sort of temper that enthusiasm, that artistic enthusiasm that need to create with knowledge. And yet if one takes precedence over the other, you sort of, you sort of lose out on the actual excellence in the creation. And so like you have to have that enthusiasm to create and you can't let the, your lack of technical ability squelch that.

Gary Hughes: 00:17:29 But you also can't let your enthusiasm and your belief in your artistic nervous and your, your right as an artist to create and your need to create. You can't let that just make you glance over the technical because you can look at for photographic artists all over the world. And let me tell you the ones that you think are the artsy ones can be very, very technical. I don't know if you've, if you know Lindsay Adler for example, like she is a brilliant artist and really lovely human being and she's, to me, she's one of my favorite photographers and people, but as a photographer, she is an incredible conceptual artist, but the technical is down and I love that. She teaches that and I think that when you're new, you might gloss over things that seem harder or you may go, Oh, I'm an artist. I'm not really a technical photographer. I don't really do that. That's not my thing. And you're like, yeah, and you can, you can really cheat yourself out of the ability to make better art. You know what I mean?

Raymond: 00:18:28 Out of the ability to make better art. Wow, that's a, that's going to be my memorable quote for this episode. That's great. That is. I had never, I had never thought about that, especially in that convergence point that you were talking about as a, at least for me, everything that I've always wanted to do, I just kinda pushed through, you know? You know what I mean? I don't know. I don't know. Now that you say something, I'm thinking of a lot of people who I know who bought a camera with full intentions of going pro and then six months later they never touch that camera again. And I'm thinking to myself now, was it, I always thought originally like, Oh, well, you know, they couldn't get clients as fast as they wanted or whatever. It was not even thinking about not pushing through that that technical barrier of not knowing what's next I suppose. So that that's great. That is an entirely different way of thinking about things. And I love that. So

Gary Hughes: 00:19:21 In a perfect world, you would buy a camera and you'd buy a textbook and you would learn and you would master the concept and you'd become an apprentice to a great photographer and you would learn everything you needed to know and then you would seamlessly step into your own career as your own photographer knowing everything you needed to know to move forward. But that's just not the industry at large. It's, I have a camera, I like to take pictures. And then if you show enough enthusiasm for it, even without seeking it out, people will seek you out to take pictures for them and offer you money. It happens. They're like, Oh you know what? You're so good. Can you take pictures? Of my kids. I love the pictures you take of your kids. Could you take pictures of my kids? And you didn't even ask for that.

Gary Hughes: 00:20:02 And then you go, then a light bulb goes on because if you got that little bit of an entrepreneurial spirit and you might see this light at the end of the tunnel that says, Holy crap, I could get paid to do this thing and I really, really love, and then, and then that, and then it just goes from there. That's how it happens. So so much you can take, but I caution everybody out there. You can love photography without making it your job. And if you, if you love photography and you, and you want to continue to love photography, there was 100% chance that if you don't make it your job, that you will still love photography. Absolutely. Down the road. Now, if you love photography and you try to make it your job and you do it poorly and you crash and burn as an entrepreneur, as a business person, there was a hundred percent chance you were going to hate photography.

Gary Hughes: 00:20:48 By the time you're done, nothing can make you more miserable than trying to do the thing that you love for a living. And failing at it or succeeding at it can be even worse because now you're overwhelmed and now you're having to do it all the time. Not for fun, but to take pictures of other people's, not those little kids that you don't like or go to somebody's wedding and get yelled at by the drunk uncle. I mean, that can take the joy out of it thing. So, Oh man. Yeah. I'm sure you've got stories, right?

Raymond: 00:21:15 I don't know about drunk uncles and stuff. I mean, you know, there's the occasional you know, person telling me, you know, why is my flash over there or whatever. And then I just kind of walk away. I suppose. But luckily I've been, I've been really lucky as far as you know, I don't really have that many horror stories. Not that many horror stories, you know?

Gary Hughes: 00:21:34 No. All right, well that's good. I'm not saying that everybody has those, but I'm glad that I had the mother or I had a, my very first horse, sorry, I was 14 assisting on a wedding and the bride's aunt died on the dance floor. Had a heart attack and dropped dead. Yes, I was 14 so my first, my first human being die when I was 14 at a wedding and that's not funny, but at the same time, is there something worse that can happen? Anyway, I was photographing a wedding once and it was in Florida, it was August, it was a hundred degrees outside. And so I was trying to get the wedding party into the shit and they wanted pictures out on the golf course. And so there's this gigantic Oak tree and I brought everybody under it to do the pictures under the Oak tree to get them all out from the sun. And then the mother of the bride tripped and fell and hit the ground on a mogul and broke a couple of ribs and had to, and I had to go to the emergency room. Yeah. And she missed the reception.

Raymond: 00:22:38 What do you, what do you do at that point? Do you like, Oh my gosh, like do you take care of her and then say,

Gary Hughes: 00:22:44 Hurry man, you just keep going, man. The bride was up for an hour crying her eyes out and the reception started lighting. I mean, like all kinds of terrible things can happen, can go wrong at a way. One of the why, you know, then they just all seem to happen to me I guess.

Raymond: 00:23:01 Yeah, I think so. I've never had anything like that. Like that happened to me, thankfully. Thankfully. So when, so when did you, when did you transition from, you know, shooting weddings or children to, to now, now focusing on head shots, which you do now?

Gary Hughes: 00:23:14 Well this is a story I've told a few times. I'll try to tell it in a new way for anybody who might've heard it before, but we, I you can only emulate what you know to start with. So I emulated the, what I grew up in, which is the photography studio that does everything. And so I think that that works depending on where you live, you can be in a market, a small enough market in a small town you have, you can't really specialize in a small town. So depending on the small town, if you are in big city, you almost have to specialize. People expect you to specialize. And so if you are in a large saturated market, I think that the photography studio that does everything is it just just a harder way to live because your marketing isn't as focused.

Gary Hughes: 00:24:03 You're scattershot all over the place. And so that's what we did. We did weddings and portraits and high school seniors and babies and family and dragging couches into fields and photographing babies in buckets and all that crap. But, and we did the in person sales thing and, and the whole nine yards, but we did everything. Anything you needed a picture of we'd say yes to. And it was a very unhappy, a unhappy time for me as a, as a business owner. Not that I've been unhappy person. The business was unfocused and it was unpleasant a lot of the time because as I came to realize I didn't like 90% of the stuff that I was shooting. I didn't want to do it. And so we had had a line in actors head shots. Funny enough, we have a fairly robust entertainment market here in central Florida because of the parks and stuff like that.

Gary Hughes: 00:25:00 And my wife was good friends with a girl who was an actor and she had been in a couple of feature films and she needed a new headshot. So Julie, my wife actually went and photographed her and did her head shots. She took them to her agent or agent, like the headshots and then asked if she could meet with us. So we went and met with this agent and then that started it off and we started getting actors coming into the studio here and there and it was a nice little supplemental part of your business in our market. It would be very difficult to, for that to be the only thing that you do. And we still photograph a lot of actor head shots, but it's about 10% of the business to be honest with you. So it's not like an entertainment headshots. Yeah, it's a significant but not a huge part of the business financially.

Gary Hughes: 00:25:40 And so one day a guy calls up and because you know, I had built our website and, and headshots were on the website and this was before really at the beginning of when headshot started to be a thing that everybody had to have. This wasn't, not every LinkedIn was new. Facebook was new, you know, my space was still fairly popular. And so this wasn't the time that we know now where everyone has to have ed shot. This was before that we sort of caught that wave riding in a, and we're doing this to the point where when I was teaching photography at conferences and stuff, which I started to do fairly early cause I started teaching social media marketing, website design and stuff for photographers rather than teaching photography itself. And I wasn't, nobody would let me teach about headshots and I'm gonna let me talk about head shots because nobody even believed it was a standalone genre in photography. There was more of a sub genre of portraiture and everybody did a little bit of it, but it wasn't a real thing. And I knew that it was because here's what happened. A guy called up and he sounded like an older guy. I don't know how you sound older, like grandpa.

Raymond: 00:26:51 I hear it in my head though. I know when I was your age, we didn't have hot chocolate, we just had hot,

Gary Hughes: 00:26:57 You know, like stuff like that. And anyway, so the guy calls up, he's an old guy, but in that battle is probably in his 50s or whenever. And he's like, and do you photograph anybody who's not young and good-looking? Cause obviously it was on our website, but he's looking at all the actors. And this guy was an attorney and he needed a headshot for his law firm's website. And it was at that moment that I realized that I was working so hard to get actors head shots. So when it was pale in comparison and in amount to the other types of head shots that are out there that I needed. And so we started to show more of that on our website and started to market more towards that and it just became this thing to where there are two things that happened at once.

Gary Hughes: 00:27:38 One was I found out that I was going to be a father and this was my daughter Ellie who just turned five and my wife told me there's a really funny story behind this. But anyway, she told me she was pregnant and the first thing was I thought was, okay, I know you're scared Gary, but you have to like hug your wife and tell her how happy you are. You know, so try not to crap your pants. And then the second thought I had unbidden, which was wild. It was you got to get out of the wedding business. And I remembered in that moment all of the weekends that my parents were working or that I was working with them in the family business. And hold on, let me see where we go. Sorry about that. My screensaver just kicked on. And so basically what happened was, is I realized, not that I was, I was really proud of my parents and what they did.

Gary Hughes: 00:28:34 I still am, but everybody in my town where I grew up in the small town where I grew up, everybody's parents worked for the big engineering firm in town or they worked in agriculture and not everybody at that point was a photographer. Photography was still, this is back in the film days and it was very unusual to have parents who did something that like my parents did. It was, and I was really proud of that, but they were wedding photographers and they, in fact they were wedding and portrait photographers, a catchall studio. So they were working nights and weekends a lot, almost all the time. And so if there was a very often football games and Scouts trips or whatever's happening on weekends, I was either working at somebody's wedding at like 12 or 13 years old or my parents were working and we were staying at a friend's house or I was riding with another family to a sporting match or sport balls, sport, whatever was going on of course ball.

Gary Hughes: 00:29:25 And I did play sports. I did but anyway, and so I realized that I did not want that for my kids. And so, and then at the same time we sat down to look at our numbers at the in the fourth quarter of that same year not long before daughter was born and we looked at our numbers and we were spending so much money marketing money and time marketing weddings and portraits. And yet it was about 20, no, I guess it probably about 30% of our business. And we were using about 80% of our marketing bandwidth to market for it. And we looked and realize how much money headshots was bringing in and we weren't even really marketing for it. And so at that moment we made the butt puckering decision to stop doing weddings. It stopped taking, we stopped taking weddings, we stopped taking portrait commissions and we just focused on that other end of our business. And honestly, as scary as it was, it ended up being the best decision we ever made.

Raymond: 00:30:16 Wow. That's insane. That's insane. That's great to hear those. There's a lot there really to to unpack obviously the lessons that you learned and what I love, which I hope people listening pull out of that is that as a photographer you can decide like what you want your life to look at.

Gary Hughes: 00:30:33 Nobody has a business like ours in our area, like not real or they didn't at the time. And people, sometimes they just need permission to know that if you don't want to photograph newborns and weddings, but you want to work in photography, that's possible to do that. If you don't want to do the high touch boutique business model, you don't have to, you can make a living in photography doing other things. We have a commercial portrait studio. I take pictures of people for their jobs and whether that's website images for companies or models and actors or personal branding sessions, or just simple head shots for giant law firms. We, that's what we do. And for the most part, with the [inaudible] occasion, with the exception of the occasional Sunday gig at a conference or something, I work Monday through Friday, 10 to six. Yeah. And I don't edit when I'm at home and I'm off on all holidays and weekends for the most part.

Gary Hughes: 00:31:27 I'm not doing those day after Christmas family sessions. And I'm not saying that any of those things are bad. They just weren't me. I just wasn't happy. And now I'm happy. I come to my studio and I doing work that excites me and it interests me. I have positive interactions. All my interactions with people are professional and not emotional. I'm not emotionally selling. Everything is decided upfront and it just fits me better. And the other stuff didn't fit me well. If that fits you well, then do it. And my, you know, one of my good friends in, in the photography business, Megan DiPiero has a very similar kind of clientele, but she does it in a completely different way. And she is the opposite business for me. And we have talked several times on the subject of don't do the thing that doesn't make you happy. Like if you're going to take the risk of trying to have a business on your own, creating something with your talent and your ambition, you're going to walk away from a corporate job with benefits and stability or at least more stability and you're going to make that sacrifice to do something that you love. Why wouldn't you insist on being happy when you do it? Why wouldn't you insist on doing it in a way that pleases you? It make any sense not to do it that way.

Raymond: 00:32:41 [Inaudible] [inaudible] Yeah. Megan is one of those people who she's, I feel like whenever I, you know, watch her on Facebook, she is a very happy in the work that she's doing. I think she's in Australia right now, which is,

Gary Hughes: 00:32:53 Yes. My my GPS tag on her ear. Actually,

Raymond: 00:32:57 I don't know where she is currently. Oh man. Yeah. You got to get that replaced. Gotta get there. Oh, back to back to head shots though. Head shots are are one of those things that I really don't know much about. It's not something that I do. So in your own words, would you tell me like, what would you say is the description of a headshot photographer? Like, like what is it that you're trying to capture?

Gary Hughes: 00:33:18 Well, if you want to start a fight in a Facebook group, just ask what a headshot is and then you'll get a thousand conflicting opinions for people have no idea what the hell they're talking about because it doesn't matter what you think a headshot is, it matters what your client thinks the headshot is. And so a photographer can book a branding session and make a couple of thousand dollars off of somebody who inquires about a headshot because your consumer is a headshot is a much more of a catchall term for a photographer. A headshot is a commercial portrait of the head and shoulders of a person. It implies that it is for business, that it is for a commercial purposes and that is a head and shoulders usually. Like I call it like nipples up. It's usually like a nipples up photo. I don't say that like in the camera room, but when I'm training other photographers that works for me.

Gary Hughes: 00:34:07 I'm like when take a head shot like nipples top of the head, that's just do all that, leave that in there anyway, so other photographers have very strict and weird definitions of a headshot like has to be lit a certain way and has to have a certain color back around. You can't have a hand in it and you can't, you know, if you show down to below the rib cage, it's no longer a headshot. It doesn't matter. A client calls me for a headshot and they go, they book a headshot session, they go, I also gonna to need a three quarter length photo for a thing that I have coming up. And I go, Oh, this is a head shot. I'm not going below the dimples. No, I take the picture cause they're my client. That's what they want. That's the term that as people use it, a headshot is just a photograph of that person for the purpose, for commercial purposes basically. And so if they want a head to toe full length for a application to the, to the Navy, I'll do that in a headshot session. It doesn't matter. But essentially it's what the client thinks it is, but it's whatever it is, it taking a picture of people for commercial purposes, whatever that, whatever the dimensions of that, whatever body parts you put in it, that's, that's how I look at it now.

Raymond: 00:35:11 Sure, sure. So if, if a headshot is a shot of a head, right whether it includes the, the torso, ribcage, hands, you know, whatever it is, what do you think is the difference between a head shot taken by an amateur, somebody just getting into it versus a head shot taken by a professional?

Gary Hughes: 00:35:30 Probably intention. Knowledge,

Raymond: 00:35:34 I guess. So. So those I think just comes with you know, under the veil of being a professional. But I think from a, from a technical aspect, from a visual point of view, what do you think, what is it about an amateur headshot that stands out to you to make you say, Oh no, this is,

Gary Hughes: 00:35:51 Well, it's not any different than you know, people who are new. First of all, I, I just would like to say that nobody picked up the camera and was amazing right off the bat. Every most photographers, even great ones. Yeah. Just even great photographers still take mostly crappy photos, you know, that's, that's just the way I know very few photographers that don't waste a lot of frames. We all waste frames and so everybody just calm down. We're not curing cancer or putting rockets into space. We're just taking pictures of people's heads. So, but I would like to say that there's nothing different in what's amateurish or what's incorrect in my view about a headshot. Then there's not wrong with any other genre of photography in the same way. The things that I see are they come in stages. The first thing that you really start to understand in photography is the mechanics of your camera.

Gary Hughes: 00:36:40 How to make things work. That exposure triangle, the relationship of the shutter speed to the ISO, to the aperture, to the white balance and all the other things, all the settings you have in your camera and how to make those work. Focal length. You know how to shoot with intent when it comes to using your camera physically. That's like the first thing is getting your camera to work to the point where you don't have to think about it. You're just shooting, right? Like you don't it when it, when operating your camera, a mechanically becomes like riding a bike to where you don't. If you ask somebody, how do you ride a bike? They go like, well, you just sort of sit on it and go. Your camera function comes first and after your camera function then you start looking at your camera and yourself and then you start looking at your subject and then you go, Oh, okay, so now I have to make this person look good.

Gary Hughes: 00:37:29 It's not just about knowing how to get a correct exposure, it's about making this person look good and then usually lighting or posing come next there. Those are two are usually lumped together, so some people will learn and they'll experiment with posing and stuff, but mostly it's finding the light and so usually using to use available light and how that works and some people they discover the the glory of open shade or garage door lighting and and they play with that and then they'll usually say, Oh wow, this looks really cool. If you add another light source to this, and then that comes and then you go, okay, now I can light. Now I understand the mechanics of using that stuff and even adding strobes in there. What about actually making the person look good by how I choose to pose and position them? Then posing usually follows that and so usually Cameron mechanics, lighting, then posing and once all that stuff really starts to fall in place and it becomes second nature to you to work with people in this way, to work with your equipment and you're comfortable with your equipment, you're comfortable, comfortable lighting and posing your subject.

Gary Hughes: 00:38:26 Then really comes interaction with your subject to getting great expression and after you learn to really elicit that because you're confident enough in your fundamentals of photography that now you're more concerned about how the subject looks than you are about getting a good exposure. All that stuff comes, then you're interacting with the subject. Then you are focusing on making their experience goods so that you can elicit an incredible response and get pictures that are more meaningful to the subject because guess what? Your subject doesn't care about lighting, about aperture, about anything. They care. Do I look fat? Do I look tired? Do I look old? How does my hair look? And that's all they care about. And funny enough that that tends to be the last thing that we get into as photographers is like, okay, let's figure out how to make the subject have a great time and look good and feel good while taking the photo.

Gary Hughes: 00:39:19 Cause here's a tip. My friends, do you have an, Oh, do you call your listeners anything like you haven't named for your listening group, the beautiful listeners. All right. Okay, here we go. Beautiful listeners. It is absurd to think that we're more concerned about ourselves than about the subject when we take a photo and if someone has a great time with you photo being photographed by you, they will like pictures that aren't as good if they like you because they had a good time and so that is definitely something to consider. Now moving on from that, then you start to get into things with a real artists. I then think then come things like subject, background, relationship, color, harmony, storytelling, all those things happen once all that other stuff is in the back. When you really notice that somebody really good, not only is it well lit, well posed with a great expression, but then you start to notice that, look at the color palette in that image. Look at the store, look at, look at everything that makes what makes this image impactful goes beyond lighting and posts. And that doesn't happen until you get all of the technical and so if you put those, those things tend to come in that order. Would you agree with that?

Raymond: 00:40:29 Absolutely. Photography is very like a, it's very much a personal thing in the beginning and then it's not until you get somebody else in front of your camera that you realize, Oh, this isn't, this isn't all about me. So yeah, absolutely.

Gary Hughes: 00:40:40 No and and and get your, your, your beautiful listeners shield your tender little artist's heart for for a second. I just want you to do, art is a collaboration. Especially when you're photographing human beings. You are working with a person. That person is not just a subject. That person is your collaborator. Whether it's your client, whether it's a model who you've hired, that person you are using their image for your own artistic gratification and that is something that you should take seriously. And when you start taking that seriously, your work will improve and you will become a better artist.

Raymond: 00:41:19 Yeah. I want to go back to something that that you spoke about earlier, which was like kind of that discovery of lighting, right? Oftentimes, you know, you got a million videos on YouTube. You know, I look at your videos, you've got large umbrellas, you got softboxes, you got all these things. Now, oftentimes new photographers don't have all the gear and resources that professional photographers have. But then you mentioned something there, garage light. I'm really interested to hear about that. Tell me more about garage light and why it's, how we can use it.

Gary Hughes: 00:41:50 Yeah, sure. I mean this is basically, I think garage lighting is, it's a very cool technique to have in your Rolodex. It's not something that you can just make happen, although I guess you can now V flats and such. But essentially what it is is understanding that light has direction, intensity at varying levels and how to corral it. And so a long time ago, a cave man wants to notice that in the opening to the cave whilst looking into the cave, his the cave woman who he was currently living with looked a lot prettier and then chiseled it onto a rock somewhere. And so essentially what garage lighting is, is when the ambient light outside is forced into an opening. It be, it is a very soft and flattering light that is absent of light, that's overhead, which cast a shadow down or lightness that's necessarily coming up from underneath or from any particular direction.

Gary Hughes: 00:42:44 It forces, if you think of like the mouth of a garage essentially as a giant softbox, as long as that lights, that sunlight isn't hitting direct some beans into it. Like if you've got a North facing or South facing opening then you will be able to pretty much anytime of day stick someone just inside the opening of a garage or a doorway or anything like that. And you'll be able to get fantastic flat, soft, flattering life. And this is very, very common in headshot photography, especially with actors and entertainers and models. You see this type of lighting a lot. It's super flattering. It gets rid of a lot of wrinkles and it's just sort of, you don't have to have really any equipment to do it. You've just got to find yourself an opening. And this works under overhangs, out on streets, you know, it works anywhere that you can find.

Gary Hughes: 00:43:33 And a place that corrals the light in more specifically, what you want is something, an overhang of some kind that stops the light coming down. And so all the light is coming from directly in front of the subject as they're facing out from that opening. And that's gently and lovingly called garage light because, well, a lot of photographers have garages. And that's a place where a lot, lot of times we start our studio work. So you open up that garage door, you set somebody about 18 to 24 inches just inside the opening to the garage, and then you can shoot until your heart's content. And they're going to look fantastic most of the time.

Raymond: 00:44:08 That's awesome. That is, that's a great tip. I got to I gotta I gotta practice that. And with the kids outside, I always, yeah, seriously.

Gary Hughes: 00:44:15 I mean it's the same thing like putting your back to a big window or something like that. It's keeping the light source behind you nice and big and soft and flat. And it's just, and the thing that you can find it just about anywhere, anywhere you go. So if you're a looking for good flattering, like that's the way to it, just make sure the real, the key is to have something over top that shields that light from coming down. And then you'll see the only light that's getting in is the light that's hitting someone directly from in front.

Raymond: 00:44:43 So let's, let's talk about a company contacts you, right. Obviously you're not going to say, great, I am, I know the perfect garage. Let's go ahead and bring all the employees into my garage. But when a company does contact you for headshots a D is the first thing that you work on like a concept together or is that, do they just expect you to show up and then you just do your thing and deliver the photos when you're done?

Gary Hughes: 00:45:05 The great part is that people mostly have no idea what they want. They really just, you know, if you're, you have to establish yourself to be a successful business, to be a subject matter expert. And this happens over time. So when you first start out, when you're new, what happens is if you have not yet established your sort of your brand and your style, and that takes time. If you don't have this yet to do not be hard on yourself because this takes time. Once you've established a brand and a style, people start coming to you and asking you for what you do. Until you have a style and a brand established, people come and they ask you to do what they want, does see the difference. So somebody will come to you and they'll bring you a list. They'll bring you a Pinterest board or they'll, and they'll say like, here are, can you do this, this and this and this shot at a wedding.

Gary Hughes: 00:45:52 Like the, the shot with the weird perspective where the bridal part is being crushed by a high heel or whatever. Like people asking for dumb stuff that they saw on Pinterest. I mean every wedding photographer knows that, but people, when most people, when they get a sense that they are in a place where an artist is working or someone who is established, they have enough of a portfolio and a reputation, you're not going to, you become an altar, you become an artist rather than someone who's just fulfilling. Even in a commodity business. Like my clients will go to my websites, go to our social media, see their portfolio, and they will book me because they like what I do and they want me to do my thing for them. And so for the most part, my clients will be, will totally trust me and they'll say, I've seen your portfolio.

Gary Hughes: 00:46:38 You obviously know what you're doing. Just do it for me. Can I have a gray background or something like that. But there is always a discovery process to where I don't necessarily want someone to come in and to be subject to whatever my emotional whims are that day. So I definitely think that in every photo shoot you need to have a very robust discovery process with your client to make sure that you are setting the expectations. And if you have a great discovery process before the shoot, you're gonna have a lot less buyers or more. So you're gonna have a lot less people upset, you're going to have a lot less reshoots, you're gonna have a lot. Oh, you're gonna have a lot fewer problems, you know, than you are if you just show up and shoot Willy nilly. Set those expectations, find out what the client wants, meet them somewhere between your vision and what they're expecting.

Gary Hughes: 00:47:24 And so corporate clients contact me and mostly they all want the same thing. They want a headshot basically, mostly Flatlight on a white or gray background. That's about 75% of what I shoot. However, I do photograph a lot of actors, entertainers and models and I do try to get on the same page with them. I have to shoot what's expected in my market, in my genre, but I also have to do it in a way that I like to do it. And so, you know, asking those questions, finding that out, that's all really, really important stuff. But the more you establish yourself and your style and your brand, the less that people are going to ask you to do anything except for what it is that you do. So if you are a really good business person, one of the best things that you can do, especially if you're a boutique photography business, is to establish a very specific style that is very recognizable to the client. And then they will, people who love your style will be the ones reaching out to you. And all they're going to want you to do is to execute your vision for them. Now, if you have, if you're just a photographer who, a person who has a nice camera and shoots whatever people want, people are going to treat you like someone with a nice camera who shoot whatever they want. And that's the way that everybody operates in the beginning. And it takes while to establish your style. It really does.

Raymond: 00:48:38 Yeah, that's a, that's a hard thing to, to figure out. That's a hard thing to communicate, I think to many, many new photographers that they want to have that look and it just, it just takes time. And it's not something that you can curate on your own. It's not, you can just,

Gary Hughes: 00:48:51 I believe that like it, you'll find it, you'll find it and when you find it, it'll click and [inaudible]. The thing is that you may not even realize that you found it.

Raymond: 00:49:00 Exactly. Yeah. Yeah. There are so many photographers who, they'll send me photos like, Hey, can you like look at these photos or whatever, and I'll look at them and say to myself like, you know, in my head it's very consistent. They're doing a great job. And then when I will tell them that their first reaction is always like, Oh, I don't have a style. I didn't think I had a style. Like as you said, it just comes out of you.

Gary Hughes: 00:49:20 Yeah, it is. It is. It is a mystery not that much for mystery. Just make sure that if you're doing photography as a business, if that's your intention, then bring some intent to that style. Evaluate your images and send your images to other people to be evaluated. Think about what it is that you are trying, what emotions you're trying to elicit and approach your work with purpose and your style will sort of evolve out of that. And eventually it'll become so obvious what your style is that other people will just ask for your style and they'll stop asking you to imitate other people.

Raymond: 00:49:55 So coming up with that quote unquote style obviously comes as you said, with practice, doing it over a long period of time. And in something like high volume headshots, I mean, I'm sure that there's Raymond: 00:50:07 What would you say is probably the most amount of headshots that maybe you've done in a day?

Gary Hughes: 00:50:10 In a day? I dunno. Probably 500 or so.

Raymond: 00:50:17 500 head shots. Okay. Wow. I was not expecting that. Okay. 500 heads. If

Gary Hughes: 00:50:21 You shoot all day, you're going to shoot somewhere and it's normal to shoot between 150 and 250 in a day. 500 would be a big job where I think we shot, I worked for a Sam's club one time and we shot 1200 in two days.

Raymond: 00:50:37 Okay. Okay. So, okay. 500 [inaudible].

Gary Hughes: 00:50:40 That's about it. That's not that big of a deal. Ask any school photographer. Oh no, I'm sure you know what I mean?

Raymond: 00:50:46 I'm sure. So this, that's, that's where this high volume thing obviously comes in, right? So there's a lot of differences between weddings and headshots. The biggest I would say is probably price right? On the surface. The biggest one is the pricing of wedding dress. Right. And in that unfortunately as well. So how do you price something like that 500 headshots?

Mid Roll: 00:51:08 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond: 00:51:32 That is such an exciting idea. I have to tell you that that is such an exciting idea to have a to have that and I'm writing it down right now because that's just one of those things that I will make sure that the cut is a, I'll make it 6% cause I really appreciate that idea. Yeah. I mean that's something that I don't think, I think why that would work is because nobody wants to put in the work to make that happen.

Gary Hughes: 00:51:58 Nobody wants to see a business where you don't, where you weren't the artist.

Raymond: 00:52:03 Right. Right. And there's so much potential there, there's so much potential there. That's definitely something

Gary Hughes: 00:52:07 Go of being the artist, be the hardest on your own damn time. Would you rather be the artist on your own time and have your business bring in loads of money that you can, you know, send your kids to college and own your house outright? Like all that stuff is possible.

Raymond: 00:52:22 Yeah. So when, okay, let's, I got a sub daydreaming there for a second because some of those figures that you threw out was a really exciting to think about. When, let's, let's get back to head shots and talk about the studio aspect of things. Right. Do you, would you say that you need to have a studio or some sort of large location to start shooting head shots or even just to be taken seriously as a professional?

Gary Hughes: 00:52:47 No, I don't think so. It will, it will, it will hurt you not to have a little bit, not to have a place for people to go. There are certain areas of the business that are going to be different, more difficult. For example, I have about a dozen different companies that we shoot for regularly where we photograph all their new hires and so they don't want me, I don't want to go out to their office and set up a studio once a month just to photograph one person. I don't want to do that, you know? However you can cater to companies. It's like we have 15 or 20 employees and you can be a concierge business where you go out to their business and photograph them there. Most businesses prefer that when you get into that number of people. So there will be certain things that you aren't able to do.

Gary Hughes: 00:53:29 However, if you get a good relationship going with a another studio or a rental studio in your area, before I had a studio, I actually had a place that we rented from and I would charge if the, if the client insisted that if they don't have a location for me to come shoot at and they need a studio, I charged a studio fee. And so I would just rent a place as I needed it for stuff like that. So if they want to come into the studio, I would charge whatever it is, you know, for a two hour session. And you can rent a studio for 50 bucks an hour and I would charge $150 studio fee. And now since I have my own studio, I charge a location fee. You know, like it's not, it doesn't mean it. Whatever everybody else is doing, it doesn't matter whether I'm making money matters.

Gary Hughes: 00:54:12 And so, and that's you, you can run, I know plenty of photographers run a very successful business out of their home. Some of them have even, you know, built extra space in their home into a perfectly fine working studio. There's no problem. Let me tell you, it's not like you're going to have bride Zillow's in this business that are going to stop by and kick your door down. You're talking about people's head shots. Nobody gets super emotional about this, you know, for the most part. So, you know I ran my studio of, I ran my business out of my home for the first six and a half years we were in business and I've had a studio for the last five and and it's, I've done it successfully both ways. I like having a studio. I like having my work away from my house. I like going home and not having, not being, having the ability to work. That's cool too. So that's good. But that's me. I like to get up and get dressed and go to work in the morning. I don't love working at home. It's too, there's too much distraction. I have nothing here at the studio except the ability to do work if I'm not doing work here or if I'm not focused, I'm not getting anything done. I just go home. Just go home. Yeah.

Raymond: 00:55:18 That's very cool. As somebody with a three year old who's out there right now, probably on her iPad at any moment, you could come in here and tell me the chances.

Gary Hughes: 00:55:24 Thank God for the iPad man. Cause I've got a five year old, a two year old and a five month old and when you need it, when you need a minute and iPad is exempt. We go out. We went out to Dell, we went to Epcot the other day and we went, we're getting out. The kids are tired, we're getting, we're going to have some food before we drive home. So we sit down at a restaurant and the kids were a little fussy and wild and I was just, there was a phone just shut up for five minutes so daddy could have a margarita.

Raymond: 00:55:49 This is my minute. Mom and dad have 10 minutes together. I just dragged you around. Ed Scott for nine hours. He upset about daddy wants some chips and salsa and a dos Equis. Please just watch YouTube for a second. Enjoy Peppa pig. Yeah, this is what you're going to do right now. My kids go way down weird YouTube holes and like my two year olds watching like weird videos for kids in Japanese and stuff. It's bizarre like how you know how she finds it crazy. My son just found the podcast the other day on YouTube and he was blown away. Daddy's famous. Yeah. He's like, why are you on YouTube? Like, what is this? He was so confused. I was like, well, this is how I make money. So yeah. Very interesting. Yeah.

Gary Hughes: 00:56:29 Yeah. That's the other thing too, is once my daughter who's five, once she was six, six, or seven months old, my wife used to come to the studio and work with me and we would just set a right here on the desk in her little carrier and she would just, and once she became sitting up crawling around and stuff, that had to end that my wife stays at home and I work in the studio because you're not going to get anything done with toddlers around, so I almost need a studio.

Raymond: 00:56:52 Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. I know. Sometimes I feel bad about the amount of things that I can't get done with with kids at home. And then I just think to myself, for years, healthy babies are good, good at such a good price. I've sold at least two a mine. I have five kids out there somewhere. They're listening right now with a tear in their eyes. Okay. You know what? Poor kids, poor kids. I feel bad because I know that, I know that we're going over on time. So I got one last question here for you before I let you go. You got time? I do. Okay. One thing that we have not talked about, we've talked about lighting, we've talked about location, we've talked a lot about business and how to make a multiple six figure business. That's pretty much all automated, which is super awesome. But the one thing that we haven't really talked about is posing so much now when it comes to posing, there's really just a ton of different ways that you could pose a human being when somebody sits down in front of your camera, what is your approach? What's the first thing that you do with them?

Gary Hughes: 00:57:53 First thing that I do is when someone sits down, I will usually spend five to 10 minutes moving around, fiddling with lights and chatting with them, testing lights. And, and part of it is to make sure that everything's working okay. But really what I want to do is I want them to sit there for a few minutes and unwind and then you'll see probably about half the time people will put themselves into a pretty natural position. So rule number one is if somebody is doing something right, don't change it. Don't pose somebody just because you feel like you should do some posing. Sometimes good posing is not changing something that's working already. And so you find that people will very often do interesting things, especially for like editorial portraiture. And I remember that I was photographing an event the F a headshot for charity event and there were all these donors to our local our local art museum. And there was an older gentleman, he was an interesting guy, had a nice blazer and an Ascot and things and cool framed glasses kind of that, that like artistic type almost that John Waters kind of a look and

Raymond: 00:58:59 Oh, that's going to be me. I love them.

Gary Hughes: 00:59:00 And he was sitting back and like, and he and I would be looking around at the people waiting to be photographed and he would doing like the most interesting stuff while he was just sitting there. And then I go, that's the pose I want in hand. Because when he sees that or when his wife sees that they're gonna, that's gonna, that's gonna feel like him and everybody has like that. So people will have certain smiles or looks or ways of sitting or ways of standing or ways of folding their arms or ways of leaning on something that is them. And if you take a photograph to someone and it feels really natural, then it's going to look great. There are definitely things that you're going to need to do to flatter people and to make them look better. But probably step one is watch, talk to somebody and watch them and see what they do. And if, and just in case they might do something interesting or they might do something right or they might do something really authentic and then, and then photograph that and even just tweak it a little. If you have to and then they're gonna, they're gonna really like it. And I've taken some of my favorite portraits of people like that. Just watching them and letting the first picture I take be something that is something that they did on their own while they thought that I was distracted doing something else.

Raymond: 01:00:13 Is the hands something that you, that you deal with often? Cause obviously at a wedding the first thing I always hear is what do I do with my hands?

Gary Hughes: 01:00:20 Yeah. People ask the same question when you're photographing their headshot and I go, you know, I'll usually, it depends on what it is. It really, really depends on what it is. Hands can can add a lot of story to an image, but they can also look really weird and janky. So hands are, you know, usually minimized or controlled or are usually the way to go with hands. But it's just going to completely depend on what you're going for in a picture. I some, I get a lot of photos with hands in them and my rule is if the hands are near the face, don't put any weight on them cause it squishes the face, you know? And so usually it's just touching rather than like, you know, squishing and you just have to develop by practicing. One of the things that I recommend that people do is, you know, create a Pinterest board of poses for, it's for different genres.

Gary Hughes: 01:01:07 And I have, I have about a dozen Pinterest boards that I go to. I have female model poses, male model poses, business head shots, and I bring in work from all these great photographers and I just look at what they're doing. And I will use that as a jumping off point, not necessarily to emulate it, although emulation isn't a bad way to practice. But once you sort of shoot a thing and you try a thing and you find your own way to do it, you'll start to increase the amount of poses that you know. You'll have your Rolodex of GoTo poses in your head and you'll say, and you'll know when you see it, you'll know when to bust one out and you go, yeah. And then you'll always have things to fall back on. Not everything that you do is going to be an original idea every time it's okay to have fallback poses, but the more of those you have, the better your work will appear in the more diverse

Raymond: 01:01:54 I, I know that a lot of people are really gonna get a lot from that right there, that not every idea that you have has to be like really original, especially when it comes to poses. That's something very hard to, to figure out. So personally, I have to thank you for for sharing that. I have to thank you for sharing everything that you did today. We've, we've gone much longer than our 60 minutes that we had talked about, but I really do appreciate it. And before I let you go, can you let the listeners know where they can find out more about you and what it is that you're doing online?

Gary Hughes: 01:02:25 Absolutely. Beautiful listeners, if you are into podcasts this is a great podcast, but also I cohost a podcast with my good friend who, Ray Perry. It's a weekly podcast called the photo bomb podcast and it is essentially, it's not super educational, it's more like two people who happen to be professional photographers sit down to kind of discuss their week. It's more like a drive time radio program with a host happened to be photographers and we also cover some whatever kind of interesting stories or in the photography news that week. And so you can find that on iTunes, Stitcher pocket cast anywhere. It's just the photo on podcast or you go to photo bomb podcast.com and listen, you can follow me on Twitter. I'm at Gary Hughes. I'm easy to find. I've had that handle for since Twitter became Twitter and on Instagram at near use official. And my business is huge fear ready photography and it's at use fee already on Instagram or [inaudible] dot com and that's it.

Raymond: 01:03:20 Perfect. There's going to be links to everything in the show notes as well. And Gary, once again, I have to say thank you so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did and I look forward to keeping up with you and those future children that come out of the woodwork.

Gary Hughes: 01:03:32 No, no. Denied, denied, denied. Hey, thanks for having me. And so it was a lot of fun.

Raymond: 01:03:40 I hope that you had as much fun listening to that interview with Gary as I as I had actually talking with Gary. Gary is a a, it's just a fun dude you know, really easy to talk to and obviously very knowledgeable when it comes to the world of not only photography but specifically headshot photography. You know, he, he does it quite often. He teaches it. So in that comes through very clear. It's obvious why he is a you know, a very powerful educator and that is because his experience and his way to just explain concepts in a very you know, just break it down in a very easy to understand manner. My biggest takeaway from this episode was, and I hope that, I hope that this really resonated with you as well. We didn't really spend too much time on it, but it just, that Gary, you know, it took him a long time to find his own voice.

Raymond: 01:04:30 He grew up in a family of photographers and Gary's still was just like [inaudible] not, not interested, not interested. And it took him decades to find his voice and what it was that he wanted to focus on. You know, he had, he had no intentions of becoming a photographer and it wasn't until he came back, he essentially had to learn it all, you know, from scratch, having gone to weddings, he just kind of stood there and, you know, held lights and stuff. And as a kid, I can tell you, you know, as, as I said, you don't really pick up on, on, on the things that are important in that situation. So again, really having to relearn what it was that that Gary wanted to do. So that was just, that was just awesome. It's never too late. It's never too late. Whatever your circumstances are, you can do it. If it's it is that that you want to do. So. All right. That's that's it for this episode. I hope that you enjoyed my interview with Gary Hughes until next week. I want you to make, do, I want you to get out. I want you to make more, I want you to do more and I want you to make, do with the gear that you got because I promise you it's better than you think. So that's it. I'll talk to you soon.

Outtro: 01:05:37 Thank you for listening to the beginner photography podcast. If you enjoy the show, consider leaving a review in iTunes, keep shooting, and we'll see you next week.

BPP 190: Melissa Dusette - Personal Branding Photography

Melissa Dusette is a personal branding photographer from Ann Arbor Michigan. Today we talk about what is personal branding photography and how we can add it to the services we offer.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • The unconventional way Melissa got her start in photography

  • What aspect of photography Melissa struggled with most to learn

  • What is personal branding photography and why its important

  • Whats the difference between a portrait or headshot session and a personal branding photography session

  • What Melissa looks for to nail her personal branding sessions

  • How Melissa had to make do with the gear she had to complete a job

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How clients find Melissa to book a personal branding session

  • How we can add personal branding photography services to increase our revenue

  • How to create packages for personal branding photography

  • What 3 questions you can ask to bring your clients more business and build them out a marketing plan

Resources:

DSC_0859-3_C.jpg
DSC_0405_C.jpg
DSC_0792-2_C.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast. Today we're talking about personal branding photography, so let's get into it. Intro: 00:10 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast, a weekly podcast for those who believe that moments matter most and that a beautiful photo is more than just a sum of its settings, a show for those who want to do more with the gear they have to take better photos today and now your host Raymond Hatfields.

Raymond: 00:28 Oh, welcome back to this episode of the beginner photography podcast. I am your host Raymond Hatfield and we have a really interesting interview for you today, but I cannot wait to get into some really, really interesting stuff. But first, something fun. I want to give a quick shout out this week to Tyler Jarvis for leaving the podcast, a five star iTunes review. Tyler said a decade ago I was shooting with a Nikon, the 40 I had gotten rid of it because I needed the money. I remember thinking that I'd come back to photography. I've always had that kind of photographers mindset when shooting, but never really pursued it. Well this Christmas, my girlfriend and I both got each other cameras and we're getting back into it. My commutes. It feels so much more valuable. Now. Your guests have been invaluable resource asking questions that I had, two ones I haven't. It just seems like there's answers left and right in each episode when I get a little further into my journey, there's no doubt that I'll be going premium.

Raymond: 01:37 Thank you for all that you do know Tyler. Thank you for all that you do for leaving a review on iTunes. I got to tell you it's one of the easiest things that you can do to help show your support for the podcast. And again, I truly do appreciate it. And when you are ready to join the premium membership, be sure to come back to this interview because there is really so much in this one right here just for premium members who are looking to make money with their camera. So this week, Tyler, when you become a premium member, you are going to hear so much. I interviewed Melissa Dusette, who is a branding personal branding photographer. And as a person, as a premium member, you will hear how clients find Melissa to book personal branding photography and who it is that they are. You know, who books something like this, how we can add personal branding photography easily to our services to increase our revenue, how to create different packages for personal branding photography, which is entirely different than wedding and portrait photography.

Raymond: 02:44 And this was my favorite. The three questions Melissa shares that you can ask your clients that will bring your clients more business and create a marketing plan for them. I mean that is massive right there when you that double resource photographer and come up with that marketing plan for them. Oh great. Just real, real, real in depth stuff this a week, but you can't miss. So if you want to hear it, become a premium member by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and clicking that premium membership button at the top of the page. You're going to get access to all of Melissa's answers to today's questions as well as past guests answers for their questions as well and how they become a better and more successful photographer. So with that, let's go ahead and get on into this week's interview with Melissa Dusette. You know what? I did not, I did not write out an interview for a, I'm sorry, I did not write out an introduction for you, Melissa, because one thing that I thought was so interesting when I was just doing some when I was trying to figure out who it was that you were, everything that I found was very fascinating.

Raymond: 03:59 But I also figured that if I shared it right here in the beginning, I would be giving too much of your story away and I didn't want to do that. So I figured my introduction for you is going to say, Hey, guess what, today we're talking to Melissa Dusettet. She's a personal branding photographer based in Michigan. Is that right? What did I say that? Okay. Yeah. And so we're just going to start there. We're recording. Melissa, thank you for coming on the podcast. Why don't you go ahead and start off with letting me know by letting everybody who's listening know who you are and how you got started in photography.

Melissa Dusette: 04:34 Sure. Thank you so much for having me. I'm really excited to be here. As you said I'm currently a personal brand photographer. I'm currently in Ann Arbor, Michigan, kind of serving the, the region. But I'm also working in training photographers all over the country. But I, I kind of had a strange, kind of circular nonconventional way that I, I kinda got started in this personal brand photography journey. I actually went to school for anthropology and I was I went to grad school for anthropology. I was studying human behavior, human evolution. And then right after that I started work in museums and I actually was working at the field museum in collections, actually in entomology. So I was surrounded by insects and that's actually where I received my amazing professional photography training. I was actually taking micro photography of really, really tiny insects and really tiny snails as part of the field museums work towards digitizing all of their collections.

Melissa Dusette: 05:55 And you know, digitizing these collections with all of these professional photography tools that we had there. It allowed, you know, researchers all over the world to download these amazing photographs and actually, you know, proceed with their research without actually having to see the actual specimens of the insects and collections, which obviously helps them. It helps us because we didn't have to, you know, have wear and tear on our specimens and you know, all of that, all of that was awesome and I really loved what I was doing, but I was really taken by the photography aspect of it. And after that I moved to LA and I got a job at the natural history museum and the Libria tarpits and I became their branding person in the lab. So I, in my, in my official job title, you know, I was working on their collection.

Melissa Dusette: 06:56 I was taking photographs and everything, but I was also picking up some of their Twitter work. I had my own hashtag tarpits Melissa. And, and I just became really fascinated with how, how a company kind of brands themselves. And, and along that journey I also realized that all of this amazing background information I have in anthropology has kind of fueled me and steered me to see things with this different, different lens. Right. and then flash forward a couple of years I ended up moving to Ann Arbor with my family and I picked up my camera again and I started the, the, you know, regular family photography slog, you know, trying to get clients, you know, there's 60,000 family photographers in the area, you know, really hard to set up a reputation as a new photographer when you moved to a new city. All of those challenges.

Melissa Dusette: 08:05 And then I just kind of had an epiphany and I was at home with my toddler still at home with my toddler and my day job. Currently, I'm obviously not at museums with my toddler. My current day job is in marketing and I am actually doing branding and a logo design and social media strategy and all of these things during my day job. And I realized, wait a second, this thing's, these things all go together. And I have a unique background in photography. I learned in a very technical, precise way. And I also have this unique kind of human lens in which I see people and I see the world because of my background in academics. And then I kind of folded that into the marketing that I was doing and I realized that not only should I be getting into personal brand photography, but that I may be uniquely suited to kind of help people understand these basics of marketing that maybe they wouldn't really have undertaken before. Cause I know, I know I talked to a lot of photographers and I talk about marketing and their eyes get as big as quarters. And then maybe just start breathing a little heavily. And, and I just, I just want everybody to know that it's, it's not that complicated. But I do think that it's important to learn some of the aspects of that if you want to get into branding. Photography.

Raymond: 09:41 Yeah. So like you said, marketing is one of those things that people either love or they hate. And it seems like you know, a lot of people who I talked to hate it because it is very scary. You know, you're not formally educated on this stuff. And I'm really excited to talk about that, but I'm also, I, before we get to that, I really want to kinda expand more upon those early days of, of your photography journey. Because I mean school for anthropology, like this is what you went to school for. And typically when people go to school for that, it's like they have this idea that this is what I'm going to do for the rest of my life. And then you got in there, you were handed a camera to document, you know collections if that's the right word, and then you fell in love with this new thing. Tell, talk to me a little bit more about that. What was it about photography that made you think, like, you know what, the past few years of education was good and all, but I really loved this thing.

Melissa Dusette: 10:42 Well, so the field museum itself is my favorite place on earth. I still walk in the door every day. I walked in the door, I had this big smile plastered on my face. But as I was kinda going through the day to day of it, I realized that there's a lot of work to be done in collections, but it's not where the field is going. The field is going towards digitization because we're living in this interconnected world that's only becoming more and more connected. Right. and I was sitting, I was stationed at this $90,000 photography station, right? Doing stacks of photos with this amazing camera. And I had this amazing photography teacher who was teaching me all of these very technical things. And I, it's like my brain got into sewn. And I think just something about photography really resonated with my, not specifically my interests but with my personal personal style of my workflows with my the way my brain works, processing tasks, you know, I would sit down and start processing all of these images and like six hours had passed.

Melissa Dusette: 12:12 And I just found that that was really efficient, that, that I just have an innate understanding that made my work a little faster. And I really got to enjoy that and I think that's what really resonated with me at first. And caught my attention that, Hey, I really, really am enjoying this photography thing. And then when I moved on to the tar pits in, in LA, that kind of became my choice and I brought it up to them. And they said, absolutely, you know, if you want to take photos, take videos, go for it. You know, we'd love that. And, and I was really happy doing that too. And when I moved to Michigan and I had my toddler then it was boom photography. Obviously I had this little little person running around me for inspiration, you know? And I found that myself taking photos every day and I think it was at that point that I really, really fell in love. So first I kind of felt like I had this, it worked really well with my brain and then kind of after the fact when I got here, I realized that I really love doing it and now I really, what I really love doing is realizing that I have this unique perspective that I can teach others and I really am starting to really love that aspect of it too, you know?

Raymond: 13:46 Yeah, of course. Of course. Yeah, I completely understand that. So when you first, when you first were given access to this large table of photography, right? Like all this great equipment. Yeah. You said that it was a very technical skill to learn and you right, when it comes to photography, some people get overwhelmed math, lots of numbers, inverse, square law, like all these things. Right. For you, what would you say was something that you struggled with most to understand?

Melissa Dusette: 14:21 I think for me, I was obviously not taking pictures of human subjects. And so my challenges were a little different as I was learning the industry and the tools as, as opposed to a lot of people. But I was really struggling, I think the most with focus, honestly. And, and even when, you know, we had our, our Canon Mark, you know, sitting up on this, this really ornate stand and I'm taking these photos that are going to be stacked together to take this image of this fly or something, I realized that focus was such a huge, huge part of, of the importance of photography, but also one of the trickiest to learn because you pick up any other photo or any other camera, or you pick up your iPhone and it'll just automatically focus it for you. And I think a lot of times you can take that for granted and you think to yourself, this is just going to be easy. I'm just going to focus it. I can see that it's focused, you know? And then later I look at my picture on the computer screen and I what happens, right. And, and honestly, it's something that I w I still work on. It's something that I still work on it. I think it's probably my technical, gosh, why don't I have that yet? Kind of, kind of challenge that I still work on.

Raymond: 15:53 So when you were focusing, let's go back to that fly example saying that you're doing a stack just so that, I don't know if things are different in the museum world, but just are you saying that you were taking like multiple photos at different focusing distance to be able to edit together so that the whole photo appeared in focus?

Melissa Dusette: 16:11 Yeah. So these, these, these insects were, you know, millimeters in length, right. And width. And we were taking I'm trying to remember 30 to 50 photographs of every insects. Wow. And we just had this, I forgot what it was. I forgot the stacking program that we were using the name of it. But you program it in you program in the size of the insect or S or whatever it is. You're digitizing and then it will automatically step the camera down for you just incrementally and automatically boom, boom, boom, boom, boom. Yeah. And then you just automatically get a folder of images that almost look the same, but in, at the very end of it, you know, the bugs head is in focus and at the very other end of it, you know, his legs are in focus. So it was amazing to see how it all worked together.

Raymond: 17:09 So when, when did you first start using the camera on, like you said, human subjects?

Melissa Dusette: 17:17 I would say kind of formally as, as a photographer. I started, it was 2013 that I started that.

Raymond: 17:26 So how long after after all of this training to figure out how to insect bugs where you now taking the camera in front of people?

Melissa Dusette: 17:35 It only took about two years. Yeah. About two years for me to get myself comfortable with the focus scene and all of the other technical aspects of it. And then I started bringing it over and photographing people. Yeah. And I love, the other thing I love doing is photographing kids. That's my other love.

Raymond: 17:58 So obviously going from a stationary camera to now having to move the camera around with you, especially with a moving subject such as kids. Did you find that you had to completely relearn how to focus or was there another aspect that was even more challenging to understand?

Melissa Dusette: 18:14 When I moved from photographing bugs to kids, the biggest change was lighting because now I didn't have this stationary light that automatically shot down for me. These kids were not only outside and varying shade and sun environments and different weather, but they were running around themselves, you know. And I think that was definitely the biggest change. Focusing I, I was still okay on but, but I think the lighting was the biggest change. Raymond: 18:49 Yeah. Do you have any tips for anybody who's listening right now who may also struggle with the, with the lighting when photographing their kids?

Melissa Dusette: 18:58 I think take, take, take more photos than you think you're going to need. I always shoot on continuous when I'm photographing kids. And also make sure you look at their faces and try to catch them. I love when it's cloudy outside. To me, that's my perfect lighting environment because they don't have to squint. There's no harsh light on their faces. But if you can't and it happens to be a sunny day or you have some harsh light in your environment, I would make sure that the sun is behind them.

Raymond: 19:37 Gotcha. Good, good, good. So then their faces free of any harsh light, directly

Melissa Dusette: 19:42 Free of harsh light and they're not squinting. And, and also if you're taking pictures, make sure you if you're taking pictures underneath trees, you want to make sure you do a double check that you don't have patches of leaf shade, you know, kind of modeling their faces. Yeah.

Raymond: 20:01 Right. That's a good tip. That's a good tip. So let's go ahead and kind of shift into a branding photography, right? Sure, sure. Let's start off with just the most basic question, which is, what is branding photography and why is it, why is it important?

Melissa Dusette: 20:15 Yeah, that's a great question. So to even kind of back it up even more personal branding in general as just basically the way you present yourself mostly online, but as a person, as an individual or as a business it, it encompasses, you know your style, your personality what you do, what you stand for. And it also stands for your passion and, and also stands for what your goal is. Basically. personal brand photography as a niche is getting very, very popular right now. It's just, it's, it's as big up and coming thing because everybody is going digital. More and more people are working remotely. More and more people are working freelance or contractor gigs or side gigs, side hustles. And you are becoming more and more your own company, your own element, your own person.

Melissa Dusette: 21:28 And so it becomes more and more important to curate the image of you based on your goals and who you are. And one of the most important aspects of personal branding and personal brand photography is to know who you want to attract with those images. Now when I have a personal branding client and let's say they're like a small business and they want personal branding images one of the biggest things I'm going to sit down with them and talk about is who is their ideal customer? And even for an individual, you want to think, you know, am I looking for a job? Do I need to curate myself for my LinkedIn profile? Do I need to curate myself on my Instagram feed? And what exactly am I saying about myself? Do I want to communicate to people that I'm professional or trendy or an artist? Or that my passion is saving animals, you know, whatever it's going to be. It's kind of the distillation of all those important elements of your identity into this visual format that communicates that. And personal brand photography takes all those elements for a client and sets up images that convey all those image convey is all of those elements. But for a particular audience of the clients to achieve, you know, a sales goal or more business or more brand awareness or whatever it becomes.

Raymond: 23:08 You know, I had never, never done any sort of like personal brand photography or anything like that. But I think just very recently there was that, what was it, the wasn't a challenge but the whatever, like the Dolly Parton challenge or whatever where it was like, you know, here's what your profile picture would be for Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, and then Tinder or whatever it is. And it was something that you just said there that made me realize it was like, the reason why those photos are different is because your audience is different. The people who you're talking to is completely different. And and yeah, just just made me think about that cause I, I would always think like, to me, I would I, I had always had this idea of like, well, if you keep all of your you know, profile pictures like the same, then there's some sort of like brain consistency there. But it makes sense to think about who it is that you're trying to attract. You know, are you trying to attract clients or are you just trying to look trendy? On a, on Instagram. Yeah. That's very good. That's very good. So so that brings me to my next question, which is how is personal brand photography different than just a traditional portrait session or even a headshot?

Melissa Dusette: 24:25 Yeah, yeah. A traditional portrait session is gonna sit you down or set you up wherever you are. And the goal is to get good images of you as a person. It's not really set up to convey any kind of message. It's not set up to have any external forces of viewing it for any specific goal. It's just, and another way to phrase it, you know to make you look pretty, which is a fantastic goal and lots of people want it. I have family portraits made, you know, it's kind of just a way to memorialize something in time, right. This is what my family looked like and 2019, you know, and that's, that's awesome. A head shot is used mostly in businesses and acting obviously, but it's, it's created as a more of a closeup of your facial features and your smile on your expressions and kind of get a sense of your physical, your physical your physical facial features and the way you emote.

Melissa Dusette: 25:45 Now with personal brand photography. Usually the camera is back to way out from there and it's going to capture it's going to capture you in different outfits that talk to your customers. It's going to capture specific elements of your personality that you want to communicate to customers. It's also going to be shot in lots of different locations that may or may not be unexpected, but that's also to kind of communicate to your customers. So I took one of my hashtags is, is no more coffee shop photos. A coffee shop photo is not a good branding photography photo. You know, a person sitting at their desk, at their computer, not a good branding photo, you know, be a

Raymond: 26:40 Good branding photo for a, now I know that, that what we're talking about here is kind of more framed around photographers offering this as a service rather than photographers getting them this done themselves. But let's say what would be a good branding? A photo for a photographer like us

Melissa Dusette: 26:56 For a photographer. Yeah. Yeah. There are lots of different things you could think about. Let's say just for our example, you're a photographer who's looking for personal brand clients, right? So let's say that's our goal and that's what we want to attract. Let's say we want to attract small businesses or individuals wanting personal brand photography, right? So a picture of us in our head just holding our camera, it's going to communicate that we're photographers, but it's not going to communicate a lot more about us. And what we'd really like to communicate is what makes us different. Yeah. So what keeps, what sets us apart in our industry and what sets us apart as a person. So for me, I think of myself as kind of a quirky quirky and fun kind of informal photographer. And so maybe I would photograph some kind of unconventional person and have someone take a picture of me photographing them.

Melissa Dusette: 28:13 So you see kind of see it in action or in this, in, in whatever kind of of environment. You could also take a picture in someone's favorite place in their city. So let's say, let's say, you know, you could catch, catch me at the field museum with my camera. You could take a picture of me taking pictures of something in, in the collections area, you know, and, and something like that. Obviously it's still taken a picture of me taking a picture, but it's communicating more about who I am, what's it's most important to me. Also, you know, let's say you as a photographer, you do donations or you serve serve on the committee of some community service organization. You know, you could go there and take pictures, have pictures taken of yourself, kind of serving those people in those purposes.

Melissa Dusette: 29:17 You don't even need to have your camera in the image to communicate that you're a brand photographer, you know, just kind of giving people a sense of who you are and what you stand for because people don't look you up. They don't hire photographers after they read who you are at text. They like to hire real people. And that's key is, is you want to communicate that you're a real person. You're not just a person with a camera. You are your own person with your own interests, your own strengths, your own passions, your own understanding of the world and your own, your own take on personal brand photography and what makes you different with personal brand photography.

Raymond: 30:06 Yeah. Interesting. I'm thinking about my website right now and it's a pretty text heavy and I'm thinking that I could probably have some more photos rather than, you know what it is that that makes me who I am and my brain is really going right now.

Melissa Dusette: 30:19 Well, it's good to kind of give people a sense of who you are. I mean, that's kind of what, that's kind of how Instagram has, has become so popular with photographers. Not only can you give, show people that images that you're taking, but you can show people who you are and what makes you different. And that's, that's kind of what we see too when you look up Instagram influencers and it obviously doesn't have to be all done on social media. You know, you can use these kinds of images to communicate who you are and what you stand for. You know, on your websites, you can use them in print materials videos for all your kinds of marketing deliverables. These kinds of images will show up and speak to your customers over and over and over again. And they're not just going to glaze over and say, okay, this is a personal brand photographer, but I'm not sure why I need to hire them over someone else. You know? So you use the image and you use your text to compliment that. But over and over again, it's, it's always shown that people will pay more attention to faces than they will to just text. And you want to show them who you are and what you stand for.

Raymond: 31:40 I like that. Yeah. Yeah, yeah, yeah. I like that. I got to take a more pictures of meat and tacos, I suppose. Put those on my way.

Melissa Dusette: 31:48 Yeah, that'd be great. And then we know who more about who you are, you know. Okay.

Raymond: 31:51 As long as there's no cilantro, I am all about tacos. That

Melissa Dusette: 31:54 And your rep in your Dodger shirt, you know, now we know that you have some kind of connection with LA that's important to you. It's part of who you are.

Raymond: 32:03 Yeah, absolutely. Absolutely.

Melissa Dusette: 32:04 What makes you different and unique?

Raymond: 32:07 Previously that was just texts on our website, so I'm definitely going to have to update that and [inaudible] I like this. This is fun. Yeah, that's fine. So when you so when you're going to a personal branding photo shoot, when you go into that session, what is it that you're, what is it that you're trying to get? What are you looking for at that shoot to know that you nailed it?

Melissa Dusette: 32:28 So my work with personal brand, personal brand photography it doesn't start at the shoot. I always always have a consultation first and I always ride in my contracts. You have to show up and participate in the consultation. Otherwise the quality will decline and I'll end up taking a picture of you in a coffee shop because I won't have an opportunity to know anything about you. Right. so in my consultations with my clients, I take them out to coffee, always buy your clients their coffee ask them in their email what kind of coffee do you like and then have it waiting for them at the table when they show up. Because these are small business owners or they're solo entrepreneurs, they're nervous. They may not even know the answers to any of your questions. They don't know what questions are going to ask them.

Melissa Dusette: 33:28 They're nervous because they may only have $500 in their business account and they may be giving you most of it for these pictures. They may not even know exactly how to use yet. And a big part of this is making them feel at ease by showing them that you're confident and that you want to get the best pictures that you can from them. And part of the consultation that I do is talking to my client about their business, getting them to talk and kind of in a backwards way answering all these questions for me. Who are you? What are you passionate about? Who are your ideal customers? If you could speak to one ideal customer, you know, what's their age, what's their demographic, what do they do for a living? What's like one TV show or store or movie that they love, you know, kind of fill out what I call an audience persona for them and kind of keep that in the back of my mind.

Melissa Dusette: 34:33 I'm also in my consultation, I kind of make sure I align all of this with them, make sure I'm getting it all right, this total understanding of who they are. And a lot of times my clients will be like, Oh, that was amazing. I didn't even know any of the answers to those things until you made me kind of talk about it with you. Because they're just going the daily grind doing what they're best at. They're not thinking about these kinds of things, although they know the answers, you just have to pull it out of them. Yeah,

Raymond: 35:07 I like that. I like that. That definitely makes the the session a lot more interesting, a lot more fun while you're there and you know, gets him to loosen up for sure.

Melissa Dusette: 35:16 It's really a win win for all parties because on their end you're making them feel like they're not wasting their time, they're feeling confident in your abilities and they're feeling confident in the shoot that's going to be coming up for them. But it's also going to benefit you as a photographer. You're going to be able to take higher quality photos, which is going to get you repeat customers when they see the photos and they want to sign again. But it's also going to be beneficial to you because you can use these higher quality photos in your own website and your own portfolio to attract even more new customers. And so it's really the biggest, biggest thing I could say is don't ever, ever skip a consultation with your clients. Even if it has to be just over the phone. Please make sure you get a sense of who they are and what they want, and also get a sense of, of how they want to use these. Are they totally afraid of social media? Are they looking to do this whole social media campaign around it? Are they just needing shots for their website? You know, get a sense of their overall goal for how they want to be using these pictures. Because that's also going to help you kind of plan out the right photos for this.

Raymond: 36:36 Yeah. Yeah. So I'm in, right? I'm thinking to myself like, all right, this sounds great. I would love to network with more small businesses here locally in Indianapolis. I would like to form more of those relationships and I'd like to help them out so that they're not just getting cell phone photos. What's that first step? What was the first step for you? Can you tell me about your first paid personal branding client? You know, how did, how did they find you nervous? How did it turn out?

Mid Roll: 37:03 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond: 37:28 So, Oh my gosh there's so much there to unpack, but as somebody who's who's had to work with social media before, obviously for, for my photography business as well as the podcast, I'm telling you, like my brain is just going in a million different directions right now with, with somehow like with a lot of clarity. Like, why did I never think of this? This is so easy. This is so fantastic. And again, I'm seeing as as you're having clients, right? How valuable that would be because I'm thinking of myself, if somebody did that for me, I cannot tell you how valuable that would be and how much it would help. Any business owner. So that is great too. You know, you sharing that gets me excited to be able to implement something and then give it to somebody else, another small business owner. So

Melissa Dusette: 38:19 I mean, you think about your, you think about your, your Instagram account and the photos that you've gotten the most engagement and likes and comments on, I can almost guarantee they're going to be the ones that have tugged on someone heartstrings where you told a story that was emotional,

Raymond: 38:35 Not even about the photo, not even about the photo.

Melissa Dusette: 38:37 It doesn't even have to be about the photo. It can correspond with the photo. But when, when you communicate something emotionally to your ideal customers, you're going to get by far the most engagement and attention.

Raymond: 38:49 Oh. And you broke it down. So, so clearly. I'm so excited to, I hate to say this, I'm so excited to hang up with you so that I can get to cause that is great. So again, Melissa, thank you for sharing that.

Melissa Dusette: 39:00 Marketing marketing can seem kind of scary. I mean we're all artists and as, as photographers and marketing is obviously not an art. It's something that people go to business school for. But in the end it's very human because it is just kind of a study of the human subconscious and how we respond to things in our environment. And when you think about it, the good thing is that when you think about it and you learn these kinds of fundamentals, it always makes sense and you think, Oh yes, you know, that does make sense. And you always have yourself to use as an example.

Raymond: 39:35 And that's exactly where I'm at right now. That's exactly where I'm at right now. Yeah. So again, again, thank you for that. That was so good. Yeah. Thinking back to maybe some of the other photographers listening the theme of the podcast for this year is make, do, make more, do more and make, do just with what you got because it's probably better than what you would imagine. Can you maybe in your, in your trainings or working with with other photographers, share where photographers miss this idea? Does that make sense as a question?

Melissa Dusette: 40:13 You mean like mistakes that they make or

Raymond: 40:17 I guess, let me rephrase. Can you think of a time where you've simply just had to make, do with, with what you had?

Melissa Dusette: 40:25 Yeah, yeah. I have had to make, do I have been put on the spot many times

Raymond: 40:35 Including right now. I apologize for this.

Melissa Dusette: 40:37 Okay. I know as a photographer I had been put on the spot a lot of times and really bad lighting and environments and just expected to create these amazing photos. Of course. Yeah, of course. I probably, it's probably the story of everyone's life, right?

Raymond: 40:55 How many people are still struggling with it? So I'm excited to hear.

Melissa Dusette: 40:59 And it is a struggle. It's, it's very, very difficult and and so I think you just have to keep going. You can't stop, but you can also communicate with your clients. Communication can be really amazing. Nobody expects you to be perfect if you don't have the right resources and tools because you are a technical artist. If you get put on the spot about lighting as I have

Melissa Dusette: 41:28 Anyways, this is how I handled it. I went up to my client and I, I just want you to notice that this lighting stinks in a nicer diplomatic way. I want you to notice that you see spots all over my face from the leaves and I want you to know that I'm going to continue it to shoot you. Just like we agreed, just like I promised. I'm going to do my best to work around the shadows and the lights, but I also want you to know if these come back and you don't like them, we're going to plan for another time. And that's just something that I do. If it's not right, I'm just going to do it again. It's going to take another half an hour of my time, an hour of my time. That's fine. Because most important is that the customer is happy and they get something that they love.

Melissa Dusette: 42:20 Looking at, whether it is portrait photography, whether it is personal brand photography, you know, you don't always have control of your environment and your conditions. You can't always bring your lighting with you. You know, and sometimes you have to work on the spot. It's kinda like being on stage and like your pants start to fall down. You have to keep going. You just have to keep going and you have to keep going because sometimes you'll go home and look at your camera and you will have gotten this amazing shot that you would have never have gotten if you didn't just keep going.

Raymond: 42:55 Yeah, that's a good point. Yeah. I'm thinking of a time where, where that exact same thing happened to me. Now that you said something or I get home and I'm thinking the whole drive home, Oh, that didn't work out like they're going to, they're going to figure it out. I'm a fraud. Like, this is not, I get home and I think to myself, wow, these these turn out better than I expected and a Tibet. Great. And yet you're right. You know, if you just push through it, you don't let that that moment in that moment you don't just give up going to exception, you're going to grow,

Melissa Dusette: 43:25 You got to push through it and you got to communicate with your client. I know it's different with wedding photography because you don't get a redo in the same way that you could get a redo with a family portraits. So there's a lot more pressure there. But I think just communicating that and thinking outside the box, you know, well, this lady in sex, okay, well what's a different, what's a different kind of picture? I can't take that. We'll work with this lighting. Yeah. Maybe I can zoom in on something. Maybe I can crop something out. Maybe I can jump on top of the counter and take a picture from a different perspective. You know, just thinking outside the box with the challenges that you have, but always keep going.

Raymond: 44:08 I love it. I love it. So when it comes to I'm thinking back to portraits here, cause this is really the, the, the, the closest thing that I can relate the two. But when it comes to portraits, there's, you know, there's environmental portraits, natural light portraits, there's posed, there's candid portraits. Are there different types of personal branding photography as well? Or does it all fall under one umbrella?

Melissa Dusette: 44:32 It generally falls under one umbrella. And that's another thing that you'll probably want to distill down with your client if they have a preference, you know? And it also depends on what stories they're gonna they're going to share it with everybody. You know, obviously you can't take a lot of posed photos if you guys are all going to the animal shelter and feeding dogs for the day, you know, or whatever it is that you're going to do. But I find that most in general, I can try to promise a mix of both. And P 90% of the time, people always love the candid shots more.

Raymond: 45:10 Yeah. Yes, absolutely. Especially for something like Instagram where it already feels personal, it's hard to to force that that posed perspective on it.

Melissa Dusette: 45:20 And when you're trying to communicate and connect emotionally with a customer to achieve a goal, you want to make sure you stay genuine and you look genuine. And when you're posed, it's really hard to look genuine or a lot more difficult that still look like you're a genuine real person, you know? Then when you just catch someone, just catch them being in their element, being who they are. You know, there's nothing more genuine than that. And that's what people love and connect with and makes them pick up the phone or email you or book you however else they want to book you because they like you. You know?

Raymond: 46:00 So this, this will be my last question cause I know that we've we've gone over time and I want to be you know, mindful of your time, but how w w what's action step number one, where should the listeners, how should they get started?

Melissa Dusette: 46:16 How should you get started? I would start coming up with a list of, like I said, all those people that you make appointments with. Start thinking about people you can talk to about the possibility of personal brand photos. You know, and this is always the best way to kind of come up with your portfolio but also get some good practice in and also get some good practice. And talking about brands because talking about brands isn't a skill that photographers naturally have, right? But like I said, it's of extreme importance and personal brand photography for, for the obvious reasons. So start with that list and think it through and then also try to brush up on the, the, the elements of content marketing. You know, there's all kinds of resources all over the web for content marketing, but if you can get a grasp on some of the basics, it's really going to help you out. And I know that it's not our job to be marketers, it's not our job to do marketing for our clients. But like I said, it's a win win for everyone when you can use the foundation of marketing to plan your photos and get those photos back to you in a higher quality. So more people see that you have a better portfolio than your competition down the street who takes coffee shop photos.

Raymond: 47:45 Yeah,

Melissa Dusette: 47:46 Right. It can only benefit you. So that's, that's what I would say. That's where those two things I would start with.

Raymond: 47:54 Well, I don't normally ask this, but I still feel like I'm not a hundred percent versed in this topic. So is there anything that I didn't ask you today that you want to make sure that the listener knows about branding, photography?

Melissa Dusette: 48:08 Mmm. One thing that I need to make sure everybody understands about brand new photography is that you have to give all of the rights to your clients. And it, it's kinda hard for photographers sometimes because you always have control over their images. You have copyright control over all your images when you're a portrait or wedding photographer, any other kind of photographer, we have to learn to let go of that because you're creating you're creating marketing collateral for someone else and it belongs to them. They can do whatever they want with it, and they may not listen to you and do something you told them not to do. They may make disastrous written text on Instagram and put your photo up there or put a bad filter on it. You have to let it go because none of it belongs to you. And you have to make sure you write that in your contracts too. There's no attribution required for personal brand photography because you're creating something for another business. Right. And you don't own any of that. And that's, that's a big difference. And that can be a hard pill to swallow for some photographers. So it's also something to kind of wrap your head around and that's a big difference. Yeah,

Raymond: 49:34 Yeah. Or, yeah, I can imagine as a wedding photographer, I'm trying to think of how that would yeah, just guys, my, a, it's peaked my interest. But I mean I think you laid it out pretty well that, that does make sense. It's not, the intent isn't the same with a wedding photo is it is for a, for a personal brand photo what Melissa, I have to say thank you so much for chatting with me today. Everything that you did. I'm excited to look into this more and you know, possibly even implement this into what it is that I'm doing and I'm sure that some of the listeners are thinking the exact same thing. So if they want to learn more about personal branding photography, can you please share with us where we can find you and more about you online?

Melissa Dusette: 50:18 Yeah, sure. I am on social media mostly on Facebook. At golden will photo. I'm also on Instagram and Pinterest and YouTube. My website is golden Wolf, photography.com. And from there I have a free definitive guide to personal branding that you can download and that's got a really good primer for what personal branding is in general. So I, I recommend you check it out. I also have a personal branding consultation key for photographers that kind of lays out all of the elements I kind of touched on for the consultation and its importance. And all of the marketing that goes into that with marketing strategy. I have that for sale as well. That's a go dot golden Wolf, photography.com/consultation. So

Raymond: 51:17 Perfect. I will of course add links to everywhere in the show notes for this episode. But again, thank you so much for sharing everything that you did. It's been a real pleasure.

Melissa Dusette: 51:27 Yeah, me too. Thank you so much. And if anyone has any questions, you know, you can always reach me by email, golden Wolf photo at Gmail and I'm happy to continue this conversation further.

Raymond: 51:39 What an interview with Melissa. Oh, Melissa, if you're listening right now, thank you so much for sharing everything that you did and being an open book. This was, this was something that you know, it's a world that I am not familiar with and you really broke it down into some great, easy to follow steps. My biggest takeaway was it was, it was that it was that no matter where it is that you start what you went to school for, what you study and work towards where you're at. You can always start over and try something new like photography. I mean, Melissa went to school for something like, you know, like a real education. We're not talking like an arts degree here. We're talking a real education and she had found that, you know what, photography is something that I'm passionate about and I'm going to pursue that.

Raymond: 52:34 So once again, no matter what it is that you went to school for, where you're at right now, you can always try something different and start over really powerful stuff that I know a lot of people need to hear. So that's it for this week. That's all that I got. Right now I'm in San Antonio. If you're listening to this, I'm in San Antonio working on phase two of a feature that I am shooting that if you've been listening for awhile, you've been keeping up with and well technically I'm not right now because I'm recording this back home in Indianapolis, but by the time this goes out, I will be in San Antonio. So be sure to follow along on Facebook. I'm sure that I'll be posting updates in the Facebook group about what's going on down there if you want to check it out. So you can find that by heading over to Facebook and just searching for beginner photography podcast. You'll find the group right there, Khan in, join the conversation. So that's it for this week. Until next week, I want you to make, do I want you to make more, I want you to do more and I want you to make, do with the gear that you got because I promise you it's better than you think. All right, that's it. Talk to you soon.

Outtro: 53:40 Thank you for listening to the beginner photography podcast. If you enjoy the show, consider leaving a review in iTunes, keep shooting, and we'll see you next week.

BPP 189: Luci Dumas - Family Heirloom Photography

Luci Dumas has always been crazy about kids which is good because she’s been photographing them for more than 30 years. She’s a certified master photographer through the PPA and has won numerous top awards in local and national competitions for her beautiful photographs. Recently she has started sharing all of her years of experience as the host of The Profitable Photographer Podcast with Luci Dumas

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Luci got started in photography

  • Where Luci struggled most when learning photography and how she overcame it

  • Tips to get kids to slow down and listen during a shoot

  • How to make do with the gear you have

  • A tip listeners can use to take better photos of kids

  • The photogrpahy industry Luci sees is exploding

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How to double your income with one small tweak

  • How Luci manages working and having clients come in and out of her home

  • The biggest hurdle Luci had to overcome when transitioning from weddings to families

  • The power of being a trusted advisor

  • The perception of “custom”

Resources:

Pio 135 142 139 best swap flat.jpg
1606. wiese wedding  ready wall-075 - Copy. Luci Dumas 2018.jpg
Unity.jpg
Morning Impact_Luci Dumas.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00:00 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast. Today we're talking about creating family heirloom photography. So let's get into it.

Intro: 00:00:10 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast, a weekly podcast for those who believe that moments matter most and that a beautiful photo is more than just a sum of its settings, a show for those who want to do more with the gear they have to take better photos today. And now your host Raymond Hatfield.

Raymond: 00:00:28 Welcome back to this episode of the beginner photography podcast. I am your host Raymond Hatfield and today we got some great, great stuff for you that I'm really excited to get into. But first let me tell you about my week. It has been a crazy crazy week over here. We get this. A few, a few weeks ago we started to notice that our floor was getting a little warmer than normally. It was especially for the winter. It was a, it was quite strange. What we found out was we had a slab leak, so we had a water pipe that had broke under our house and was just letting out tons of hot water. All of our hot water which was of course warming our slab, making our toes nice and warm. Now, while this was nice to have a warm kitchen floor in the morning, it was obviously, you know, bad for the environment.

Raymond: 00:01:26 We were losing tons of water and you know, bad, just all around. So we had to get that fixed. I mean, this guy came in with a Jack hammer to break through our slab to try to find this thing. And it was, it was a whole wreck. But this whole process took several days. And as you can imagine, a lot of time, but we finally got it fixed. We have more warm water than we had before. But unfortunately our toes are cold in the kitchen in the morning. So, you know, you win some and you lose some. But on top of all of that, I also launched my newest course called light room one Oh one last week. And the response has been, there's been great. It's been more than I really expected. There are. Th there's just, I've learned so many myths about lightroom.

Raymond: 00:02:15 Out there that are just really stopping so many photographers just like you from creating incredible images and myths about like room light. You know, it's only for professionals or you can't start editing your photos until you know, you get it perfect in camera or have a top of align you know, new camera body or that you don't need light room if you prefer a natural look. And that has been one of the biggest things that has kind of caught me off guard because when you think about it, everybody wants a natural look, right? Everybody, every single person wants their photos to look, quote unquote natural. It just that we're all unique and see the world just a little bit differently. And what's natural to me, it doesn't look natural to you, but it's not about looking natural photos that come straight out of camera don't look natural.

Raymond: 00:03:10 It's a learning to edit or learning to edit is the ability to show the world how you see natural. So it's that on top of the incredible powers of keeping your ever-growing photo collection of images just meticulously organized which really makes light room the industry standard when it comes to editing and managing your photo. So in my new course light room one Oh one I take you from import to export and show you how to create a powerful photo editing workflow just so that you can spend less time really wondering what sliders do what and spend more time shooting what it is that you love. So on top of that, this core course to make the whole deal sweeter, I include six bonuses worth $632. Did you really? You have to see to believe. So anyway, if you want to finally master light room and create images that are incredible, I have a link to the course in the show notes of this episode that has a code attached to knock $50 off of the price.

Raymond: 00:04:15 And of course there's a full 30 day money back guarantee. So just head over to learn that beginner photography, podcast.com to find the new course light room one-on-one, or click the link in the show notes for more. And enrollment closes this Thursday, March 5th. If you're listening when this episode goes live, enrollment closes March 5th at midnight. So if you want to learn how to use light room, sign up for it now while it's still fresh in your mind. So today I talked to Luci Dumas. Luci is a photographer from San Diego who's been shooting families for 30 years. I mean, she is just a wealth of knowledge and inspiration. You're really gonna get a ton out of this interview and you're also going to get one of the best tips to photographing kids that I have ever heard. It's the exact opposite approach of what I would take in this situation.

Raymond: 00:05:10 You're going to have to hear it to believe it. And then as always, I also cut a portion of the interview out that is related to making money with your camera and save it just for premium members. So this week, premium members are in for a treat because they are going to learn how to double your income with one small tweak. I'm serious how Lucy manages working and having clients come in and out of her home. How and how becoming your client's trusted advisor will transform your business. So like I said, there's a ton of extra information in this one. So if you want to hear these moneymaking tips from today's guests, Luci and tips from past guests, then become a premium member by heading over to beginner photography podcast.com and click that premium membership button at the top of the page. So with that, let's get into this interview with Luci Dumas. Today's guest has always been crazy about kids, which is good because she's been photographing them for more than 30 years. She's a certified master photographer through the PPA and has won numerous top awards in local and national competitions for her beautiful photographs recently. She has started sharing all of her years of experience as the host of the profitable photographer podcast. Luci Dumas. Lucy, thank you so much for coming on the show.

Luci Dumas: 00:06:33 Thank you Raymond. I'm so excited. It was so great to meet you in person at the PPA expo and now we get to have a chat.

Raymond: 00:06:41 So I know, I know, I a few weeks ago well technically yesterday, but a few weeks ago when people are listening to this in the weird time zone of podcasts when I released that episode, I said how much fun it was just going out and actually meeting people who I have. You know, I oftentimes as a photographer was stuck behind the camera, you know, we're stuck behind or I'm sorry, stuck behind the computer and we don't really get to go out and meet people like we do as you would like a traditional, you know, nine to five day job or something like that. And going to a convention was something that I had never experienced before. I didn't know what to expect. It was and it was a absolutely incredible and being able to meet all of the fantastic people including you was just a, a was just a treat. So again, I'm super excited to talk to you today, but like I mentioned in the intro, you've been photographing for decades. So this month, 38 years this month, that's fantastic.

Luci Dumas: 00:07:42 No other job. No rich husband, never won the lottery. No inheritance Raymond: 00:07:49 All on your own. All on your own. So then why don't you go ahead and just let us know how, how did you get started in photography in the first place?

Luci Dumas: 00:07:57 Well, like a lot of people, I've always been an artist at heart and it is a preteen. I got a camera that actually the film was, I don't, I don't know what the millimeter was, but it was a pretty nice big black and white size. Do you know what I'm talking about? It was like a brownie or something, you know, before they started shrinking, shrinking, shrinking. So I always had a camera and I didn't photograph a lot because affording the film and the processing was difficult. And then I was on a date with, it was an out of town boyfriend and we met halfway between and he bought a Canon AE-1 when I was in my twenties. And I took, I helped him figure out how to load the film and a few images that I took on camera versus my, you know, little cheapy thing.

Luci Dumas: 00:08:58 It just blew my mind. And I realized I could afford a camera and I probably could figure out how to use it. I was always a timid dated by the, you know, the technology, but when they came out with auto, you know, ability to set the shutter speed and it picked the aperture so I didn't have to learn everything right up at first. It just changed everything. And I had another little business in the airport in San Diego, the recession hit and my contract is canceled. And you know, that like the magic eight ball w one of the things says all everything, all signs point to yes. You know, I kept, you know, what am I going to do now? And it, it was a man's world at the time. But I didn't let that stop me and you know, just went forward and a step at a time. I figured out how to make this work. And so I haven't had what I call a real job you know, in a whole bunch of years. So,

Raymond: 00:10:11 But listening are envious of that and the ability to go off and and do something like that. So before, before we get into the business that you had started and photographing children and families and weddings when you first picked up that camera, you know, you said that you got that one, you started taking photos and you were just blown away by how much better the quality was. Was there anything that you would say that you struggled with most when it came to the technical side of photography?

Luci Dumas: 00:10:43 Just understanding all the numbers and the concepts. Before we started this recording, I shared that flash photography is still kind of my nemesis. Luckily when I was doing weddings the there, there's a Vivitar two 85, where all I had to understand was full power, half power quarter and then dial in the purple, blue, red, yellow. And because film is forgiving, I do just made sure I had enough light but not too much. But some of the little like guide numbers and sometimes mixing a flash or off camera flash you know, those little things are just not my nature. And I learned them actually, I was surprised at how much of a technical brain I do have as this unfolded and I began to learn.

Raymond: 00:11:47 Really. So how would you say that you kind of overcame that? Was it just purely through practice?

Luci Dumas: 00:11:51 It's necessity. You know, if I'm gonna make a living at this, I've got to learn my craft. I've got to learn my equipment.

Raymond: 00:12:00 I think today we're at this point to where many people would say, well, why? Like, why don't, why do I even need to know flash? Like what's the point? D would you, did you have an option back then? Why if you, if you weren't comfortable with it, why pursue that I guess is my question.

Luci Dumas: 00:12:17 So in the wedding world, you have to have a flash. When I started the film we used was ISO 100 very slow. Yeah. And then they came up with decent 400 and so on a tripod at a ceremony, I could do F for it, for [inaudible] to get the ceremony. But you know, you can't take the whole wedding party outside in open shade to get family groups and all that. So it's, it's absolutely necessary in that world. As I built my photography business, I mean my, my baby and children's portrait business cause I did weddings for 12 years. Primarily I believe in the importance of focusing in one area because you grow faster and you gain more reputation, you get more traction. So about 2010 or about 10 years in, then I started growing a children's business and primarily focusing on natural light photography.

Luci Dumas: 00:13:27 But not because I didn't know what I was doing. And so I went outside and hoped for the best. You know what I mean? I'm a natural light photographer, but because I loved the quality and I love the simplicity of discovering how to find beautiful light. That's one of my one of my fortes. Something I love to teach people. I have a fun little class where I photographed my Barbie in it, you know, to illustrate. And it was amazing how she looked like she'd had a really rough night in pain, in bad light and looked like my new best friends in good light. And, and my Barbie was an olden where she had these shifty eyes or she's like looking off instead of looking right at you. So yeah. So I just love it. I love finding the light and it was, you know, a lot of your questions of how did I learn this?

Luci Dumas: 00:14:27 I've always been involved in the PR professional photographers of America. Go to week long classes every year. Probably been to 20 in my career where I spent a week with a small group and one photographer and one of them opened my eyes up. I, his name is passing me by. He's from. But I learned to see in a way that I hadn't before. And so at that point then I just saw light everywhere. Like one of my challenges with video interviews with anybody is that I'm always looking at the light. I see that bright light behind you. I see the light on your face. If I look at me, I think, you know, or re lit. Right. So it's like this noise in my head that never goes away, but it's great.

Raymond: 00:15:23 What do you think it was that you learned that kind of gave you that aha moment? Say again? What do you think it was that, that you learned, that gave you that aha moment you said during that course you walked away now being able to see the light. Why do you think that was?

Luci Dumas: 00:15:36 So there's two things. That well, one of the biggies that I love, love, love to share with people isn't the brightest part of a photograph becomes the subject. So I was including a lot of sky in things. And then when I looked at my work after this class, I was like, Oh, my eye is taken away from the person. And so from that point I remember doing a wedding shortly after the class and I would set my tripod, I would do my composition, I'd get the people in place, then I'd look through the lens and realize, Oh my gosh, too much sky. So then I'd move forward because that was Hasselblad, they were fixed lenses. So that was a biggie. And there just was something about this whole week of him pointing out the light and how to find it. That it's, it's like you know, the synapses in the brain, a little pathways grew to a point where now I can't unseat light as it falls.

Raymond: 00:16:50 Yeah. Yeah. Having that full week dedicated to learning just that one thing. I could see how that would be extremely helpful that

Luci Dumas: 00:16:58 I was on vacation. Just have to tell you this little story. I was on vacation. We, my boyfriend and I were driving through kind of farm country in Utah, East of salt Lake city. And later in the evening. And I go, Oh my gosh, Oh my gosh. And he's like, what, what, what? Look at the light on those cows. So, you know, cause then I could see that subtlety of the evening light and, and how it created texture and you know, I'll never forget the light on those cows.

Raymond: 00:17:31 Yeah. It's a weird thing, right. Something that only photographers would see. Somebody who's like somebody who can see that light.

Luci Dumas: 00:17:38 Yes. And, but once I get, cause I, you know, I'm always teaching people whether they want it or not. And so people around me, I love to help them see, see the light. One of the things I like about, I'm on my iMac and it's got a nice big bright screen. So I've got some nice directional light here. Whereas if I'm in my other computer in my chair, it's a whole different light pattern. So yes, I'm always, you know, looking for a good direction. Yeah. I'm always seeing it.

Raymond: 00:18:15 I love that. So then tell me about how this business of photographing, so okay, let me start back over. You lost your job at the at the airport, right? Yeah. So you knew that you had to make money somehow. Was it first weddings that you decided, I'm going to jump into this?

Luci Dumas: 00:18:34 So I always loved kids and I always loved weddings. I, I cry at cartoon weddings when I was five. My dad, who was a minister, photographed the richest person in our church. It was not a very rich church, but this one family, and I'll never forget the scene with the candles and the beautiful dress and there's a picture they gave my parents of me flying through the crowd with the bride and groom behind me. And you can see the joy on my face and and then kids are my thing. Always had as a little girl. I always had baby dolls and always I babysat even when I was way too young. I should not have been babysitting at that age. Maybe it was crying and it took me a long time to check the diaper. I never made much

Raymond: 00:19:33 Step number one. Yeah,

Luci Dumas: 00:19:34 Check the diaper. Don't try to feed it. But I tried everything. I, at the beginning, I did some trades with my gym for their ads and got to do studio work there. And that was fun. I did a little bit of product shot. I, there was a free newspaper that would hire me. It was health it was called holistic, holistic living news. So they'd send me on assignments to photograph somebody grounding wheat grass or, or mushrooms for our macrobiotic restaurants or just different things and they would pay me for every image that was used as well as on a session. And that puts some money in my pocket and helped me. I have had a friend who's very photogenic and for fun we built a portfolio and did some different things. But then when I began to think about the smart moves, I realized there is built in work with weddings.

Luci Dumas: 00:20:45 It is the easiest, if you like weddings, that is an easy path to get work and get some bigger money in your pocket without having to learn how to be a master salesperson, which you know, selling is my super power. But so I made the choice to specialize. Now if somebody came to me and wanted a baby portrait or family portrait, of course I didn't turn that down, but my marketing, my, there was no websites at the time. But my brochure how I promoted myself, the classes I took, you know, we were talking about attending conferences. So I would go to all the wedding classes so that I just grew, grew, grew, grew, both in terms of reputation and my own knowledge. You know, go to bed dreaming about weddings, waking up, thinking about weddings. I had an assistant that helped me a lot.

Luci Dumas: 00:21:47 And on the way home we'd always talk about, okay, what worked well with that? You know, what can we improve? How can we handle that problem before it happens? So all of that focus, I believe so strongly what you focus on expanse and that. So within three years I was like making a full time living actually sooner than that, but three years it was really solid. And the other thing, I'm a very natural networker. I'm always supporting people. If I like what somebody does, I tell everyone. And so it was very natural and easy in the wedding industry to get partnered up with other vendors because there are a lot of small businesses and, and when someone's getting married, they need a lot of small businesses. So referring, making friends and even getting to know who was a good photographer in San Diego and referring them when I'm booked, then they started referring me back. So you know, at all, I didn't know that, that, that I was doing things, you know, the way I now teach people in my coaching to grow their business. But just as a natural connector it and I love communities. I love to form communities and a lot of that was selfish because I knew if they were using my DJ, my cake maker, my videographer, my florist, the day went so much better. Yeah,

Raymond: 00:23:35 That's a good feeling, especially as a photographer to go in and know, you know, to have to have a good idea of how the day is going to go is always, is always extremely helpful. So when did transition come?

Luci Dumas: 00:23:46 When it from weddings to primarily children and family, I realized I was going to hit burnout, which I did. Honestly, I think I had about 10 years of PTSD after work when things are rough and it's especially in the film day where it's just the anxiety waiting a week to know if you got it, if everything were, I can't imagine one time my Hasselblad, one of the Leafs broke in the lens, but I didn't know it and luckily I was on a tripod. Well actually, I don't know if that helped me, but using natural light and I put it on a tripod. I've opened the shedder because that cuts down on a vibration shake. And then I'd, I'd walk into the walk, let's say to the bride and I'd fluff her hair or something. Well, when they got the pictures got back, there were streaks of me in my own foot grass.

Luci Dumas: 00:24:57 No was not good. It turned out okay. But yeah, anyway, things, so it's hard work. It's hard work. Physically. I was finding that instead of like, Sunday was always a recovery day where that adrenaline hangover and the physicality of it, you know, I kind of felt like mush when I found, you know, as I, you know, I'm not getting any younger. It would be two days before I would feel normal and I realized the time's coming. So I just started growing the children's business. I set up a studio in an apartment I have above my garage. I changed my ad in the yellow pages. I changed my marketing materials. I started telling people, you know, if somebody said, who are you, what do you do? I stopped saying, I'm a wedding photographer. Started saying I've photographed children, they're my, you know, kids that are my, my thing.

Luci Dumas: 00:26:02 And luckily it was a wide open field at the time. Why is that nobody else was doing it? Well, so if you think about it had been a man's world about 10 years in is when a wave of women started getting into the industry. And teaching dudes in general are not, no, actually, you know, NASA and all guys, but especially the men of my generation they know that they didn't strap their babies onto them, you know, and go for walks in the neighborhood, walking the dog. Like I see in my, you know, I see every day my, so there were people doing photographs of kids, but they didn't know what to do with newborns. For the most part, it wasn't their passion. There were really only two fine art photographers that specialized in children in San Diego. You know, there were the Olan mills, there were Sears, but that doesn't count.

Luci Dumas: 00:27:10 Right. So now where I see a similar opportunity is in pets. Pets. Really? Yeah. Because it's a specialty that is growing and there's like now kids are it's harder because in the digital age it's so easy to get a good photograph and get feedback and get better quickly. And you know, and many more women are in the industry. So it would seem natural to me that they'd photograph their kids and their neighbors and people say, Oh, that's great. And then they say, I'm going to do have a business with pets. It's just a little, it's more of a niche that hasn't been fully blossomed. And also interesting like weddings, there are lots of other vendors that are independently owned that serve the community. So there's networking opportunities. That's a good point. That's a good point out. That's something to think about. And let's, let's see, let's go back to that transition was just first of all just telling the world.

Luci Dumas: 00:28:25 And at the time I was working on my, my getting my craftsmen and master's degree in PPA. One of the ways that you do that is by speaking. And so I that two in the morning I wrote this program out about what it is, things that I know about children that maybe photographers don't. And so the program primarily is the seven or eight stages of childhood and what you can do at each stage and what you can't, like, why you can have clothing changes with an 11 month old and not a 13 month old. Hmm. Why is that? It's brain development is right about 12 months when they are getting, you know, strong enough to walk. There's something in the brain. And I had a a scientist tell him, a brain scientists tell me what it was. I don't remember, but there's something grows that is about independence and self identification. And that's when the, to me, that's when the terrible to start is it about 13, 14 months because it's their job now to start to say no and to so gotcha. Yeah, that's a great tip. And then the other part of the program is about the basic needs and how to address them in advance. And during a session, for example, they need to be comfortable. They need to be rested, they need to be healthy. If it's going badly, they might be scared or they might be bored or they might be too.

Raymond: 00:30:06 They might, yeah, they might. Yeah,

Luci Dumas: 00:30:07 They might be. They just might be too. A couple others. Healthy, sad, scared. Did I say that? Anyway, so I created this program and I started speaking about children and when I entered print competition, I entered primarily children's photography, both in my local state and national organizations. So and it just grew.

Raymond: 00:30:38 So tell me about some of those early struggles because I know for me, having two children, whenever I point the camera at them, they're kind of used to the camera because I always have a camera with me. But there's still this self-awareness that they get whenever the camera's pointed at them. So when it comes to kids and I guess specifically posing children, was that the hardest hurdle to overcome when transitioning from weddings to to working with children? You're shaking your head no. No. What, what was the biggest hurdle to overcome?

Luci Dumas: 00:31:11 So the reason it's not a hurdle is because kids are my thing and, and they know, like, they feel the love, they feel the acceptance right off the bat. And also I work on a tripod as much as possible. So

Luci Dumas: 00:31:32 I'm making faces at them. I'm having a relationship. I don't have a big black something or, you know, a phone in front of my face. They're seeing my face and responding and I, I just seem to have infinite patience. Now that being said, my neighbor kids who are like, my kids really hard to photograph them because like you said, it's just me and, and I don't, you know, when they'd be like, Hey, let's go in your studio, you know, take our picture. I wouldn't have made sure I had a nap. I wouldn't have my equipment in order. You know, like the, all the things I do to prepare for a paid session. We hadn't done that and I'd find myself, no, don't do it that way. And then I'd be like, Whoa, you know, I would never say that to a client's child. So, let's see. But back to hurdles or,

Raymond: 00:32:31 You know what, let's just talk about posing. I think that's one thing that, that, that a lot of people struggle with when it comes to kids because I feel like now there's really two schools of thought when it comes to photographing children. There is the, you know, the traditional posed, have them in like perfect controlled lighting, have the scene set, you know, camera on a tripod. There's that. But then there's also just like the lifestyle stuff, which is, Hey, cameras are good enough without a focus. I'll just shoot them as they play and then that will be that. Right? Those are two very different things. You specialize obviously in the, the, the post portraiture of children. You kind of shaking your head yes and no.

Luci Dumas: 00:33:11 Yes and no. When I do a session I do both. But what I do is I control the light, whether it's in the studio where I moved the lights so that when they're just doing what they're doing, the lighting's good. Or if we're outdoors, I don't just randomly chase him around areas where the light stinks. I, I'll get them in, let's say sitting on a bench together or something and I see the light is good and I also am able to get them positioned so that when they do whatever they do it's good angles.

Raymond: 00:33:53 What does that mean? What does that mean? Get them positioned so that when they do whatever it is that they're going to do.

Luci Dumas: 00:33:58 Okay. So if I'm going to do sort of a lifestyle let's say it's in a home if we were going to say, Oh, let's have them let's have them reading books together. So I'd find a place where the light was nice and I positioned the book and then let them mess around in that target rich environment. In terms of of the, the scene itself and the lighting or you know, Oh, let's have them eating breakfast. Well, I'd make sure that I'm positioned in their position. So there's a nice light and there's nice background while they're eating breakfast. Also I'm all about making the sale. I'm an in person sales kinda gal and I find that when someone's going to put their dollars down for something, they, even those, those Cannady type photographs and some are truly candid, they still want to be able to see their face.

Luci Dumas: 00:35:08 They still want their body parts to be, you know, placed in good things. They don't want, you know, hands in strange, like the composition still needs to be there for them to buy it. And they mostly buy ones where they can see nice, evocative, whether it's a smile or a tender moment where they can see the expression and experience that. One of the drawbacks for people who do let's say photograph and deliver, I'm not sure if shoot and burn is now considered, you know, proper or it's offensive. You know what I'm talking about?

Raymond: 00:35:52 Yeah. I don't think so.

Luci Dumas: 00:35:53 Okay. So one of the downsides with shooting burn is that you don't know what they would actually buy if given, if that was their choice. So you don't grow in terms of providing for your clients more and more images that they are thrilled with. Like they'll be thrilled over all, but you don't know if you're wasting your time, let's say at a wedding photographing the fork. Yeah. But if you're selling them photographs for an album, you'll see which pictures you're doing that are highly successful, which poses which feeling. So that being said, having, having sold, you know, a quadrillion zillion photographs and sat with clients to see what makes their hearts explode from joy. I know, I know, you know what people are going to love. Does that make sense?

Raymond: 00:37:01 It does. It does. And that has changed the way that you, did you, or I guess how much candid versus how much post photos that you, that you do. So when it comes to those posts, photos, what are the ones that people are putting their dollars down for?

Luci Dumas: 00:37:20 It, it really comes down to that the expression says something. I see so many pictures where people get everything in place. The design is good, the composition, the lighting kids are dressed great. And then the, they're dead in the eyes or not just dead in the eyes, but you know, that, that it's what I, for me, what I consider the before the moment photograph rather than that moment that you want to look at over and over and over again. Like the reason MonaLisa is so evocative is there is something in those 50 muscles in the face that has, that the painter has captured that as humans we read as feeling. And with her it's an intriguing feeling because it's not exactly clear what she's feeling. So we can tell lots of different stories. I mean, that's why I encourage like, people always want smiles but not cheese. That's the other reason I like little kids because they're pre preaches, never said that before, but it's easier for me to entertain them and get their attention and get them, you know, like you're listening to me right now. And so your muscles in your face are responding and your eyes are sparkling and attentive and you know,

Luci Dumas: 00:38:59 Those, those moments are well, so I listened to a program on master artists. One of them was [inaudible] and the other was Bernini. Okay. That it was a PBS show and both of them did.

Luci Dumas: 00:39:20 Did people and they were talking about what makes a successful photograph of a person. And especially like busts. If you've seen, you know marble busts of people is that the expression looks like either they just said something or they're just about to Speaker 4: 00:39:45 I never thought about that

Luci Dumas: 00:39:46 I know, isn't that right?

Raymond: 00:39:51 Yeah, it's weird. I've always just imagined somebody trying to stay as still as possible while somebody scopes out that marble. But when it's, when it's put that way, that makes it seem a lot more interesting.

Luci Dumas: 00:40:03 Yeah. Yeah. And so let's see, what was your question?

Raymond: 00:40:09 We're talking about the poses of kids that it is that you enjoy.

Luci Dumas: 00:40:13 So, so, you know, every age I have different, different poses that I know will work. So for talking about babies, one of the mistakes I see is they park a baby shoulder straight to the camera and feet out in front of them. So look how big my hands look. Yeah. And they kind of look like flippers and especially there'll be like this. So if you just turn that kid, bend their leg in when, and this is the sit and stay age is what I call it, which is seven to 10, 11 months where sure they're going to tip over, they're going to crawl away, but for a little bit or in the right chair, they'll sit. So the turns or the shoulders are turn and the faces to the camera,

Luci Dumas: 00:41:07 It's a much more pleasing photograph than when they're just, you know, legs out in front of them so they don't fall over. So it's those little subtle posing opportunities that I look for. If it's a toddler, I'm looking for either a way to elevate them so that they don't run away. Or one of my tricks is to have them, if we're outside try to push over a wall or a tree so they get sideways, their hands are fixed somewhere. We're telling them to push and then I get their attention. So I get an expression, I get their face, their body is in a good position. So I have all these tricks.

Raymond: 00:41:52 Yeah, that's a good one right there. I never, I've always wondered how, because it seems like I would never ever convince my three year old to just, you know, put your hands on a tree and like look like you're really posing. But yeah, push the tree over. Push the tree or, Oh, and by the way, just look at me real quick. Okay, perfect. It. Yeah.

Luci Dumas: 00:42:09 Well no, I don't say look at me. So that's the other thing with the toddler. No. the other thing with the toddler is at this stage of development, they are learning independence. And so if they know what I want and they are practicing saying no, that day I won't get anything. They'll never do what I want. So we never say go stand here and look at me. Do this mile. I have to earn it. So get them in place, push, push, push, and then I make a noise or I squeak or I, you know, I do something that gets their attention. I don't say, look over here, smile.

Raymond: 00:42:52 Right. But then at that moment, that's the, that's a decisive moment.

Luci Dumas: 00:42:56 Oh, where's the ball? Oh, there's a deck on my head. You know, something to get them looking. And that works. And the other part that I know a lot of people will resonate with in photographing kids. And this is fun to talk about this because a lot of my interviews we talk about making money and I, and that is certainly, you know, dear to my heart, but so is how to be effective photographing and especially kid is. So the other part that has to be handled as the parents and I tell them, I, you know, now I might say I'm the captain now, but basically I let them know I'm like, now the, the parent and I need to establish a relationship with your kids, get them to respond to me. So please don't repeat what I say because they'll wait to do what I want until you say it.

Luci Dumas: 00:43:59 And you won't say it at the moment. I need it. Sometimes if there's parents that are being too, we'll say attentive, I have them turn backwards. Oh wow. So they can't even see when it's a group UN, if you look at I know you're going to have a show notes and you're going to have pictures. So there, there's one if you decide to put it in, it's a big family group with lots of little kids. The hardest part in a group that has small children is to get the parents to keep their attention on me with a nice expression and not to look at the child

Raymond: 00:44:40 To make sure that they're looking right and doing what there's currently ruining the photos themselves and not the kids. Yeah.

Luci Dumas: 00:44:47 Right now with digital, now I can do head swaps. And by the way, one of the reasons I work on a tripod, especially with groups, is it makes head swaps so easy because you just open in layers and Photoshop, stack up everything, and then they all line up and you just do mass and your pain in the expressions you want whoever rather not do that. So I guide the parents. I say, here's the rules. I, unless I instruct you to pull the baby's fingers out of their mouth or catch the toddler. Do not look at them. Look at me. If you're looking at them to see if they're being bad. I say this a lot. If I've got to, I feel comfortable, then you're being bad. So then I can, you know, if they do it, I can be like, [inaudible] just keep looking at me. You love me. I'm, I'm,

Luci Dumas: 00:45:46 You know, I'm the center of your attention right now. So yeah, that is, that have only done reshoots twice of toddlers. One is when this Korean mom brought her mother and her aunts and her sister just to be there. Even though I was only photographing the toddler, I could not get anything because this child loves all those other people or than me. So I had her come back, just her and the baby and it went beautifully. Well, the other one where I offered an additional session and did it not in the studio because I knew then I could get the mom to be a little farther away was where the mom would, would not do what I needed because she's the mom, she knows best. And so where she could not surrender leadership to me and as a an orchestra conductor of 50 muscles in every phase, I need all, you know, I need to be the leader.

Raymond: 00:46:56 Yeah, yeah. Oh man. That all right there that past 10 minutes or so, it was just fantastic tips that I know that a lot of people listening who like to photograph children are going to take and implement that themselves. And if they don't implement it then, then that's on them because that was just pure gold. That was pure gold right there. But I kind of want to, they will, I want to go back because you talked about something interesting there, which was no, this was a few minutes ago, which was talking about, you know, revealing all the photos in person. Right. Doing that so that you knew what it was that your clients actually wanted and what it was that they you know, as you said, put their dollars down for. And when we met at imaging, you had told me that by simply being there with my clients when I reveal my work would essentially double my income. Yes. Can you tell me more about how and why that is?

Mid: 00:47:51 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond: 00:48:15 So yeah, again, thank you so much for for sharing all that insight for sure. I know that's, that's going to help a lot of people. And if just one person decided to start doing IPS, then then, then I know it was helpful and that's something that I've been thinking about for a long time. I just have all those mental, you know, reasons why I can't do it or, or won't do it, but

Luci Dumas: 00:48:34 Yeah. Okay. So if you could work for half as many clients and make three times as much.

Raymond: 00:48:40 Oh man, she sounds fantastic. What'd you get over those? Yeah, absolutely. Absolutely. Yeah. Anybody who says no is a liar for sure. Yeah. Yeah. So I want to talk about the photographers right now who are listening because oftentimes this whole, this, this whole thing ties into this, which is that oftentimes, you know, new photographers don't have the gear or the resources that most professional photographers do. The theme of this year for the podcast is make, do, make more, do more, and just make, do with what you got because it's better than you probably realize. Right. Can you tell me about a time where maybe you had to make, do with what you had to to get something to work.

Luci Dumas: 00:49:23 So I've always been a minimalist and had just what was necessary. Now it's necessary to have backups. They don't have to be the best in the world or as good as your main equipment. But if all things fall apart, you gotta have it. You can't be like, Oh, too bad my camera broke. Sorry about your wedding or, you know, any of the above. You don't, it doesn't look good. I'm in the studio. Like I, I don't spend money unless I know I can make that back unless it's a pure toy that I know is a treat. You know, I don't know a camera or a point and shoot or something that I know is going to be for fun, like upgrading to the newest iPhone. I wanted those three lenses. That was a treat. But yes, I always, when I go to trade shows, it's like, how quickly can I recover that?

Luci Dumas: 00:50:30 So I did, I do a lot of shopping for children's furniture at secondhand stores or antique stores that might also have some some things that are not expensive. So I don't just buy the newest, latest, greatest. I also will buy gently used certified equipment if I need a new lens or something like that. You know, didn't that, those Vivitar two 80 fives were like $85 when the fancy one that went with my camera was 300. So, you know, I, it just a mindset of I want the money in my pocket more than a fancy equipment. That being said, I will never make do with a PC anymore because too many bad ones. Huh? I need it. Well, no, because I just didn't ever, I just was never comfortable with the I dunno the whole, it just doesn't think like I knew,

Raymond: 00:51:40 I think like a Mac. Oh, I see. I see. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Yes. As a, as, as, as somebody who switched in high school. I completely understand. What it is that you're talking about for sure. So, yeah. Thank you.

Luci Dumas: 00:51:53 There used to be like I used to put a black stocking material or netting over the land. Like it used to be more D DYI. Oh yeah. Tricks and things to get an image that you wanted. Yes. Yeah. I love that. I'm also, time is money, so if something's going to take a lot of time to create, I, I rather go buy the thing cause I don't like yippee. I get to, you know, if I'm going to be crafty it's going to be for something artsy.

Raymond: 00:52:28 Yeah. Yeah. I like that. I like that. Okay. so as somebody who's been photographing children for so long, I'm sure that when you, you know, meet somebody and they, you tell them, you know, I photograph children or you were to tell them that I photograph children. I'm sure that one of the questions that you probably get asked the most is how, like, what's one thing that I can do to take better pictures of my kids?

Luci Dumas: 00:52:51 Have somebody else do it? No. so put them in good light. Figure out like you got windows in your home. Think of those as as soft boxes and see like if you're, if you turn your back to a window and have them face the camera, you're going to get nice light. Yeah, I do this when I'm training about this topic, I, I have people photograph the, where would Lucy sit assignment. And to imagine that there's a round table and Lucy's going out to dinner and she's going to pick where she sits and there's one, there's a big window. Where would she sit? So it depends. If I'm on a date and I want to look really cute, then I took, I face the window cause I'm going to get that really nice direct light. If I'm on a date with a friend, I want to look, I want them to look great so that I can enjoy their beauty. So I sit with my back to the window. If I'm with a photographer friend, we probably both sit sideways to the window so that we both have Rembrandt lighting.

Raymond: 00:54:17 That's hilarious. That little exercise that's so good because immediately in your head you can visualize what it would look like no matter where it is that that you've set.

Luci Dumas: 00:54:25 Right. That's great. That's great. And also the word smile, I think, I wish nobody ever told kids to smile because a real smile comes from the involuntary muscles around our eyes. And that pull up the corners of our mouth. We cannot enlist. We're models and well-trained like I can do it. You know, I, let's see. Okay, I need a minute. Now see, I'm still like fake. In the, in the right mood I can create a natural smile because I do something to warm my, my emotions and then it, it comes out through the eyes. Does that make sense? So when I say to kids, when you say smile that go like this, right? There's no response. When I'm like, Hey, are you married? Do you have a boyfriend or sing them a song or whisper something. They react emotionally and then I, I would have, it's good thing I didn't ever have to do this, but it would have been a good sharp shooter because I'm good at that anticipation of something and clicking right when, when the authenticity is revealed.

Luci Dumas: 00:55:50 I've, I've been to workshops where the photographer is teaching and, and I'll watch and I'll see the moment and then they click the moment after for me, for my, you know, for what I'm looking for. So developing that quick draw and that ability to evoke emotions and then recognize when they happen. That's the magic, the word smile. When we go like that, that is considered threatening as people. I see it. That's how we read it because it's artificial, whereas a natural expression, whether the teeth are showing or not, whether it's a smile or not. As humans, we are highly trained as you know, from before we were born to recognize what all the responses, those 50 muscles, when they move, when we think and feel we are, you know, it's in our DNA to recognize what it means and be able to translate feelings.

Raymond: 00:56:58 So evoke that emotion rather than just say,

Luci Dumas: 00:57:01 Smile. Wow. Yeah. Now, okay, I'm going to give you my two magic tricks. Are you ready? Of course. Yes. Since we're, and this is fun because like I said, other podcasts I've been on, we've talked a lot about business. So I love to also teach this other side. Okay. There's two words that work really great for me, especially if there's a group. So I'm farther away. One is the word. Yes. So everyone's posed. And then, and I'm, I'm ready. You know, I've got everything, all the little details, and then I say, okay, now watch it. I'll say yes and hold the [inaudible] and yes, makes you feel something. So if people say yes, if you look at my face, yes, this engaged after a while and also having everybody take, let's all take a nice deep breath that gets an energy going. And then, then when yes, doesn't work anymore and the breathing doesn't, then the word monkey, see if someone like freezes right there. Yeah. I've gotten seven different possible expressions from you, Raymond. And if, if it doesn't capture, like most people, Kate will, you know, it'll live in them up. And then if it hasn't worked all the way with somebody, then I start making monkey noises and then that, whew. And then that does it. See it look, click, click, click, click, click. Like I just got your pose right there. That was perfect.

Raymond: 00:58:41 Great. I was just trying to imagine myself at a a at a wedding, try and do a, a to sound like a monkey. How great that would be. It's funny that whole, that whole yes thing. Where I thought you were going with this is one thing that I do at weddings is sometimes like, you know, everybody's kinda getting into that position, especially when it comes to those family formals and stuff. Yeah. You know, I can see that everybody's just kinda stiff and I will just instinctively, even though the photo isn't perfect, I will just start saying yes. Yes. Like this is good. Yes. And then everybody's like, Oh, we're good. Oh, okay. And then that kind of loosens them up a little bit more. Well. Yeah, but your way I think is a little bit better. A little bit better, cause that gets them more involved. I'm going to try that next time.

Luci Dumas: 00:59:26 Even if just, I mean, just saying the word yes, like cheese is not a smile word shoes, but yes, it makes the corners go up even if you're not feeling it.

Raymond: 00:59:36 Yeah. Yeah. I love it. I love it.

Luci Dumas: 00:59:38 Some people say money because that'll make people smile. But the actual word money doesn't make your face look good and they'll say sex and

Raymond: 00:59:50 Yeah, no, still kind of goes more, more sideways.

Luci Dumas: 00:59:54 It, well it's like thinking about it, but I, I don't like to offend. And so, you know, maybe with some groomsmen you might might say that once or twice, but I just discovered the word yes. And then monkey was a recent addition probably in the last 10 years. That's great. That's great. And some other tricks whispering when you're working with kids. Or this one was you know, it's like safe cracking, especially with kids. What is going to get this one to respond? And I was having some challenges with kids and parents like getting out of pose or moving their hands or moving their heads or something. So I started singing the alphabet song as I sang it. I would tell them what to do if they weren't doing what I want. So like a, B, C Ray, Raymond, sit up straight. X ID put your hand down Charlie.

Raymond: 01:00:59 Gotcha.

Luci Dumas: 01:01:07 It worked. I was like, Oh, I'm a genius. Cause it was a hard session. I remember specifically when I discover that and then whispering Oh, okay. So I'm going to give you one last like gold ready. I love gold. Yes. So parents love pictures where kids are looking deeply in a way that like you just feel like you see their soul. Okay. So on a closeup of a child, I will say, can you see my eye through this lens? Can you see me winking at you? What color are my eyes? And they'll just start leaning in eminent, here's my camera. So they'll just start like, and the click, you get a great,

Raymond: 01:01:58 Yeah. Yeah, that's a great way to make them look right down the barrel of that camera. Yes. Without being too too over the top. Right.

Luci Dumas: 01:02:08 And then another winter, you know, that my average sale is three to eight wall portraits. And part of the secret to that is as well as things that I know people will love. So when I put a child on the ground looking up at me and so their face fills the frame pretty much. Those are winners. Yeah. Yeah. Especially if, let's say it's late in the day, the sun's gone down. Everything's kinda dull. If you put them low on there looking up, there's a beautiful light source above your head that is not a good light source straight on because it's coming from the top and that makes shadows in the eyes. But if you're up and they're down, then they're looking up at the sky and the light is so beautiful. And that positioning is how parents see their children over and over and over again. And it's a beautiful, beautiful angle.

Raymond: 01:03:08 Yeah. I'm going to go out there right now and take Parker and and get that shot. Try to get her to look in my eyes and then put her in open shade. Well, it's very cold outside. We're, we're, we're below freezing, so I think I'm going to stay inside today, but next time we go outside, I'm definitely going to try that

Luci Dumas: 01:03:27 If you're in side. Yeah. But still try the, where she's looking up at you and the other, you know, put your back to the window and, and have her see if she can see in it. So one other tip I see all the time people are like, Oh, I love my 85 millimeter lens, or I love my 70 to two to 200. The challenge with that, besides that you can't get as much variety of composition, so there's not as much to sell because you have to be tight. Yes. Right. It's not, but the other thing is you have to be farther away. And with children being closer with my bland in a, most photographers were using the one-fifty lenses, their standard. And, and I use the one 20 that has a little bit of a macro feature. The other problem with the 70 to 200 is the focus length is about three feet, two and a half feet away.

Luci Dumas: 01:04:35 So you can't shoot down on kids cause it won't be in focus. So my favorite lens is 24 to one Oh five F four. As I can get a portrait focal length in the 100, I can do some wide and have you know, people small and lots of scenery. And then I can do that mid range as well. And it's a really nice sharp lens and I've sold thousands of wall portraits, you know, to me, sharpness and variety trumps Boca. And last year simply doing single you know, three quarters are, are fairly small. An a day to day lens. I also don't like changing lenses because that's when dirt and dust gets in your lens every time you change. But then I also, five is a good variety right there. Yes. I always have my 70 to 200 in my other camera body so that, let's say there's a crowd and then little Sally is doing something really cute holding onto daddy, then I can grab that, I can zoom, you know, I leave my tripod and I zoom in and I can get this really tender moment that's happening within the bigger group.

Luci Dumas: 01:06:04 So yeah. So then I have the full range.

Raymond: 01:06:07 This was you, you promise one golden nugget, but this was a, this was a whole bag of gold, right? That is what that was. Yeah. So let's see. I want to thank you so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did. Before I let you go, can you let the listeners know where they can find out more about you and follow you online?

Luci Dumas: 01:06:28 Luci Dumas coaching is a great place to to connect. Send me contact info there. There's also a couple of little gifts. If you go there, you'll see an ebook and then you'll also see another tab that has a seven tips for getting ideal clients. I also have a podcasts, Lucy, the profitable photographer. And, and the website you can find also on Luci Dumas coaching or the PR, the de, the profitable photographer, podcast.com. I would like to offer you 10 of your listeners and opportunity for a strategy session. We do a deep dive into your goals and dreams. We take a look at some challenges and you walk away with a lot of clarity about where you want to go. So there'll be a link for setting up a quick call to apply for one of those 10 in the show notes. Or you can also message me, email me@lucywithaneyeatlucydumas.com I have a Facebook page called the profitable photographer page, and then a private group I'd love you to join called the profitable photographer. So that's, that's a whole bunch of ways to connect and I would absolutely love to support your listeners in whatever way I can.

Raymond: 01:08:00 Wow. Wow. Yeah, thank you so much. That's a, that's obviously not only huge time commitment, but a very, very valuable gift that you just gave to the listener. So

Luci Dumas: 01:08:10 Yeah, it's a $400 usually $400 session. Wow. So yeah, take

Raymond: 01:08:15 You up on that for sure. Like I said, I'm going to put that in the show notes so that anybody can find it and then go ahead and sign up. But again, Lucy, I just have to say thank you so much for coming on and sharing everything that you did. It was a pleasure to reconnect with you and I look forward to chatting with you in the future. Same here. My biggest take away from this episode was just the amount of care that Lucy gives to her, you know, to her subjects that she's photographing. She doesn't look at herself as somebody who's taking a photo. She looks at herself as somebody who is trying to help them achieve what it is that they want. Right. And that is a huge difference being that person whose job it is to do nothing but help instead of, you know, just, just trying to take photos and make money.

Raymond: 01:09:09 So from helping your clients look their best just for the shoe to finding the right print for their home. A to Z, she knows that it's more than just taking photos and it was just great to hear. I mean essentially it's all the same thing that you know, we've heard, you know, photography is a service when it comes to a service you want to be helpful. But the way that Lucy broke it down today was just, was just great and made it so, so simple. So Lucy, if you are listening, once again, thank you so much for being so open. I really appreciate it. And I know that the listeners do too. So that is it. Remember that enrollment for light room one-on-one closest Thursday, March 5th at midnight. So go ahead and click that link in the show notes to learn all about the program and the $632 worth of bonuses that are included. You're going to love them. So that is it for this week. Until next week, I want you to make, do I want you to make more. I want you to do more and I want you to make do with the gift that you got because I promise you it is better than you think. Alright? Talk to you next week.

Outtro: 01:10:20 Thank you for listening to the beginner photography podcast. If you enjoy the show, consider leaving a review in iTunes, keep shooting, and we'll see you next week.

BPP 187: Jenny Stein - Use Your Camera To Make The World a Better Place

Jenny Stein is the host of the Family Photographer Podcast. On season 2 of her show, she explored how to make the world a better place with our cameras. Today we chat about what Jenny learned during her interviews and we explore the 365 a lot deeper for the challenges we face.

jennystein6.jpg
jennystein4.jpg
jennystein7.jpg
jennystein2.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

BPP 186: Sean Brown - Social Senior Photography

Sean Brown is a Senior portrait photographer in Portland Or who left the "Safe" Pre-med path to pursue photography. Today Im excited to learn about what made Sean make the switch and the difficulties faced by learning the new technical path of photography.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • Why Sean transitioned from Per-Med to photography

  • What was the hardest part of photography to understand for Sean and how he overcame it

  • How Sean achieved what he wanted to early on with entry-level gear

  • How to be smart about being unique

  • How Sean ensures each senior portrait session is unique to the senior while remaining consistent

  • What it means to be a senior portrait photographer

  • Something early on Sean overlooked in photography but wished he hadn’t

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • Why so many photographers struggle to break past $75 and how you can do it

  • The importance of social media for seniors and the best platform that books Sean most of his gigs.

  • The importance of physical products and how to communicate the value of physical products

Resources:

Sean-Brown-Productions-Senior-Photographer-2.jpg
Sean-Brown-Productions-Senior-Photographer-6.jpg
Sean-Brown-Productions-Senior-Photographer-9.jpg
Sean-Brown-Productions-Senior-Photographer-11.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

BPP 185: Imaging USA - Top Photographers Answer 5 Questions

Last month I traveled to Nashville TN to attend the Imaging USA conference put on by the PPA. I was there for 4 days and meet some of the most amazing people including some past guests of the show, and new friends. I asked each photographer the same 5 questions to get their take on the industry and how to stand out past your photos.

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

BPP 184: Rob Tannenbaum - Headshot Photography For Beginners

Today’s guest is Rob Tannenbaum a New York City Headshot and Corporate Event Photographer. A master photographer with more than 15 years of professional shooting experience, today we are going to talk about the world of headshot photography and how you can get started

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • How Rob got his start in Photography

  • How studying for his Masters in Communication helped Rob become the photographer he is today

  • Where Rob struggled most to learn photography and how he overcame it

  • What is a headshot

  • Who gets headshots and what’s the point of a headshot

  • How many photos Rob takes and delivers from each session

  • The importance of micro-adjustments when posing

  • How to get started with lighting headshots

  • How to take acceptable headshots even if you’re using entry-level gear

  • Some signs of what makes an amateur headshot

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How to price headshots

  • How Rob handles retouching

  • How other photographers complicate the process

  • And what questions to ask your clients to get the best results

Resources:

Screen Shot 2020-01-13 at 5.32.32 AM.jpeg
Screen Shot 2020-01-13 at 5.33.03 AM.jpeg
Screen Shot 2020-01-13 at 5.33.23 AM.jpeg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00:00 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast. Today we're talking headshots. So let's get into it. Intro: 00:00:08 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast, a weekly podcast for those who believe that moments matter most and that a beautiful photo is more than just a sum of its settings, a show for those who want to do more with the gear they have to take better photos today. And now your host Raymond Hatfield. Raymond: 00:00:26 Well, hello. Welcome everyone. I am Raymond, your host. And today we have an interview that I really hope will inspire you to try something new. So I'm really excited to get into that. But first it's shout out time. This week's listener shadow goes to the room for leaving a five star iTunes review where they said this podcast, it gives me inspiration to shoot better photos, try different styles, and I truly enjoy the interviews with all different photographers. Well, the room, I need to know what your actual name is. That's just your your iTunes username. But I need to know your actual name so that I can give you a proper thank you. So let me know who you are. And I'm so happy that you are trying different styles of photography based on what you hear from the guests. I promise you that, you know, the, the, the more that you try new things, the better overall and well equipped of a photographer that you will be.

Raymond: 00:01:27 So keep it up, keep up the great work and thank you again for your review as reviews are the single easiest way to show your support for the show. And I cherish every single one of them. So this week I chat with New York city based headshot photographer Rob Tennenbaum about his work shooting head shots. We get into a lot in this interview honestly and I hope that you know, when not only show you a new way of thinking about photography, but also inspire you to get out and just try something new. That may have sounded a little cryptic, but I think after the interview you will you will, you will understand. But as always, I do save a portion of the interview that is focused on making money with your camera, just for premium members. So this week premium members will learn how to price your headshots since there is often multiple people getting individual headshots taken in a single session, how Rob handles retouching, how other photographers seem to complicate the process for their clients and what questions to ask your clients before the shoot to ensure that they love their photos.

Raymond: 00:02:45 Now on top of that, all this week in the premium members Facebook group, I am sharing my five days to picture perfect pricing course where I walk you through how to accurately price yourself for your market, for your location and to ensure that you make a profit. And don't just, you know, work yourself broke like so many inexperienced photographers. So normally this course sells for $67 but now it is free for premium members. So become a premium member today by hitting over to beginner photography, podcast.com and clicking the premium membership button at the top of the page to join now. So that's it. Let's go ahead and get on into today's interview. Raymond: 00:03:27 Today's guest is Rob Tennenbaum, a master photographer with more than 15 years of shooting experience today. I'm so excited for this. We're going to be talking all about the world of headshot photography and how we can get started. Rob, thank you so much for coming on the podcast. I am. I'm so excited to have you here today.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:03:48 Thanks for having me. Appreciate it.

Raymond: 00:03:50 I am really excited about this because as we just talked about before, I press the record button. I've never interviewed a headshot photographer and to tell you the truth, I thought about it. I think I've only tried headshots once. No, I know that. I've only tried headshots and it was a mess. I've thought, I've thought to myself, I've shot weddings. I can do a headshot. This is going to be easy. It was a wreck. It was an absolute wreck. There's so much more that goes into headshots that then I think most people think really goes into head shots. A lot of it is, it's emotion and lighting is so important, but before we get into kind of the technical skills of headshots and why they're so important, can you share with me and the listeners how you got your start in photography? Rob Tennenbaum: 00:04:36 Oh gosh. My earliest memories of photography are my cousins, my older cousins coming to visit, they lived in Massachusetts. They come down and visit and they'd always, they'd be there, was competitive about everything, but they all had cameras and they were trying to out shoot each other. And this is back in the film days. So rarely would I ever see the results, but they just seem to be having so much fun with their cameras and yeah, basically trying to outdo each other. I kind of, that was my first spark. It just seemed like it was fun. And so my parents got me my first camera and it was a one 10 camera was a teeny little negative and, and it was like junk at uni, your dance, the film, click chunk. And w the results were magic to me. It was not the best quality in the world, but and I didn't know what I was doing. I mean, it was an automatic camera, but just seeing results, you know, at that point it was bring the film to the store, wait for a few days for it to be developed. Then you'd get back your prints and not everyone was exposed correctly, but the ones that were, it was magic to me. It still is. Even digital photography is still magic.

Raymond: 00:05:44 So you were, you were a child at this time. This was a, these cousins were older than you?

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:05:48 Yeah, I think I was maybe nine, eight or nine when it kind of sparked in me. And not, I carried a camera with me everywhere and not that even at that point had dreams of being a professional photographer. But I think when the question came up

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:06:07 As I got older, what are you going to do in a few years? What do you, what's your career going to be? Sometimes I kept it to myself. Sometimes I told people I really liked photography when I got to college. Finally I took some serious courses and it just all clicked. I was shooting, you know, black and white for class. But they made you try everything, photograph still life photograph people go out and just shoot, found stuff, anything that looks interesting, look for the light. And it just never stopped being interesting to me. Being in the dark room printing and developing your own film. I mean, again, it's all, it's like a, I keep coming back to the word magic. To me it is. I mean, this is obviously a science behind it. As you get more into it, you learn the science behind it, but there'll always be art and magic to it. No matter, no matter what stage are whether you just starting or, you know, doing it for years.

Raymond: 00:07:04 Yeah. I I'm interested though why you felt like you had to hide that you wanted to be a photographer.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:07:12 Oh good. I didn't know anything about it. You know, you don't want to claim, you know, what's, what's your what's your reason for wanting to become a photographer or what makes you think you can be a photographer and just like any field before you actually have any real knowledge of it, it's just your passion. It's just your interest, it's just your fascination with it. So and you know, not knowing there's no, there's books about photography, there's no book that can tell you here's day one and here's day 360, you're going to be at that point. So the only thing that you can rely on is your passion and Mmm. And, and and just continually doing what it is you love until at some point you look back and you say, my God, I'm actually, you know, like I'm doing this.

Raymond: 00:08:05 So from nine, so let's say 18, you know, before you go off to college, would you say looking back that you took more photos than the average kid? Or was it just that the photos that you did take meant something to you more? What do you think, what was that like?

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:08:27 I, I'm, I'm fortunate that my parents didn't throw out my negatives or to throw out my prints and stuff. And once that you still have them, not all, but I have a lot and I have a lot from college as well. But yeah, I every, like now that I have my own kids and they're curious to know what I do for a living and and I'll dig out my pictures from when I was their age and show them, you know, what, what I was capable of at the time and why I liked particular pictures and what I was, you know, what I was experiencing. And part of it, just trying to compare their experiences, you know, what life is like for them. And in 2019 compared to what life was like back in 1979 which blows my mind.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:09:14 And, but, and then I look at them and you, obviously there's nostalgia, but there's also like, you know, I look at it from a, somebody who's been shooting for, I mean, you said 15 years. I've been shooting for 25 years professionally, you know, making my full time living for more than almost 15 years. But yeah. And I'm just happy. I'm very proud of that nine year old boy who did what he did. And again, didn't carry my camera everywhere, but it was important to me. I was the family photographer when we went on vacations. You know, I made sure to capture moments. It wasn't until later when I got to college that I went off in the journalism side of things and and, and did photojournalism, Oh, journalism, newspaper, photography went away to graduate school for that as well. Mmm.

Raymond: 00:10:05 So then let me, let me ask right there. Cause when, when you had decided to go to college and you had made that decision, I'm gonna study photography I didn't go that route. So is it that you had to declare, you know, I want to study photojournalism because earlier you mentioned, you know, some still lives in black and white stuff. Did they give you some, some, some freedom to test out what you wanted and then focus on that specific thing? Or did you have to make that declaration in the beginning? Rob Tennenbaum: 00:10:34 Well, I went to a liberal arts school where they had all sorts of different specialties you could major in. There was no photography major. I didn't go to a photography school. I went to a liberal arts school where I definitely wanted to study journalism. And, and photography just seemed like this natural fit for me. Telling a story. And so start with a brain glitch. I'm trying to think back that far. And there was a, it was, luckily it was, we had really good professors. There's only a couple of them and they let you pursue what you wanted. You had to do the required assignments, but they let you pursue the particular Avenue you wanted to. So they said at the end of the year, do this new project that you want to do. Side tended towards the storytelling, the photojournalism style photography where some people may have done still life or whatever, as long as they were looking for somebody at the end of the year to be technically proficient, you know, understand composition that kind of thing.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:11:43 So there was a lot of freedom and I, the one thing that was really the clincher for me was they did bring in an adjunct professor and this woman was a photojournalist and her name was Sue Dooley. And she just happened just to happen to be the wife of the director of photography for Newsday, which is the newspaper on long Island at the time, had a circulation of, this was the fifth or sixth biggest newspaper in the country. So I love what she did. She appreciated what I did, my enthusiasm and one thing led to another. I got the internship at news day and that was it. From that point on, my career kind of just went from there. So don't, it's not necessarily what you study, it's what you pay attention to who you surround yourself with. Again, if that woman had never shown up, maybe I would still be where I am. But, you know, I, I, I don't burn bridges and I try to learn from everybody I need. You know, some people you learn a little bit from and some people you learn a lot from. So my professors at the school were great. And they know, they knew how much to push you. They knew how much to lay off. And

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:12:56 And they could tell when you were putting in an effort. So, and then that's the important thing. You know, it's not enough that you get a grade. It's not that you earned your grade. So

Raymond: 00:13:06 Yeah. And that's, that's something that I, that I always wondered, especially now maybe just cause I'm younger, but it's you know, there's, there's the shift towards kind of moving away from formal education, you know, specifically college, you know, maybe not so much like a trade school. I, I I had went to film school so it was just all about film for cinematography. So I didn't go to a formal four year college. But the people who I've talked to who have gone to that four year college praise, you know, have so much praise for it. Do you think that having that formal education, that structure really helped, or I guess how did it help form you into the photographer that you are today? Rob Tennenbaum: 00:13:48 Yeah, no, I, again, it's the passion for your college. I could've gone to Maryland. I went to this school called Hofstra. It's on here on the long Island. Actually. I ended up settling about 15 minutes away from it. I applied to a number of different college. I didn't know what I wanted when I went to college. So for your college is great if you show up, work hard, play hard and use the degree that your parents stirred all the loans paid for. I mean but again, Pat, whether you're an accountant or a photographer or what, or, you know, be passionate about it that's all I can say. I mean, I can, some people just took it as an easy a or an easy B or whatever. They just didn't have, you know, I, I know those people, they came and went.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:14:35 But it was, it was the [inaudible] the passion of the people. It was just a few of us who really took it seriously. We had again, had good teachers before your degree kept me. You know, I, I was able to do things like the journalism side of things, which at the time was more important to me or as important. But an education is important. I understand what you're saying about not being, there's a lot of people that don't go for the formal education anymore. You know, some people rely on YouTube videos to give, get everything want and there's absolutely nothing wrong with that. As long as the person presenting the information to you is presenting the correct information cause there's a million different ways of doing things. But there's always a wrong way of doing things in the right way of doing things.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:15:28 And, and one of the best things about the four year education or getting [inaudible] taught in person is the in person isn't having that instant feedback. And so again, so not to jump too far forward, but when you become a professional, you know, unless you surround yourself with other working photographers, it's hard to get that feedback that you'd necessarily would get. So, so I think everybody, or at least the photographers I do know, you know, we kind of plateau at some point. We're kind of like, we want to break into something new and all of a sudden we're in that we become beginners again, like as still photographers a few years ago, wanting to get into more video because digital SLRs allow you to shoot video also. And it was the most painful that made me because I was getting older and I wasn't retaining information as much.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:16:12 But I mean it was, it was uncomfortable, but you know, I plow through because, you know, I was passionate about it. So same thing with learning photography. I can still remember losing whole rolls of film and just my ruining it would just kill me. Absolutely killing me, ruining the whole rolls of film. You just mean the way that it was shot or I didn't have the settings correct on the camera and my daughter's view is completely off. And this is the days where you couldn't Chimp on the back of your camera. So, so, you know, it was press and pray. I mean, you know, you think you got it right, you had your your light meter and you know, this is black and white. It was a lot more forgiving because, you know, it was all a matter of intensity of light. It wasn't about color, temperature or anything like that, you know, it was either, you know, your shadows were too dark or you're bright for too bright.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:17:06 But but you know, there were times where I had did a bone head move. I mean there was one of my first assignments for Newsday when I worked there as an intern. It was one of my greatest lessons. One of the editors sent me out to photograph, send out a beautiful photograph, a politician, and the guy had, you know, was busy and, and and I was hired as a photography intern, but I, by no means was I ready for like prime time. I was flying by the seat of my pants. I was still learning as I was going. And I show up, I photograph the guy. I thought that went pretty well. And then when I get back to the office, like develop the film, I show it to the editor and he's like, why is this in black and white shooting a color at that point he's like, we need color, we can't, you know.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:17:53 So after some uncomfortable silence, you know, he said, I'm going to call this guy back and you're going to go back there and you're going to reshoot this thing and you're going to apologize. Profuse few for Fuseli for wasting this man's time. And what a great lesson it was. I mean, just, you got to get things wrong in order to get them right sometimes. You know, it was again, another uncomfortable situation, but I'd never made that mistake again at that point. It's like showing up with a digital camera now, not having a, a card green card in the camera. So it happens. That's the beginning.

Raymond: 00:18:28 Yeah, yeah, yeah, exactly. I know, I kinda, I kinda wanna I kinda wanna explore it a little bit more. That idea of, you know, of shooting and you know, finding out that your whole role is wasted or going back to those days where you had just at one 10, it's all automatic at some point you move past automatic and you start learning the technicals of photography when it came to that. Was there, was there anything that you remember being difficult for you to understand from the technical aspect of photography?

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:18:57 Yeah. it's like juggling and trying to ride a unicycle when you're first starting out. I mean, you know, you're dealing with if you're dealing, if you're in a situation, a studio, say a very controlled environment and you have studio lights or whatever light source are using, and it's just a constant light, it's not a flash. You're not worried about the intensity going up or down. That's a safe environment to learn. It's when you start, you know, so then you can adjust your shutter speed and, and your, and your aperture and you can play around with it and see the results. But when you're, when you're outside and suddenly the clouds are coming in and out and or the subject is moving or you know, the VR, when the variables start to happen, everything you learned in the studio, it really just goes out the window.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:19:54 And those are my earliest memories. It was trying to create a catalog in my mind of here's the situation, what do I do? That's when you start moving into I think that the first thing you start moving into is shutter priority or aperture priority starts to try to limit the mistakes that can be made. The cameras are great, they're very intelligent. But when you start to think, you know, the situation calls for shutter priority or this situation calls for aperture priority, then you start moving away from letting the camera make all that, all the decisions. And that's an important place to be because then now you're saying, well, I know I wanted a shallow depth of field, so I shot at say two eight on this. I'm still life, but I'm getting all this light that's like yellow in from the window and the light I'm using in my studio is getting a blue cast.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:20:52 How am I going to change that? So possibly is the shutter. If I speed up the shutter, it'll kill some of that light coming in from this source. And you start to, you know, put those things together. And especially with color photography or when you're shooting sports and you're like, you know, everyone's blurred. You know, why is there someone's blur? So you put it into shutter priority and you'd make sure that you're always shooting in a very fast shutter speed to freeze the motion if that's the look you're going for. And then you decide what, you know, aperture, if you put in shutter priority, then the aperture, the camera's going to figure it out, the Avature for you. And you can learn that way. And again, when we were starting out with film, if you didn't re write, you know, keep a diary of every exposure that you made, which was nearly impossible when you're out in the field. Just doing stuff. If you were doing still life, absolutely a great way to learn what shutter, what aperture combination makes what result. But now with digital, you have no excuse not to pay attention to what the settings are. They're right there in your, your, your final information. When you bring it into whatever it is. Light room, bridge, photo mechanic, it's all there. You can learn a lot faster if you, it's, it's, it's right in front of you.

Raymond: 00:22:10 It's a, it's funny that you say that this, this past year I I mean I, I started a photography by shooting film. I went to film school and I shot a video using film. But this year I really had more of an interest back into film, bought myself a medium format camera you know, started using my light meter a lot more than I had in the past, you know, 12 years I suppose. But even still, I find that as a struggle because I've become so used to taking a photo, coming back, having the settings right there that if something was wrong, I knew I knew exactly what I needed to do to fix it. But now shooting on film, there's no, there's no data, there's no data except for just the light. And you look at the photo and you think, I wish I remembered what my shutter speed here was because I would have loved to have got more you know, deep or more, more, more color saturation in the sky right there and bring that down.

Raymond: 00:23:01 That's that's funny. I have a whole notebook around here that was just full of, and then of course I screwed it up because I have two different backs on my, on my camera that I was switching between stocks. And then, so I'd write down like first frame is this, I can frame this, this, I screwed up the whole thing. Totally my fault. Oh, well, I mean, luckily it wasn't like commissioned or anything like that, but the whole learning experience part of that, I wouldn't say that it went out the window because now I know how to better document my photos,

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:23:28 Mistakes. They're great ways to learn, a very expensive way. But yes.

Raymond: 00:23:35 Yeah. So let's let's talk about head shots. Where did, where did head shots come into this whole equation? You started off in photojournalism, you went that route today, you're shooting a lot of head shots.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:23:46 Where did that come from? College photographed a lot of everything. By no means did I make any decisions at that point other than the journalism side of things. And then when I, when I got into journalism again, shooting a lot of everything, but you're on your own, you're getting feedback that if you didn't do it right, they're never going to send you out for another assignment, so you better get it right. And working for a newspaper. I w just as a little aside, very sad that that industry is suffering as much as it is, it's great training ground for anybody who has a chance to become a photographer for a newspaper. Because one day you're shooting food, the next day you're shooting in the studio, the next day you're shooting a fire. The next day you're shooting sports. Next. You know, it is the best training ground ever for a photographer.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:24:37 And, but one of the things you end up shooting a lot of his head shots, you know, people, people holding their food, people behind their desk, people in front of the computer. And if you don't try to make it a little bit more than just a headshot, you go crazy. You have to, it kind of forces you to rethink everything. Every time you go do it, you can't treat it as the same thing over and over again. So the most difficult thing I think I dealt with was photographing people because at that point, not being as experienced you're trying to maintain the conversation, put the subject at ease and then not look like you have no idea what you're doing with your equipment. So I'm, so I made it a priority to be a better people photographer, not even portrait photographer, but just, you know, whether it is somebody in their environment, you're documenting them doing whatever it is they do or you're actually, your sole purpose is to have that person look into the lens and you're trying to capture a little bit of who they are.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:25:50 You want to get past, I wanted to get past the tech, the, the technical part of it, and just literally be having a conversation with somebody and just happen to be taking pictures. I want that. That's the environment that works the best for me. I'm not a very controlling person. I still look for moments when I photograph people. But when I started out, it was like a hold on a second look in the camera or I'm getting people to pose or, you know, it was a struggle, but it took a lot of stuff that didn't look all that great when I look back on it to get me to where I am now. But again, it was working at the newspaper allowed me a lot of Mmm. Opportunity to, to shoot. So I know a lot of people don't have that opportunity, so my only suggestion is just grab your neighbors, grab your friends, grab your pets, grab mannequins, grab, you know, whatever it is and [inaudible] play with it. Yeah. Ask people to pose to turn. And you know, part of it's the light part of it's the subject. I'm, I'm convinced that anybody and everybody can be photographed. Well. it just comes down to making them comfortable and, and making sure the lights flattering for their particular body type. And yeah,

Raymond: 00:27:23 That was, that was a great, I think that's definitely gonna be one of the memorable quotes from this episode. And anybody can be photographed. Well, I love that. That's, that's, that's hard for a lot of new photographers to to get their head around because I think, I think as you, as you start in photography, you feel like, Oh, I have an understanding of how this camera works. But when you get a person in front of it, it's not the same relationship that you have with the camera. And it's very easy to take bad photos of people. And I'm proof of that. I have plenty of bad photos of people that I've taken and it's very easy to just say, Oh, I don't like, I don't like portraits. I don't like shooting portraits, you know, I just, I just stick to landscapes. Right, right.

Raymond: 00:28:01 Yeah, that's very interesting. I'm going to have to, I feel like that's something that I'm going to think about for awhile here. So thank you for sharing that. When it comes to a head shots, when I, when I think of headshots I've never had a head shot taken aside from just like a friend, you know, I needed, I needed a photo for something. You know, so I think I had shot, I think of a maybe a social media profile picture or you know, LinkedIn something professional, businessy, all of these things. The way that I see it, it's just, it's just one, it's just one photo. So when you go and you do like a head headshot session, when you're going in for head shots for somebody, is that the goal to get that one photo that they're going to want in, in order to deliver

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:28:47 A majority of the time? Yeah. you definitely want to come away with you know, one good photo that represents somebody. They want to be seen. Linkedin or you know, on a company's internal website, that kind of thing. It shows up in there on their, their signature at the bottom of their emails. But once in a while, if you, I've been fortunate enough to move beyond that and companies like Pricewaterhouse Citibank, American express and I've, there's some of the clients I do work for where, you know, we have this executive who was just promoted. We need a new head portrait, not, not headshot but portrait. And when you, and I try to make sure that people understand the difference cause headshot really is, it comes from the head and shoulders, a head shot. But when you move into the area of portraiture you are, you could still be shooting a head and shoulders of the person, but you're really trying to do something more than just flat light. Here's the person you want to bring a little bit more to the, the, the, the composition whether it's how you light the person how far you back away from them and include the environment. And that's more portrait photography. It's not just one light or two lights, sometimes it's, you know, four or five lights. So the question again was

Raymond: 00:30:13 The question again was you know, is it that one photo or how much of a variety is it that you're trying to shoot?

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:30:23 It's funny, I mean, whether, whether it's somebody who's, you know, the office secretary or the, or the CEO, everyone kind of has to go through the same poses. So I shoot, you know, it's, it's something that's like almost automatic at this point. I can look at somebody and this is something that you just develop over time doing this over and over again. You look at somebody and you can tell their comfort level. You can tell, you know, their body type their ability to hold a pose, their ability to smile. You can tell that that's part of what moving beyond the technical and just having a conversation with somebody, I can pretty much tell within the first 30 seconds to a minute how I'm going to handle this individual. Some people I'm done. I'm done in two minutes. I'm not going to get anything more out of them.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:31:13 They're not happy to be there. You know, they're just doing this because they have to. That's, that's one kind of client. And then you have the person who thinks they're a model and it gives you way more than you need and you have to kind of bring them back down earth and talk quieter. Get them to pay attention, get out of their own heads of what they think that they're gonna look like. And then you have people that are just naturals and they're very good listeners and, and, and they're gonna do exactly what you asked. And also a very quick shoot. Mmm. And then you have people who Mmm, are difficult. And the first thing you say when they walk in the room is, I don't photograph well. I hate having my picture taken. And it happens and it's okay. And I, it makes me smile because I'm going to get your picture anyway and I'm going to do my job. If you don't do your half of the bargain, you're going to be the one who ended up with a bad picture because of you. So I make it light. You know, I make it as light as possible and some people can't be moved. They can't be meant to smile, they don't want to offer a smile. And not that it necessarily has to be a smile photo. But as soon as you have somebody smiling, they're going to, they're going to be my partner. And what's going on?

Raymond: 00:32:30 How many photos would you say that you take during a traditional headshot session?

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:32:35 So here's the funny thing. When you're photographing 50 people in an office, you've got a limited number of time. So again, having that experience with shooting people, knowing are you seeing a person, you know what you're going to get out of them, you still make a move pretty quickly. You know, I always start straight on and we're talking just head and shoulders here and then, you know, then you do certain things on the left shoulder and then you do certain things on the right shoulder. And then it's just a matter of you know, bring your chin more towards camera, bring your chin, you know, further from camera and give me a little tilt. And, but I was, you know, I'm always coaching people along the way and making sure that I try not to keep both hands on the camera, actually try to shoot with one hand so they can see my mouth while I'm talking and I'm smiling the entire time. And it keeps people focused outside themselves.

Raymond: 00:33:21 So that to me sounds more like, like, it's like, it's a like a posing thing right there. Once you get the shot, there's no need to take more, just move on to the next sort of pose. So I'm assuming two dozen photos per person. Okay.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:33:38 That's what we're getting. But yes, I mean very rarely. I mean, there are times when I don't, you know, literally I'm somebody who has me come in to photograph their entire office and you can shoot 20 frames. You can see 50 frames, but I want to make, I want to see 10 frames. I don't have to cut down to, you know, 20 frames. I don't have to cut down to 20 a to 10. So, and again, it comes with experience. It comes with having done something over and over again a lot of times. Mmm. And you have to be very conscious about it. You know, you could easily shoot 50 frames in the same amount of times you shoot 10 frames. Sure you're going to, but you're going to have a person who's blinking in like rubbing there. But, but on a similar note, I can be brought in to just photograph one executive and still shoot just 10 to 25 frames.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:34:29 One reason is I don't want to keep them from what they're doing cause they're busy. So it more of a mental prep ahead of time. If I can do a site visit I do a site visit ahead of time. I try to get as much advanced knowledge what they like, what they don't like. When you're dealing with their executive assistants. They're pretty good about filling you in on personality thing. So I can kind of mentally prep, prep myself for that. The other side of the things that is back to shooting 50 people in an office, nobody has the luxury of time. Nobody has the luxury of giving it all you hope that people show up with their makeup on, you know and, and a good attitude. And so again, it's not quantity, it's quality. When you're photographing your friends, family, pets, whatever, then that's, that's the time you get to learn.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:35:24 That's when you can, you have the luxury of time and examining everything you're doing. When you show somebody paying you to do a job, you gotta look like you know what you're doing, do it efficiently. And, and I think part of the experience is just having a good attitude. I, my favorite feedback is that it was painless. You know, that people, you know, I connected with the people and they had a good experience. They can't, they don't necessarily say they love their photo, but they talk more about the experience that they were provided, that they felt comfortable. It's their favorite headshot they've ever had. To me that means everything. They're not going to tell me, Oh, you know, the huge, and it was in the perfect position and I loved the, you know, people, they always talk about experience, you know, and that's, that's the important thing.

Raymond: 00:36:16 Yeah. Yeah. It's interesting because you mentioned there the, you know, you want to make it look like you know what you're doing. And it's funny that as somebody who's been shooting for so long, you still feel that way because sometimes I feel like, what am I doing? Like if I, if I have this feeling, is there something wrong with me inside? You know, but then you also brought up the, you know, making those micro adjustments, like, you know, turning the head a little bit this way, left shoulder, right shoulder, doing these things. Are you doing these different adjustments? More of that way of making it look like, I know exactly what it is that I want. I'm going to go for this look. Or is it, how much of a difference do these, I mean seemingly to me, such small adjustments really make to the final outcome of a photo. And how are you making those decisions?

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:37:05 Wow.

Raymond: 00:37:07 Yeah, that was like a seven part question there. So if you knew any of it, I'll be excited.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:37:11 I know it's a great question. It's one again, I hate to fall back on the, it becomes automatic after a while. I think everyone understand, look, when everyone looks at anybody's portrait, you know, or headshot, you know, it's good or not. For one reason or another, the lighting is good. It puts the person literally in a good light or there [inaudible] the pose is pleasant to the eye, you know I've seen, I seen, you know, the worst port headshots ever and nobody told the person it was bad. I mean, where the photographer was horrible in the person who had their picture taken, had no idea what a good headshot was. So they just accepted it. But I th I, I'm pretty sure that 99% of the people out there, you know, note no good headshot when they see it. And so,

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:38:09 So too, so one of the things I tell people is when I asked them to choose their picture is, you know, I, hopefully I've given you enough choices and I know what I like and here's what I would prefer, but I need you to give me your input. Because what I would say is a really good picture. You may not find you know, to be a great picture of yourself. So that's one of the reasons I shoot so many subtle, you know, moves, tilts, you know, just very, very subtle. [inaudible] You know, different changes in body position. So that when a person go through, like if I shoot 20 frames and I edit it down to 10 and give that to the client to have them choose that they're going to see enough variation so that [inaudible] they're, they're going to say, you know, they're going to go from 10 to five to three to one, and they're going to be like, that's the shot.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:39:05 So regardless, people will tell me, they'll come in and they'll say, okay, I hate my left side. I only like to be photographed on my right side. And I'm like, okay, I get it. We're going to photograph you on your preferred side, but let's photograph you on the other side. You might surprise yourself. Maybe you'll see something that you never saw before. Part of me is, and I always say while I'm shooting is I want to give you as many options as possible. I want you to feel like, you know, it wasn't just one and done. So it's, part of it is just to make the client feel good and part of it is legitimately. And what do you see through the cameras? Sometimes translates differently to what you see on screen, you know, so let's give people, even if it's just a, a quarter of an inch of a move, sometimes the light falls perfectly. It's just the perfect expression. So it's not just head movements, it's smiles, no smiles, soft smiles, broad smiles, intense stairs. I mean, you know, I, it depends on the person. If a person comes in and they're very smiley and it seems to be their personality I know I'm going to get the smile, so I'm going to be like, so I've tried to bring them down not emotionally, but bring the smile, bring the smile down a little bit and give them something they may not necessarily thought they were capable of.

Raymond: 00:40:20 [Inaudible] I had never thought about it that way. I had never thought of delivering something to somebody that they might not see in themselves. You know, I had always looked at it as a, I had always looked at those minor adjustments as, as the photographer's way of like, I always thought that I was missing something. Like what are they seeing that I'm not seeing? But I never thought about it from that client's perspective of seeing, you know, cause I've seen photos of myself that I think that I look good and then I see the photo and I'm like, I look like trash. And then it's also the exact other way around. So that is, that is again, talks about that experience. And I think another part of the client experience is always like, what comes next? Right? So we have the lead up to it.

Raymond: 00:41:08 You try to get information from say a secretary of an executive preferences. You go do the shoot, say that they had, Oh, this was so great. This was a great experience. And the next is that delivery process. So when it comes to delivering photos, I'm used to delivering, you know, close to a thousand photos for a wedding. Right? It seems substantial when it comes to delivering headshots. What does that delivery process, what, cause often times this could be the last interaction that you have with somebody. Is there anything that you do to make it special to stand out for them?

Mid Roll: 00:41:43 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join. Now

Raymond: 00:42:07 I as I said, I'm totally oblivious to the whole world of more volume photography. So that pricing model is completely foreign to me and I appreciate you kind of sharing the, the, those nuances there. There is a lot of things that I never [inaudible]. I would think that it would make that it would make sense to have like one set pricing, but the way that you talked about that makes a whole lot more sense than I would have a than I would have imagined. And I know that those listening how to have gotten a lot out of that. So thank you for sharing that. So let's talk a little bit about lighting. Because photography as we know, lighting is very, very important stuff. And you as a professional working photography probably bring more lighting gear to a headshot headshot session than I'd probably do to a wedding. Where do you suggest those who want to start shooting head shots? Start when it comes to buying lighting equipment? What do they need? Like what are the basics?

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:43:08 Basics. Alright. One light is good enough but better yet get two lights. Now I'm not recommending any specific brand, but if, if cost

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:43:20 Is an issue you know, don't worry about having to spend tons of money. There are tons and tons of great pieces of equipment out there that, you know, won't break the bank. For a long time I was using, I should Canon, so I was using five eighties or the 600 series, whatever. I had flashes. There was several Chinese companies that make knockoffs are almost identical. They're not going to last as long or you know, I don't trust them. I've never bought them, but they are very similar in as far as I mean they're almost identical. They work TPL. The buttons are in the same places and they're half the cost.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:44:12 But beyond just having a flash if yeah, if you decide to use flash, you need modifiers, you need umbrellas softboxes those type things. There are a million different gadgets out there to help modify light. I'm I, for a long time I was using a lot of silly modifiers and then eventually I came back to umbrellas. Umbrellas are just terrific. Little umbrellas, big umbrellas. The main thing though I, I do is I get one that you can take the backing off so you can shoot through it. You can put the backing back on it and bounce into it. And you can also, the most important part for me is, is the diffusion cloth. You can put a diff, a layer of diffusion between the light bouncing off the inside and it goes through to fusing cloth and then obviously onto the subject.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:45:08 It's versatile. When I'm in a, sometimes I don't know what I'm getting into when I go to an office, I have a big umbrella. If they have high ceilings, I have a smaller umbrella. If they have low ceilings and if they have no, you know, really low ceilings, I bring a chair so they have to sit down and I can get my light higher than the subject. Sometimes it's not, even though the lighting gear, that's the most important thing. It's, it's you get into a situation where you're not prepared. So I just try to be prepared. I travel as light as I can, bring as much variety as I can. So that, depending on the situation there, I've gone to some offices where they had virtually no room to move in. So I ended up using window light as like a second light source.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:45:53 Like right now over your shoulder. I can see right now there's, there's a little bit of that rim light there. That works great. Do you have a two lights set up? As far as I'm concerned. That's a wonderful two lights setup. You've got the main light off to one side and you got your room light over there and that works great. That's a, that's a really good place to start for, for head shots. But then when you get it, Mmm. You get into lighting styles a little bit more. You might want to try something that's a little more glamorous, like a clamshell where you have a, you know, for, especially for women, it's a little more flattering is you get one softer diffuse light above the subject straight over. So you get a butterfly under the nose and then you have another umbrella or, or diffuse light underneath that's not as strong as the one up there.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:46:39 So it kind of fills in the shadows a little bit, fills in the shadows under the eyes, fills in the shadows. And more importantly for a lot of women is women that don't have extra chins think they have extra chains. You want to get rid of the shadow under the chin there and that's a wonderful light too. And then you can start, you know, you can have that one light here, one light here, and then you can start adding other lights and getting your room lights behind. You know, the sky's the limit. You can go crazy and do a super number of lights set up. But

Raymond: 00:47:11 So when you show up then how do you make that decision is saved, that space isn't an option or is, isn't, isn't, isn't a problem? How would you approach it?

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:47:21 Well again, going back to answering questions before they're asked, I try to get as much information about the look that the particular company is going for. So, so I can have that set up in mind. And I do ask, I asked them, you know, are your ceilings, how high are your ceiling? Some people never thought about that question in their entire lives and all of a sudden they're like, Oh, I really don't know. And I'm like, well, you know, give me an estimate. And that way I'm prepared. I bring a chair if I have to. So the people are sitting so I can have my light higher than them. Cause I've been in so many offices when I first started out, especially, I didn't ask that question. I'd show up and you know, suddenly I have no way of getting that light any lower without it being like directly on them. And you know, it doesn't work for a lot of people. So Mmm. Again, ask questions. But, and, and, and ask those questions ahead of time.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:48:18 But when you don't have the benefit, when you don't have the benefit, when things do change, I've, I've come to complete agreement with somebody about the picture that they are expecting to get and then I show up that conference room can't be used. We have to go on this different part of the building. And that's when, you know, you start sweating. Just even I'd do this for years, I still start to sweat a little bit. I'm like, all right, what am I going to be up against? What am I going to have to do to make this happen? And Mmm. You know, odds are you can make it happen. If you can't, then you just have to explain to them, well, here's what happened. My, the room that I expected to work in is not, well, we have to use a different room. Here's what I have to change some things. Mmm. It's rare, but it happens. And again, experience

Raymond: 00:49:00 Pretty understanding of that. Like if, if that's the situation. Yeah,

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:49:04 Most, most times.

Raymond: 00:49:05 Yeah. I would hope so. I mean, if it's out of your control, you can only do so much.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:49:09 It's amazing what you can get away with you, smile, use a please and thank you and all that. Yeah.

Raymond: 00:49:17 That's great. That's great. So before this interview I was looking at your website and on your about me page, it says, you say on your website, did you bring quote the best professional equipment with you to your shoots? Now, I know that many of those listening probably, you know, they're new photographers probably don't have access to real professional equipment. Right? As somebody who doesn't have access to real professional equipment, are they still able to take exceptable headshots? And if so, what should they do to focus on getting the best results?

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:49:51 Yeah, yeah. The old saying, at least in the news business is the best camera you have is the one you have with you. So everybody's walking around with an iPhone or a Samsung, whatever. Everyone's got a camera on it nowadays. So from that standpoint, no excuse, you could take a picture wherever you go. If you're moved up to an SLR, Mmm. You know, again, that's the camera you have, make it work for you. You may not have the best lenses. If you can invest in better lenses, the body's not as important. But that being said, if you have not the top end, you have an acceptable camera that works. You know, I would say Mmm, it's absolutely possible to make professional quality images with what you have comes down to the pilot, you know, not the plane. So you know, make sure that you, if you're passionate about it, just keep shooting and learn from your mistakes when you don't get what you want.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:51:01 You've just gotten experience and learn from that experience to ultimately get what it is you want from the pictures that you're shooting. And the first thing people ask me for advice, so I love to take pictures. How do I become a professional stalker? Well, what do you like to photograph? Mmm, some people, you know, they liked to photograph everything. When I was starting out, I like photographing everything, but I was totally intimidated by photographing people. So I made it a point to do what made me most uncomfortable. So that number, so that's some point in the future. It wasn't the most uncomfortable thing in the world anymore. It was just another tool in my kit that, you know, when I was putting the situation, it wasn't something I had to stress out about. So when I say that on my website about having the best, most professional gear possible, I think I wrote that because I'm not going to say I'm a Nikon shooter, I'm not a Canon shooter.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:51:59 I'm not going to put specific bodies because there's always a new camera or lens coming along. I just want people to see me as a professional. When I show up and I have the camera that I have people, it doesn't, it's not a question, you know, they don't know. Some people are like, Oh, is that a Canon, this and this and this? Oh yeah, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. [inaudible] But 90% of people are just like, Oh, it looks like a professional camera. They don't have to question it. So it's not necessarily what you have in your hand is how you use it. [inaudible] You show up with, yeah. A five D Mark four, and you don't know what the hell you're doing. What's the point of having the five D Mark four? Get comfortable with it, shoot with it. You know, if you're going to say you're a professional headshot photographer, a professional sports photographer, you know, got to walk the talk.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:52:54 That's all, you know, just I'm very proud of the pictures I have on my website, but that website is already two years old and I look at those pictures and I'm like, I have so many other pictures. I'm so busy, I've got pictures, I've got to update my website. But Mmm. Some of those pictures were shot with the five D Mark twos five D Mark three is now I'm shooting with five D Mark four is, it's, when you look at my pictures, I'm hoping you say, wow, he shot that with a really good camera. You're, I want people to say, you know, that person looks really good or they'll let you know, or it just looked professional. So, so to me it's a camera's a tool. It's a hammer. My job is photographer. I'm going to get the picture I want. I'm not going to show up and twirl my camera around and say, you know, this is the best camera anybody's ever going to use. It's in the results.

Raymond: 00:53:49 So, so then let me I, I don't want to rephrase the question cause I think that you answered the question that I had very well, but maybe thinking about it from a different angle. And this'll be my last question cause I know that I've, I've kept you longer than I, I said that I would, but what is something that anybody listening today, maybe they just have that entry-level camera, right? Maybe they just have a phone. What's something that they can do today to take a better headshot?

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:54:15 Mm, Mmm, oof. Well, when you're all first starting out, I mean, I want you to be coming from a slightly different level, but it's really, you just can't shoot and then say you're done. You really have to look at your work. And I still do this as a professional. I look at everything I've done from a particular job and I see what I could have done better. And I, you know, Mmm. I think what you can do is, it's one of the things that my professors encouraged us to do 25 years ago, you know is,

Raymond: 00:54:51 Hmm,

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:54:52 Look at a lot of magazines, look at a lot of websites, see what you think looks good, Mmm. Even what you think is bad and then try to duplicate, you know, particularly looks. Mmm. Before you can be yourself, you have to kind of be somebody else. In photography, you have to kind of emulate other styles. And, and then eventually you'll find your comfort, comfort place. You know, where you feel like you're, you're seeing things the way you like them to be. So, but as far as headshot photography, if you're not a people person, don't become a headshot photographer.

Raymond: 00:55:36 Maybe. Maybe just learn how to interact with people. Rob

Tennenbaum: 00:55:38 Yeah. Let me pull out the camera. I think it's important. I'm a, I'm an introvert. I got to tell you, I mean, when I'm not shooting, I want to be home and hanging out with my family and not going to parties or whatever it is. As part of being 50 years old almost. But but when I'm with people, I kinda, I feed off of them. If that's your personality, where you meet somebody and you can find something interesting in them and and you, you know, you could B a portrait or headshot photographer. If you're not, then look at landscapes or look at you know, still life photography because photography itself is just such an amazing gift. It's and, and, and there's an outlet for type of it personality, you know. So, you know, for me, I'm comfortable in a lot of different fields. Mmm.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:56:32 But for me, what keeps me coming back to portrait photography is meeting the people, meaning organization, you know, organizations helping individuals and organizations present their best self. Because literally head shots are the first. It's usually the first impression that an outside person sees of an individual or a company. So I take it very seriously. You know, whether it's for 50 people or for one person, I, I try to make sure that the person is seen in the best light. And I never leave until somebody is happy. You know, their, their picture I want, I really want people to feel good about themselves, not just the experience and not about me, but I want them to, they'll feel like they're proud to have that image represent them. Mmm. So, you know, so somebody just starting out, I think for portrait photography, learn the technical parts of photography, but be, be comfortable around other people. And don't be afraid to be who you are. You know, when you're, when you're photographing people.

Raymond: 00:57:43 I I can't imagine saying it any better than that. Yeah. So Rob, I got to say thank you so much for your time today. You have, you've shared a ton about this world that I know nothing about and I feel like I know just a little bit more today than I did yesterday. And for that, I want to say thank you. And I hope that the listeners feel the same way as well. And if they don't, then they just must've had it on mute or something and not listen the entire time. Cause you did, we shared it. Yeah.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:58:11 The state's entire time without sound.

Raymond: 00:58:14 You shared a ton of great stuff. But before I let you in, before I let you go, can you let the listeners know where they can find you and your work anywhere online?

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:58:24 Yeah, my my corporate photography site is www.robtphoto.com. Rob TPH, oto.com, and it shows all the work I've done with celebrities and TV work, corporate work, individual portraits editorial style. Mmm. And there's even some still life on there as well, but there's some good celebrity stuff too. It's kind of fun. So I'm gonna check that out even just to see the celebrities. And then I the one business I don't advertise that I still do on referral is my family portrait and events site. And that's www dot first frames, photo.com fir S T F R a N E S photo a.com. And there'll be weddings on there and newborn portraits, different lighting styles, different kinds of clients. But you hopefully it speaks to

Raymond: 00:59:22 My my diversity. Yeah, absolutely. In your experience as well. Again, Rob, thank you so much for coming on and I can't wait to keep up with you and see what you're up to next.

Rob Tennenbaum: 00:59:33 Thanks very much. Thanks.

Raymond: 00:59:34 Oh man. Rob is just, he's just one of those super insightful people who I just love listening to. There's something about Rob that makes you just feel, you know, welcomed and comfortable with them. And that's a skill that I'm sure, you know, I'm sure it just takes years to cultivate to the level that, that Rob has, but it's no doubt a big contributor to his success working with headshot clients because I think Rob has figured out that a great photograph isn't always about the technicals. You know, he understands that it's about the connection that you have to make with people in order for them to, you know, perhaps drop their guard or get them comfortable in front of your camera so that you can really get a great photo of them. That's, that was definitely my biggest takeaway from this interview with Rob. I want to know what your biggest takeaway is from this interview and I want you to share it in the beginning photography podcast, Facebook group where I have added Rob and I'm sure that he would be happy to answer a question or two should they come up. So you can join the group, but just by searching Facebook for beginner photography podcast, and it should show right up. So that is it for this week. Until next week, I want you to make more, I want you to do more, and I want you to make do with the gear that you have because it's better than you know. All right. See ya.

Outro: 01:01:08 Thank you for listening to the beginner photography podcast. If you enjoy the show, consider leaving a review in iTunes, keep shooting, and we'll see you next week.

BPP 183: Hope Taylor - Perfecting The Senior Photography Experience

Hope Taylor is a Charleston SC senior portrait photographer who has build quite a following with her signature look and client experience. Today I’m looking forward to talking about client experience, posing and attracting clients!

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • What is Senior Photography

  • How hope got into photographing seniors

  • What Hope struggled with most behind the camera

  • Posing tips to help self-conscious teens feel comfortable and confident

  • How to manage your fall schedule when everyone wants photos

  • How Hope delivers her photos to her clients

  • How Hope makes her photos social ready to post

  • What gear Hope brings to a session

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • How to market to seniors

  • Handling the Senior and Parent Relationship

  • How to speak to a senior as an ideal client

  • And the Legalities of photographing and posing photos of minors online

  • What to do if a client doesn’t tag you in their photos they upload.

Resources:

Ashley and Wythe-Hope s Favorites-0052.jpg
Ashley and Wythe-Hope s Favorites-0074.jpg
BrittanyandMichael-89.jpg
JennyandChris-9.jpg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast. Today we are talking about the perfect senior session, so let's get into it.

Intro: 00:10 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast, a weekly podcast for those who believe that moments matter most and that a beautiful photo is more than just a sum of its settings, a show for those who want to do more with the gear they have to take better photos today and now your host Raymond Hatfield.

Raymond: 00:28 Welcome to this week's episode of the beginner photography podcast. I am Raymond Hatfield and I am glad that you are here. We are going to have some fun today. We're going to learn some new things about photography. It's going to be a good time, but before we do, I just want to give a quick shout out to Danny and say thank you for leaving the podcast, a five star review in iTunes. Danny said, I highly recommend this podcast to anyone interested in photography. The Facebook group is full of other photographers willing to help and inform and this podcast is able to provide even experienced photographers with new and helpful information. Danny, thank you so much. I cannot tell you how much it means to me that you are enjoying the podcast and learning so much. So keep it up. And like Danny mentioned, the Facebook group is an incredible community of other photographers in various stages of their journey, but we all believe that being, we all believe in being helpful and not being toxic.

Raymond: 01:27 So if you're not a part, I invite you to join the group. Just search Facebook for beginner photography podcast group and you'll find it to Danny. Thanks again. All right. This week I chat with senior portrait photographer, hope Taylor who, I mean if you just take one look at her work, you will be stopped dead in your tracks. The photos are incredible. Today we talk about posing and lighting and making your senior feel confident during their session. And as always, I save a portion of the interview where we talk about business and making money with your camera just for premium members. So this week premium members are going to hear who hope markets too and deals with communication between the senior and the parent, how to speak to a senior as an ideal client. And communicate your value and the legalities of working in posting photos of teens online, which the hope has a fantastic a little blurb there which has helped to build her massive Instagram following.

Raymond: 02:32 So you don't want to miss that. So if you want to hear all the answers to these questions, you gotta become a premium member. So if you want to do so just head over to beginnerphotographypodcast.com and click the premium membership link up at the top of the page to join today where you're going to get full access to this interview and past interviews as well with other guests. Okay, so that is it. Let's go ahead and get on into this week's interview right now. Today's guest is hope Taylor, a senior portrait photographer from Charleston, South Carolina who has built quite a following with her signature look and client experience today. I'm looking forward to talking to hope about that client experience posing and attracting some clients. Hope. Thank you so much for coming on the podcast.

Hope Taylor: 03:19 Thank you so much for having me. That was such a sweet introduction. I'm so excited to chat with you today.

Raymond: 03:25 It's, it's interesting, very recently I realized, well this is now episode where we're now into the one eighties, I believe. And I've never intro, I've never interviewed a, somebody who like specializes in senior photography and yet so many members of the beginning photography podcast, Facebook group, shoot seniors. I kind of felt like I owed them to to have somebody like you with your experience come on and talk to us about this world. But I don't, I don't know anything about, so before we get into that, before we talk about seniors outside of the U S as you, as I'm sure you know, senior photos aren't really like a very common thing. So for those who are listening, you know, and maybe the other side of the pond or in other parts of the world, can you share, can you give a description of what senior photography is?

Hope Taylor: 04:13 Absolutely. Well, first of all, I'm so excited to be the person to talk about senior photography. Obviously. I absolutely love it. It's been a huge part of my business since the very beginning. So senior portraits are essentially a high school senior wanting to capture memories of their senior year. So for me, I do about a two hour long senior experience where we're just capturing photos of them. They get to choose their outfits. And it's essentially to capture their personality, their style and kind of the memories of that season. Some senior photographers do the traditional like cap and gown, super formal photos. I'm not one that does those. I do more of a lifestyle senior experience versus those like formal stuffy cap and gown photos, which aren't necessarily bad. Just not necessarily what I do.

Raymond: 04:55 Ah, interesting. Already we're getting into like your own personal style and how you see everything, which is which is really exciting there. I, I actually never had senior photos done. Like when I was in high school, I didn't have senior photos done. I went to a very, very small high school and I really hated my whole high school experience. So it's just one of those things, you know, so I didn't want any sort of photos to, to, you know, remember it by, but now that I'm older, I look back and think of high school and my friends that I have and I do wish that I had those senior photos. So I love that you kinda tie in kind of how people are feeling and what it is that that they like to do as a senior. That's, that's super important stuff.

Hope Taylor: 05:34 Yes. Well, and see, I'm the same way. I didn't love my senior experience either. I actually was not a fan of high school as a whole. So the, I think the reason I love senior portraits so much is it takes girls and guys too that are maybe not having the best senior experience or maybe not having the most like self confidence or feeling the best about themselves and hopefully makes them feel really beautiful and confident for awhile at their session. So I think it's interesting you said that because I come from the same background of not high school, but I think that's actually what makes me love capturing that season. So it's kind of crazy how it comes full circle.

Raymond: 06:03 It is crazy. That is crazy. So I know reading about more about you online and doing my research to find out who you are. You know, your website has a lot of information about you and kind of how you got started in photography. And I think that it's kind of a I guess I would say untraditional. So since you started in high school, is that right? Yes. Yeah. So can you go ahead and give the listeners like the backstory of how you got started in photography and where it took you?

Hope Taylor: 06:32 Yeah, absolutely. So I will give the nutshell version, but ask me to expand on anything you want me to. So I began doing photography just as a fun side hobby when I was a sophomore in high school. So I would've been 16 and I took a photo journalism class just as an elective. I had to take an elective and I was like, this one sounds fun. And I also wanted a nice camera, but my family, my dad was military at the time. We did not have the extra finances to buy me a DSLR camera for no reason. But they didn't know that it was a prerequisite for the class to have a DSLR camera. And so I signed up, I know, surprise. So I signed up for the class and kind of like finagled my way into like having them help me buy a DSLR.

Hope Taylor: 07:12 So they bought me a super cheap used, you know, eBay, Canon [inaudible] or whatever it was. T3 I maybe and I took that class and I enjoyed it, but it kind of stopped there. I didn't really think anything else of it. As I went into my junior year, so I'm 17 at this point. I was working a part time job at a retail store. I don't know if any girls listening remember limited to turning into justice. That's where I worked. Just like the little girl's clothing store. And it was fun, but they had a lot of rules about like being under 18 you could only work four hour shifts. So I was very minimal how much I was able to make and it just felt like it was draining me and my camera had been sitting on the shelf for months at this point. And so my family members were like, why don't you just take it out just so you have a fun hobby and something to do to, you know, enjoy outside of this job that you're not loving.

Hope Taylor: 07:57 And so I did and I did pictures for a friend and their mom tipped me $50 on their way out and I went from making like seven 25. I know, right? It was like seven 25 an hour to $50 an hour. I was like, I'm a rolling in it. Like this is like my life is made. And I think that was the first time I realized like, Oh, this could be lucrative, this could be a job. Nobody had ever kind of put that thought in my mind that a creative passion or hobby can turn into a career. And so that was kind of the first time that light bulb went off for me. So from that moment on, I started hustling my booty off. I worked really, really hard my junior and senior year to build a business that was making me a decent income. Hope Taylor: 08:35 And so I, during my senior year, committed, or excuse me, applied to seven or eight different universities and I was determined that I was going to go for a business degree, but I was going to continue doing photography on the side. And as my business grew and I got closer and closer to going to school, I committed to the school that was closest to my house, but it was still about an eight hour round trip from home driving. And so long story short, I ended up revoking my admission a month before I was supposed to leave to go full time. And that was about five years ago. So I'm almost seven years deep as a full time photographer at this point.

Raymond: 09:08 Wow. Congratulations. That's amazing. Hope Taylor: 09:09 Well thank you. Thank you.

Raymond: 09:11 I kind of want to expand a little bit more there. I love the nutshell version. That was a great overview. But I find a lot of times when I speak with other photographers, I'm like, how'd you get your start? And they're like, well one day I picked up a camera, you know, yada yada. Now here I am as a professional photographer and there's a lot in that yada yada yada. So between that time when you, when your family was like, why don't you pick up the camera again and like use it as a hobby and you know, you got that first gig, you made that $50. So between that $50 and when you decided I'm not going to go to college, I'm going to pursue photography full time. What was, what was that experience like?

Hope Taylor: 09:50 So for me, I actually always knew that I would ideally want to be an entrepreneur. My mom made cakes the whole time I was growing up out of my home, so she kind of ran a bakery and she kind of showed me just the whole, you know, girl boss type of thing. And I was so inspired by the idea of working for myself. So I always knew in the back of my mind I wanted to do that. I loved business, I loved marketing. But it just didn't click for me that photography could be that outlet until that moment that I mentioned. And so that transition for me was really fun, but it was also really hard from an emotional standpoint. It was really rough in high school for you to be the one person that was like taking the different route or going in an opposite direction of everybody else.

Hope Taylor: 10:28 And I went to a pretty rough public high school. My class was like 500 people and it was definitely very much against the grain. Who does this girl think she is? Why does she think that she like can be so different? And so emotionally it was rough. But for me, I just like put my blinders on and was like, this is something I really love. And it honestly never was a thought to me that I would not go to college. That was never something I considered at all. I was actually very adamant that I was going to leave the small town I was in because again, I, nobody liked me in my high school. I didn't like my high school experience. I was like, why would I want to stay in this small town that I'm not enjoying? And so throughout this whole process of me applying to colleges while doing my business, my mom would kind of come up to me and say, hope, I hope you know that if you decide you want to stay home and go to community college, we will support that.

Hope Taylor: 11:15 And we actually got fights about it because it'd be like, mom, stop telling me that like, I'm not staying home. You want me to stay home, but I'm not doing it. Like stop bringing it up. It's not an option. And we would, I know, right? Like, mom, let me like, let me spread my wings and fly. But the reality was she just realized before I did that that might not be the direction my life was going. And so it was a very, it was a strange season. It was a scary season of just going out on a limb and trusting my gut, cause I woke up one morning and just decided I don't feel like this is the right path for me. So it was a, it was a crazy season of just going against what I thought my entire life was going to look like.

Raymond: 11:52 Wow. Yeah. That has gotta be so much when you're just 18. I remember back to when I was 18 and I was like, I was, I was dumb. Like I wasn't a smart, you know, like we're always like tasked to figure out what it is that we want to do with the rest of your life. And I feel like even, you know, I don't know, 25, I was like, I don't know what I'm doing with my life. You know what I mean? Yeah. It's interesting. So when you, when you first started you obviously took a photo journalism class, what did you think, what would you say was probably the what was it that you struggled with the most when it came to operating a camera?

Hope Taylor: 12:24 So honestly I think for me it was just understanding how the technical, like the typical technical pieces all works together. I am self-taught from a business and marketing perspective. I always say I feel like I'm naturally talented in business and marketing, but not naturally talented at photography. So the photography side of things was actually the harder part for me. So I think it was just figuring out how all the technical things works together and following certain set of photojournalistic rules, but then figuring out which ones it was okay to break and which ones it was okay to find a personal style that maybe didn't always meet the rule of thirds or you know, those technical rules they teach and classes like that. And so I think that was the hardest part for me was wanting to create things but feeling like I had to meet those rules in order to meet the requirements of the class. And then once I got out of that class, just deciding that I wanted to just go rogue and do whatever I wanted. And I mean I think I still probably now have come full circle and use a lot of those technical rules. But at the time I just wanted to like break outside of the box. My teacher was trying to put me in, I guess.

Raymond: 13:24 Was there ever a time where you were looking at your photos thinking like I just am not understanding this?

Hope Taylor: 13:31 Not that I remember. I think that I always shot on like auto mode obviously as you do when you're beginning. And so I think for me it was just getting frustrated with figuring out how all of the settings work together, you know, the apertures, the shutter speed, ISO, all of those things. Figuring out how they worked together to create photos. Like what I was seeing when I was working on auto. And so I think that was probably the most frustrating part for me. But honestly, the hardest part for me is editing. I struggled so much with getting consistent editing. So I think that was probably the thing that I got the most frustrated with.

Raymond: 14:01 Oh man. Did you have to do much editing in your photojournalism class?

Hope Taylor: 14:04 I did it in my class, but once I started working for clients and I, you know, you don't really know what to expect when you go from working in a photojournalism class to working with people. It's very different. And because in photojournalism we're taking pictures of like, you know, landscapes and still things. And so going into working with people who are like, hi, can you Photoshop 20 pounds off of me? Can you make my skin smoother and my teeth whiter? It was, it's very overwhelming to go from not thinking you have to do much editing to all of these crazy requests. And so that was, that was a struggle for me.

Raymond: 14:33 Wow. Okay. Okay. I love it. W was there any educational you know, Avenue? Did you go on YouTube to try to learn editing? Did you take a class? Was it a course?

Hope Taylor: 14:44 All of the free resources. I was like, give me all the YouTube, give me all the Google. I didn't attend like a workshop in our industry or anything like that until my senior year. So there was about a year where I was just doing so much research online and getting access to any YouTube videos I could, I feel like podcasts weren't a big thing, you know, five, six years ago. And so I was, or I didn't know about them. And so I was just all over YouTube watching all of these free tutorials. I had a editing software called, I think it was called portrait pro, where you would upload a picture and it would detect their face and then like smooth their face and brighten their eyes and all those things. And it was so tedious. I mean, it took me hours and hours and hours to edit just one group of pictures from a shoot. And looking back at that, it's just so funny because now I added light room and you know, just, you know, comes full circle. It's just been a process.

Raymond: 15:32 Yeah. Yeah. In minutes too. Right? Like you can do like a whole session in like under an hour. Yeah, exactly. What do you think the key to that is? Do you think it just more repetition?

Hope Taylor: 15:41 Yeah, I honestly say like when people ask me how I got to the point that I've perfected my style and like this is so cheesy and sounds unhelpful, but it truly is just practice makes perfect because when you're out there working in different lighting scenarios of different types of people with different types of personalities and then working in light room to perfect that editing style I truly just think it's repetition and finding, and I still sometimes go into scenarios where I'm like, this lighting is funky and I'm not used to it. Like, what do I do here? I actually just moved from Virginia to South Carolina and the greens in Charleston, South Carolina are so different than back home and Virginia. And so yes, even editing my work here compared to Virginia is so different. I mean, I think it's just a continual nonstop learning process.

Raymond: 16:22 Wow. That is so cool. That's so interesting to to think about. And something that I I wouldn't have thought about. That's interesting.

Hope Taylor: 16:29 It is super strange. The greens there in Virginia are just super bright, vibrant, like grassy greens. And then here it's like the Spanish Moss super muted, like filmy green. So it looks like I've changed how I'm editing, but I didn't, it's just different. It's very, it's very strange.

Raymond: 16:41 People think you're a brand new photographer.

Hope Taylor: 16:43 I know. I'm like surprised. I shouldn't film now. Just kidding.

Raymond: 16:47 So back to senior photography getting into that as somebody who didn't enjoy their senior experience why get into senior photography? And what about it? Is it that that you love so much?

Hope Taylor: 17:00 So I think for me it was honestly piece a part of it was just that it was a natural transition. All of my peers were seniors. I was working in a high school, so it was just natural for me to like be like, Hey, let's photograph, like, let's take pictures for fun with my friends. And, and that's kind of how I started practicing. And so then when all of my practice images that were in my portfolio were pictures of my peers, it just was a natural transition for seniors to reach out and say, Hey, like I saw you did my friend's pictures, can we work together? And so P a piece of it was that a piece of, it was also that I was looking for senior photographers at the time. So I followed a lot of senior photographers in my area and I loved their work and I was just so inspired by the photos I was seeing them create. And so I just loved the idea of it and I loved working with people who were my age, who I could really and connect to and take them out of a very season of life and make them just feel really, really beautiful and confident for a few hours.

Raymond: 17:54 Yeah. So tell me about the delivery then. Like, when you deliver those photos, what is there, what am I trying to say here? What you had just said, taking them out of that season of life and there's the stressful it is, it, is it, is it the delivery that is the pay off for you? Is it the shooting? Is it the experience for them?

Hope Taylor: 18:13 I think it's just working with them in person and just asking him about like, Hey, what are your college plans? What are you excited about? Where like what do you want to study? Why do you want to study that? And just like telling them how beautiful they are in front of my camera, showing them back to the camera pictures and them getting so excited. I just, I think it's just seeing their face light up and their confidence kind of slowly increase while I'm actually working with them in person. The delivery of the images is always fun to just hear their feedback. But I think for me, the part that I love is just working with them and getting, hang out with them and get to know them and make them feel seen and heard and loved for a little bit.

Raymond: 18:45 Yeah. Being, being genuinely, genuinely, I don't know why that was so hard to get out. Curious about, about the people in front of your camera. I get it. So one thing I remember from being a teenager is that I was very self conscious, you know, of the way that I look. And I know that that's very typical of teenagers you know, just being that self-conscious. So posing can be, you know, extra important when it comes to seniors. What are some posing basics that you have for when it comes to comes to working with seniors?

Hope Taylor: 19:17 Oh yeah. So one of the things that I actually do before I ever meet with my seniors on their shooting day is I send them a questionnaire which I actually have a free copy of for your listeners. But I, I'm sending that questionnaire and one of the most important questions I ask on that is, what is your favorite feature about yourself and your least favorite feature about yourself? And I pay really close attention to the answer to that question because some girls really, really love, I don't know their nose and some girls really are self conscious about their body, whereas some girls love their body but are super self conscious about the fact that their face is round. And it's really random things that I would not know looking at them obviously because I think they're beautiful, but it's things that they will see in every single photo if I don't take the time to make sure that I'm being cognizant of that.

Hope Taylor: 19:58 And so that's the biggest thing I always tell my senior photographers before the shoot ever starts. If you can get that information from your client and just be super hyper aware of that at your session it's going to help them to love their photos for each individual because each individual's going to be different. Obviously we all want to look skinny and beautiful. But it's going to be a little bit different for everyone when it comes to posing basics. A couple of things that I think are super helpful when it comes to seniors is that anytime I have a client put their hand on their hip instead of just telling them to put their hand on their natural hip where they would actually place it, which is a little bit lower than the smallest part of their waist, I have them bring your hand up a little higher than they naturally would to cinch in the actual smallest part of their waist.

Hope Taylor: 20:40 And I've done that with every single one of my clients for forever, and they almost always comment on that. Like, Oh my gosh, I didn't realize that when I put my hand on my, I was putting it on the widest part of my waist and not the smallest part. So that's a huge tip that I use with seniors all the time. I also am always shooting from slightly above, which I feel like is kind of a common tip. But I'm always either tippy toeing or standing on a curb or having my clients sit or kneel so that I can shoot from an angle slightly above them so that I can focus on their eyes and have their body be a little bit smaller, a little bit slimmer in the background. And then I also always shoot on a low averager, which is an opposing tip but does help to have their face be the focal point. I always want their face and their facial expression to be the focal point of their image. And so I'm shooting at a really low aperture between 2.0 and 2.2 to make sure that that's what's the focus of the image.

Raymond: 21:30 I love it. What are some of the differences in posing? First of all, let me go back to that posing of the, the hip putting your hand on the smallest part of the the waist. That is a, that's something so like easy, you know, that you wouldn't have even thought of it. That's, that's wonderful. So thank you for sharing that. Of course. When it comes to posing, like the difference between guys and girls, right? What are, what are some of the things that you focus on with, with either of them?

Hope Taylor: 21:56 So I, yeah. Oh, that makes total sense. So I don't photograph a ton of guys. I have probably photographed maybe 10 senior guys in my entire seven years because I just have a very girly business and girly brand and I just attract a lot of female senior clients. But when it comes to the guys I actually do a couple things different. When it comes to posing specifically that tip about shooting from above goes out the window because I don't want to shoot senior guys from above. I want to photograph them from head on because it helps their shoulders look a little broader, helps them look a little bit more masculine. And I'm also doing a lot of arms crossed and when I have them cross their arms, I have them make a fist and put their fist under their arms and that helps their arms look a little bit more like masculine and their biceps look bigger.

Hope Taylor: 22:36 So they like the way they look a lot better. And then just from an overall experience perspective, I actually offer a shorter 30 minute many senior experience for my guys. And I don't advertise that anywhere, but I think that my senior guy clients would kill me if I let their mom book for two hours and like four outfit changes because no senior guy wants that. That I, that I've met. And so I, I'm always offered that like smaller senior package as kind of like a, a gift to them of like, Hey, normally I don't offer this, but this is half the price and half the time. So that your son doesn't hate his life while he's getting his photos taken. And that's been super helpful in my business because then senior guys dread the session a little bit less.

Raymond: 23:17 That is so funny. I can, I can totally picture that too, but that kind of brings me into my next question. You kind of brought it up there. Talking to talking to the parents, talking to the seniors with senior photography. I know with with weddings, Oh bride will reach out to me a bride is the person paying, I photograph the bride I deliver to the bride with senior photography. Who typically contacts you? Is it the senior or is it the parent?

Mid Roll: 23:44 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond: 24:07 Oh my gosh. That like mind blown right there. I've never heard anybody say it like from that perspective it always come from a place of like, you know, vulnerability on the, on the artist's side. Like you were saying earlier, but that makes so much more sense to let them have that conversation and just that's going to change a lot of senior photographers who are listening like their lives right there. Cause that is one of the biggest thing that comes up every time. Like what do I do if they don't tag me in stuff? I love that. Thank you for sharing that. When it comes to fall, let's talk about fall for a minute. Fall is always a very busy time for photographers, especially portrait photographers. Right. Do you find that most seniors also want fall photos? And if so, how do you manage your fall schedule?

Hope Taylor: 24:57 So this is a super interesting question for me right now because like I mentioned, I'm moving markets from Virginia to South Carolina and in Virginia it was absolutely everybody in their mom wanted fall photos because obviously the leaves get beautiful at the exact right time because they, right, we're on the East coast, you know, all the things. But I also am Virginia. People would sometimes want their photos in the summer beforehand because then they have their pictures before their senior year. So they were kind of getting their senior session done in the summer to kick off their senior year of like, Oh, this is like the prerequisite of being a high school senior. So I'd say summer and fall were the busiest for me there. Here in Charleston, the leaves aren't changing until like right now. And so the fall is popular here because the temperatures are better, but it has nothing to do with the fall foliage, which is super interesting to me.

Hope Taylor: 25:44 So I can tell already that there's going to be a shift there. But fall in Virginia was definitely absolute insanity because my weddings and my portraits were both obviously at the same, really high peak season. And so for me, I have a very strict boundary that I always maintain, whether I'm in the fall or any other season. And I only shoot two portrait sessions a week. I only photograph portraits on Tuesday and Thursday evenings. And I don't really change that ever. And so if I have an engagement session booked on a Thursday, I will only take one senior session that week on Tuesday, done and done. That's it. And I won't take any exceptions or additional bookings that week because I know for me that I just can't mentally handle that much editing and that much shooting and still maintain a social life.

Hope Taylor: 26:28 And I also know that when I'm in that place of I'm so overwhelmed, I'm so stressed, I'm not serving my other clients well. So the best way to just serve everybody well is to just have that hard boundary. And I do that throughout the entire year. So that means that my fault books up pretty quickly. It books up in advance because people are booking those dates and there's only a limited number to go around. But that boundary is just been so important for my mental sanity and for my, like quality of my client experience. And so I think it's something that it's super, super important.

Raymond: 26:58 Yeah, that's something that doesn't get talked about a lot. That's really interesting. I know that some listeners right now are thinking to themselves, she has to get a bunch of pushback on this. Do you ever get any pushback on, on your limited availability?

Hope Taylor: 27:11 I do. I, I've had the occasional senior who's like, Oh, I can only do it on a weekend. And I'm like, well, I'm really sorry but my weekends are reserved for my wedding clients. Here's a couple of other senior photographers that could work for you. And I think that it's taken me years to get to that place. Obviously turning away money, turning away clients is not an easy thing to do. But I actually, without going too far into like the mental health emotional side of things, I got really sick for a year period with autoimmune related issues that were stress induced and stress related. And it gave me a really quick perspective shift on what's really important and what's really valuable. And for me, my mental health and time with my family and having a social life are the most valuable and important things to me. And if that means I lose out on a senior session because I don't want to give up a free Sunday that I'm completely okay with that. And I think I always will be from here on out.

Raymond: 27:58 Yeah. You said that it took a few years to kind of get to that point. In the beginning you would just w w w would you just bend backwards to anybody's like requests of availability?

Hope Taylor: 28:08 Pretty much. I mean, I think at the beginning I was like, I need any and all things that come my way. And the reality of that is that I was 17 or 18 years old. I had no need for money. I wasn't paying any bills. I was living in my parents' house. There was no really need for additional finances. I just was like, give me all the things, like I can handle all of it and I can do all the things and be all the people. And so I took on all kinds of bookings, even like families and things that I just didn't enjoy photographing for the practice and for the portfolio images. And for the money. And it took me a long time and it probably honestly took me until two years ago where I had those health scares to just really sit back and be like, okay, what is that one extra shoot worth to me? Weighing against what my social life with my family and my time off and my mental sanity is worth. And I think that the bladder is just always gonna win on that one.

Raymond: 28:57 Yeah. Yeah, for sure. For sure. Yeah. But it just getting to that point of being confident in your abilities and being okay to just say like, you know what? I'm going to, my personal health is more important than, you know, an extra $300 this week.

Hope Taylor: 29:12 Yeah. Well, and even the time off is more important I think to that raising your prices to a point where you can have that margin. And you know, those two shoots a week are gonna pay you what maybe five shoots would have paid you in the past. I'm getting to that point of just knowing my time is valuable because that's time away from the people that I love in my own personal life and all of those things. And I'm pricing yourself accordingly. To be able to have that margin is also a super important piece of that puzzle.

Raymond: 29:37 Yeah, yeah. Yeah. So let's talk, let's, let's move on past the the shoot and no, you know what, I have one more question about the shoe. When, when I knew that I was having you on, I reached out to Carrie who's in the beginning photography podcast, Facebook group because I know that she shooed seniors and right now, and she's feeling, she's feeling that overwhelmed. She said that she is feeling burnt out creatively. But the one question that she, she actually had a bunch of questions from me, but the one question right here for you is how did you, when she said, do you, do you take photos of whomever the senior comes with like a parent or a sibling or a boyfriend or a girlfriend just to get that one or two photos. And then do you try to sell those photos or do you just say, Nope, senior only got to back off?

Hope Taylor: 30:25 Oh, this is such a good question. So I actually have a policy in place for this, so I'm in that senior style guide that I send. And I think on my website too, it also States this did, they can bring one person with them for the last 30 minutes of their session. So if they want their boyfriend to come meet us or their mom or their sister or the best friend or whoever, they can come meet us for the last 30 minutes and we'll get some pictures with that person. And I just include those in the gallery and I have had people that are like, okay, can my one person be like my whole family of five? And I do, I do it. Yeah, I know. And sometimes I'm like, actually no, the answer's no, but I end up, I just do it because I view it as that under promise and over deliver concept of I'm just going to go above and beyond and do it even though technically it's not allowed.

Hope Taylor: 31:07 I'm just going to do it. If they tried to bring like 17 friends, obviously I'd be like, no, absolutely not. But I also tried to take the time that if mom brought her to the shoot, even if mom is not photo ready, like hair and makeup outfit wise, I asked her to step in just for a few and I tell her I'm not going to post these anywhere. I just think you love them for the memories. Because my senior photographer did that with my mom and I and it was, it's some of my favorite images of my mom and I. And so I always try to take the time to just over-deliver and take that extra step to be like, Hey, just hop in for a few photos. And it literally takes less than a minute to just snap like two or three and I'll put them in the gallery. But if they want to plan to bring somebody, that's something that they tell me on their questionnaire and then we coordinate having them meet us for the last 30 minutes and they hop in for a few photos.

Raymond: 31:47 Gotcha. That's, so that's such a great mindset. Again, you know, just just trying to give that best experience possible. Best experience. So as, as after you've been doing this for a while, you kind of understand that a photography is more than just the experience of the shoot itself, but also extends to delivering the photo. So when it comes to delivering your photos, what is your delivery workflow? Do you just, do you do anything special like you know, square crops for Instagram, smaller resolution for social and then do you just send a Dropbox Dropbox link or, or, or how do you deliver your photos?

Hope Taylor: 32:24 So I deliver them in an online gallery. I use a program called cloud spot. I'm a huge cloud spot fan. I absolutely love them. And so I upload my images in a cloud spot and deliver them through an online gallery service so they can download, share and print all their files straight from that online. I can set up catalogs on the back end of print and product options that they can shop as well as prices. And those are self-fulfilled so I get the income, the extra income, but they're self fulfilled through whichever printer I choose. Which is kind of an awesome way to set that up. And then I don't do anything special as far as cropping or anything goes. The only other special thing that I do is that I have a blog post of their senior images. And I don't have a spokesmodel team this year. Spokesmodels are a whole other topic we can touch on. But when I have spokesmodels only my spokesmodels get a blog posts that's part of being on a spokesmodel team is that they get a blog feature of their session because I don't have a spokesmodel team this year. I blog everybody's senior session because I'm taking a very limited number. So they get a blog post the same week. They get their gallery delivered to them.

Raymond: 33:24 Okay. So do you do any sort of like watermarking for your photos?

Hope Taylor: 33:28 I don't. I, they are paying for that online gallery. It's included in their full package. So I don't do any type of watermarking even on the sneak peaks. I'm a huge believer that if somebody wants to steal my photo they can easily crop or edit out the logo. So I'd rather people seeing my image get the full effect without my name plastered across it and get that really beautiful first impression of the image without a watermark on it. Because I just believe that if somebody wants to take it, they could and I probably putting a logo on there isn't really going to stop them. So that's just my thought process on watermarks, but I don't think there's anything wrong with it. I just don't personally use them.

Raymond: 34:01 I I have the, I have the same view when it comes to watermarks which is very it's, it can be a hard lesson to learn. You know, when you, when you first got started I think you said earlier that did, you did have a watermark on your photos and when people would post them, they would like crop them out and stuff like that. Yep. So what was it, was there something about that, that you're like, that, that, that made you change your view on watermarks?

Hope Taylor: 34:25 I don't remember a specific moment where I changed my mind. I, whenever I would watermark my pictures, I think there was like a very short period of a couple of weeks where I put it actually on the photo, but then I started just putting it in the white border below the photo. And that was like super easy to crop out. I mean, there was kind of no point in it except like, Hey, this person took this. And I just started to realize that as social media grew and trends changed, it was a much better impression on my followers and my potential clients to just see the image as it is without my name on it. And that was going to increase bookings if my images had a good first impression versus the first thing they seeing being like, Oh look who made this not, Oh, look how pretty it is.

Raymond: 35:02 Right, right, right. Yeah. I had something to say there again about the watermarks, but I lost it. But I think, I think that we pretty much covered everything there about watermarks. Oh. So let's let's, let's talk about, kind of a last question here kind of about your style of photography. Because as I mentioned earlier, you do have a very distinct style. You know, you look at your photos and it is that, that joyous, that fun, that free, that very warm feeling to your photos. That is those fun makes me want to have a senior session, you know, 13 years later I suppose. But tell me a little bit about shooting outdoors for you. Right. So it's shooting outdoors. What is your shooting style like? Is it just you and a camera? Do you bring a flash? Do you bring reflectors? Like how much is involved in the actual photography?

Hope Taylor: 35:56 Yeah. Well, thank you. First of all, that was very sweet description of my photos. I do just me in the camera and occasionally a white reflector. Those are the only things I bring with me. And I have a very light camera backpack that I carry that has my stuff in it. I'm using a white reflector for any shots that are waist up just to bounce that really clean light back onto my clients. I don't use a gold or silver, I'm just white because I just want that to fill any harsh shadows on your face, kind of smooth their skin and make their eyes pop. But other than that, it's just me in the camera. And I am always talking to my clients. They're never in front of my camera for more than two seconds where I'm not giving them an instruction or a praise. And so I probably annoy the living crud out of some of them because I am like, Oh my gosh, you're so beautiful, girl. You look so good. Like, Oh my goodness. And I never stopped talking, but it makes them feel super comfortable and confidence. So but yeah, all I'm bringing with me are my camera up, my 50 millimeter 1.4 is my most popular lens I'm using for seniors and then my white reflector

Raymond: 36:52 [Inaudible] [inaudible]. And so as somebody who, who obviously goes out who shoots quite a bit of seniors and even educates other photographers on how to shoot seniors, I'd be willing to bet than you seen a lot of amateur senior photography. I have. Yes. What are some of those signs that when you look at a photo you think to yourself like, this is, this is definitely an amateur here. What, what is that?

Hope Taylor: 37:17 Oh, this is such an interesting question. I'm trying to think. I would just say, I can just kind of tell if like focus is a little off or if the aperture was either like really, really wide or really narrow. It took me over the long time to find that sweet spot of like, Oh, her eyes are in focus, but the rest of it looks so creamy. I think that's like almost everybody's goal with senior photos is to have, they're really pretty crisp like skin and eyes and really like pretty dreamy background and it takes awhile to find that sweet spot of the aperture number for you. And I think that that's one of the biggest things I can see. And then also just really stiff posing. Like if I can just tell that you weren't really talking to your client and kind of asking them to pose on their own or like giving really minimal instruction, I can kind of see that come through in a photo just because I have such an involved posing style. So really, really stiff types of poses is another, another thing I see a lot.

Raymond: 38:04 I love it. I love it. That's it. It's so weird how you can see those things, right? Like how you can, it's almost like you can see the interaction that they were having with somebody through a still photo. It's very strange to be a photographer. It's very cool. Very cool.

Hope Taylor: 38:19 It is. No, you're exactly right.

Raymond: 38:20 Yeah. And when it comes to you know, obviously you have had quite a few years of shooting now, we all didn't start off at this place to where we are like rock solid, good to go, show up any situation, confident that you can grab the, you know, the photos that you need. Have you ever had an embarrassing moment on the job with a senior you know, that you'd, that you'd be willing to share?

Hope Taylor: 38:44 Oh, absolutely. I've had quite a few. I'm trying to think. The first two that come to mind aren't even really related to delivering photos, but there was one, I was shooting in Washington, D C for the cherry blossoms and I was backing up just to get a wider shot and didn't see that there was a construction hole happening behind me and I just fell into the hole in the middle of shooting. Like literally waist Steve, like one of my legs went waist-deep and the other one just like crumbled beneath. He's very entertaining. And then I also hold on stop. What did you do?

Hope Taylor: 39:17 Thankfully it was somebody that was like a mutual friend slash. Acquaintance. So I was just like, Oh, nice, great. So glad that just happened and I just like jumped up and we laughed it off. But the other one I think of is we were shooting in the river and I was barefoot and I stepped into the water and sliced and I foot on it like a beer can. And the mom like was just super challenged. She was like, Oh, you're fine, you're fine. And I like was like, Oh yeah, I'm good, I'm good. I'm good. And I just tried to keep going cause I'm just like such an anxious person. I was like, I don't want them to stress that like I'm not okay. So I just kept going and then I need, my foot was bleeding so bad, like I was just standing in a puddle of blood within like 30 seconds.

Hope Taylor: 39:52 And so then I was like, okay, maybe I'm not good. Like I'm just going to take a second. And I like, like tried to get a paper towel. I'm like, wrap it up and Oh my gosh, it hurts so bad. And I ended up being fine. But it was just this awkward moment of the mom being like, I think you're fine. And I'm like, woman, I'm standing in a pile of blood. Like I don't think I'm fine. So it was just, it was hilarious. I look back on it and laugh, but those were the two things that pop into my mind, which doesn't even have anything to do with delivering photos. Just me being,

Raymond: 40:15 Yeah, it never does. It never does have anything to do with do with delivering those photos. Yeah, no, I get that. I get that. Oh my gosh, that's a horrible, I'm trying to think what I would do and that's, I mean obviously I probably wouldn't be shooting weddings like in a, in like a little little river area, but yeah, if I were to hurt, I guess I've never really hurt myself that caused any sort of like, you know, blood or, or, or

Hope Taylor: 40:37 I know that was the first for me and hopefully the last, I know. Right. And I also just remembered I got pulled over between locations at a shoot one time too. My client was following me and I got pulled over for going the wrong way on a runway. That was, yeah, that was fun.

Raymond: 40:52 W Oh my gosh. Geez. Well, we should, we should have you back so that we can have another episode of just like embarrassing photography mistakes that we've made and we'll all share some,

Hope Taylor: 41:01 Oh yeah. I have lots. I'd be a, a, a key player in that I've got many to share.

Raymond: 41:07 Oh, that is so funny. That is so funny. Well hope. I got to say thank you so much for coming on and Sharon, everything that you did today. I know that there's a lot of people listening who got a ton of value out of this episode and kind of opened up their eyes to this whole crazy world of of senior photography. Before I let you go, can you let the listeners know where they can find you online and just follow along with your journey?

Hope Taylor: 41:34 Absolutely. So I'm hope Taylor photography on Instagram is probably the best way to just keep up with my business and my life. I share lots of personal stuff on there too. And then I've mentioned by senior questionnaire a few times in this interview and I'm actually gonna give you guys a free copy so you have the link to that. I believe in the show notes below. So you can get access to that. If you want a free copy of the exact questions I asked my senior clients before their shoot and hope Taylor blog.com has a ton of other free resources and information and YouTube videos that I offer related to senior photography too.

Raymond: 42:04 Perfect. Again, hope. Thank you so much. I will of course add links in the show notes of anywhere and everywhere to find you. And again, thank you so much. I look forward to keeping up with you and I hope that we can share more embarrassing stories on a, on Instagram.

Hope Taylor: 42:17 Absolutely. I love it. Thank you so much for having me.

Raymond: 42:20 How about that man? I have I don't really photograph seniors. I don't really know a lot of seniors that don't. It's just not my thing. It just doesn't seem my thing. But after hearing hope, talk about it and how she approaches it, I can tell that it's her thing and she does a great job at it. And and that's why, you know, often I talk about playing to your strengths and if you know, a lot of people say that there's a lot of money in seniors, but if you don't, you know, feel passionate about that, I don't encourage you to pursue something. You know, that you're not, that you don't enjoy that you're not passionate about, but hope is in I'm just so excited for her and I could hear it in her voice. One of my biggest takeaways from this episode was just how much further hope goes for her clients as she was saying, seniors are self conscious about their appearance and, and, you know, really doing everything she can to to maximize what the seniors like and minimize what they don't like about themselves.

Raymond: 43:23 And that just, you know, a little something extra that she does on top of worrying about everything else. Like lighting and color and technical settings while shooting. So, you know, as I said, you can tell that she's passionate about it and you can tell that she loves what it is that she does. So hope if you are listening, thank you so much for coming on the show and sharing everything that you did. I had a blast chatting with you. We'll have to do it again. All right. That is it for this week's episode of the podcast. Until next week, I want you to go out. I want you to make more, want you to do more, and I want you to make more with the gear that you got. So until next week, stay safe.

Outro: 44:05 Thank you for listening to the beginner photography podcast. If you enjoy the show, consider leaving a review in iTunes, keep shooting, and we'll see you next week.

BPP 182: Martin Moore - Following Your Passion and Landing Your Dream Job

Martin Moore is a commercial product photographer for KOSS Headphones form Milwaukee Wisconsin who after 20 years as a mechanic left his job to become a full-time staff photographer. Today we’re going to chat about leaving your job and following your passion.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

In This Episode You'll Learn:

  • The unconventional start Martin got in photography

  • What it was about photography that got Martin so excited while working as a mechanic

  • Where Martin learned photography

  • How Martin booked and shot his first wedding

  • What about the technical side of photography is most challenging

  • How a commercial product photographer gets ready for a shoot

  • What its like working and shooting for a large company

  • How much gear Martin uses and his most used piece of equipment during a shoot

  • What Matin heard being taught as gospel to beginners but in practice is’’t as important

Premium Members Also Learn:

  • What you need to be valuable in today’s workforce as a photographer

  • The pros and cons of being a staff photographer vs a freelance photographer

  • How to get the attention of a company you want to work for

  • Why building a personal brand is so important even when working as an employee

Resources:

809055FC-021D-4883-AF42-921EEBA173B5.jpeg
7A7E899A-AD0A-4CE6-910E-381F027B6E5A.jpeg
69FC1A3B-E137-4658-A174-420447E86D90.jpeg
429B3939-129C-4BD5-925A-DDF67515D928.jpeg

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00 Today on the beginner photography podcast, we are learning all about product photography. So let's get into it.

Intro: 00:08 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast, a weekly podcast for those who believe that moments matter most and that a beautiful photo is more than just a sum of its settings, a show for those who want to do more with the gear they have to take better photos today. And now your host Raymond Hatfield.

Raymond: 00:26 Oh, welcome. Welcome. Welcome to the show. Welcome to a new year, a new decade, a new decade full of hopefully incredible photos and stories that you can tell with your camera. I know that the beginning of the year always brings a lot of new listeners. You know, lots of people get a camera right after the holidays and they're looking to figure out how to use it. So if you're new here, welcome. I hope that you enjoy the show. A new episode comes out every week and in between episodes you can chat with other shooters in the safest place on the internet for new photographers to share photos and ask questions. That's the beginning of photography podcast. Facebook group, we would love to have you and see your slice of the world and you know, keep up with all of your progress in the future as well. But before we get into today's interview, I want to give a quick shout out to Amanda Vickers for leaving the show, a five star review in iTunes.

Raymond: 01:26 Amanda says, I honestly was very skeptical about how I could learn photography from a podcast since it's such a visual thing, but I walk away with new tips after each episode. Simple ideas like join a three 65 and shoot every day to specific camera setting ideas and even lighting tips. So Amanda, thank you so much for your review. I am so glad that you are getting tips from the diverse set of photographers who we obviously have here on the podcast. And I'm glad that you are taking action on those tips like joining a three 65. So for those who are actually unfamiliar, a 365 is a it's a photo a day project. So here in 2020 since, it's a leap year. It's actually a three 66. But regardless, the point is, is that you simply take a photo with intention every single day. So when you carry around your camera with you, you become more comfortable with the camera.

Raymond: 02:20 You foster an eye for composition and you can see better lighting because you know, you're using those skills every day and if you do anything every day, you're going to get really good at it. So that is why Kimberly Irish has actually taken the lead and started a 365 challenge, a Facebook group that I've been participating in already. And it's, it's so great because I already just in these last two weeks, it's been incredible just to see how much I look at things differently. I feel like I'm faster with my camera. I have a great photos of my kids now that I would've just passed up previously. So if you want to join the three 65 and see what it's all about, I have a link to join the Facebook group in the show notes for this episode. Are you going to do is swipe up and you will find the link or just search Facebook for beginner photography podcast, daily photo challenge.

Raymond: 03:13 It's fun stuff. It's fun stuff. Just like today's interview, fun stuff with Martin Moore who is a product photographer and content developer for an international companies. So there's going to be a lot of great tips in here and as always I save a portion of the interview where the guests shares topics related to the business side of photography and making money with your camera specifically for premium members. So today, premium members are going to learn what you need to be valuable in today's work force as a photographer, the pros and cons of being a staff photographer versus a freelance photographer, how to get the attention of a company that you want to work for and why building a personal brand is so important even when working as an employee. So there is a lot of great stuff for premium members today and if you want answers to all of those questions, be sure to become a premium member by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com clicking that premium membership button up at the top and joined today.

Raymond: 04:13 So that is it. Oh and a quick shout out to Jim Sinicki for setting up this interview with Martin and stick around to the end of the interview for some exciting information if you've been wondering how exactly to price your photography. So let's go ahead and get on into this interview right now. Today's guest is Martin Moore, a commercial product photographer from Milwaukee, Wisconsin, who after 20 years as a mechanic, left his job to become a full time photographer. Today we're going to chat about leaving your job and following your passion. Martin, thank you so much for coming on the podcast.

Martin Moore: 04:51 Thank you for having me. I appreciate it. I really, really appreciate it. It's always fun doing these things and chopping it up, talking about photography and just my journey and the hustle

Raymond: 04:59 Grind. Yeah, photography is definitely a fun thing to talk about. It's interesting when I, when we first started the podcast, I never thought that it would become successful by any stretch of the imagination because photography is such a visual form. And yet the more that I do this, the more that I find out that, you know, photography really isn't about a photograph. It's about a feeling. It's about you know, those emotions and those things you can feel without seeing something. But there's something about that visual element that really, absolutely, I dunno, kicks it up a notch I suppose. But before, before we get into too much photography stuff, as I mentioned there, you kind of had an unconventional start in photography. So can you share it with me and the listeners how you got started in all of this?

Martin Moore: 05:44 Yeah, that's a, that's an understatement. I so I started working on cars in 1997 when I was in high school. And then like I managed a Jiffy lube, which is like an oil change place. And then I became master Honda technician and I think 99. And that's what I did for like a living for a career all the way up until 2017 I dropped out of college after like my first semester I was going for like internet media arts. I don't even know what that was, but all I've ever known was cars. And then in 2017 I got my job here at cost headphones. You probably can't tell that shooting all of our commercials, our photography, doing all of our emails and website stuff and blog and all, all of our content. But the the kind of the segue in between all of that was like a 10 year period of just starting shooting pictures the same way everyone else does.

Martin Moore: 06:38 Just going out, taking pictures of our architecture in bridges with your friends and getting into portrait photography. Then I started getting into shooting weddings. Then that kind of led to commercial photography, doing stuff for hotels and product photography. And then around 2000, I think it was 2015 I didn't have a single photo shoot for like the whole year, and I was super bombed. And I was like, well, I'm gonna start my YouTube channel and start blogging. And then that was really the catalyst for Martin Moore as a brand and my photography and my filmmaking stuff. That kind of like really pushed me to where I am today. And I started getting noticed and started getting a lot of opportunities. So that's kind of the two minute like condensed elevator pitch or whatever, whatever or story. But I mean there was a, there was a lot that kind of went into getting from just taking pictures of, of, of bridges in like random models to, you know, shooting box shooting, commercial photography and products for box art and billboards and stuff like that. So we can dive deeper into that if you want to let us know,

Raymond: 07:44 Do that. Because I, I'm, I'm always fascinated behind. I think that you did a great job. Most people come on and they say, Oh, I picked up a camera. You know, I got good at it 10 years later, I'm a professional and you're [inaudible]

Martin Moore: 07:57 Hold on back it up a little bit really quick. I like to know some of the nuances of, of how you got that because photography is, I mean it always, even in its heyday back in like the seventies, 80s and 90s where every single person you knew is like a wedding photographer or a portrait photographer. Even back then doing it for a living was still a really, it was a tough gig and it wasn't one that was very like lucrative and paid very well. And it's even harder today with the whole Instagram culture. And I mean it really is true. You can, you can take one of these and I can shoot bang. I mean I shoot all of our commercials for costs on this, on my iPhone. And so the competition is vastly increased nowadays. And so it's even harder. So the fact that I'm able to do this for a living and make a really good living and do what I love is you just don't, you don't kind of see that very often.

Martin Moore: 08:50 And then to, to kind of get this career that the way that I got it is even more, it makes people like how the heck did you do this? So yeah. So then tell me about, cause obviously there was that time you're working at a, at Honda for the majority of your career and then at some point you got yourself a camera, right? So I got this little bit about what was it about the, the, the camera or the photography that got you in the first place? So I actually took photography in high school and I made my freshman year, I might be making that up freshman, sophomore year. And this was back in the day. Okay. Boomer when like cameras were still filmed. So I learned how to shoot photography on film cameras, develop my own film. And then I didn't really do anything with it, actually.

Martin Moore: 09:35 I was shooting him. I think my dad had a bunch of old Minolta cameras. And I didn't really do anything with it. I was in the music at the time and like I was really into just bands and that's kind of what I wanted to do. That was my creative output. And I didn't do anything with photography till about 2008. I met my wife and we went and took our first trip together to Las Vegas and I got this little crappy Kodak point and shoot camera was like 4.5 megapixel. And as soon as we were up in the air, I started taking pictures and videos. And when we got back from our trip, like, I don't know, I really enjoyed the photos of the mountains I took and just kind of the random people in the street. And I made a video to like a little vacation video with all the photos and videos I took.

Martin Moore: 10:13 And that was really the catalyst for me getting interested in photography. A year later, I shot my first wedding in Mexico and then I got another wedding in another wedding. And I met people on Instagram and started like hanging out and going on like photo meetups and shoots and stuff like that. And kind of just like how every photographer gets their start. It just kind of snowballed and I just made the time for it. I wanted to make the time for it and it really started completing me in the more and more I got interested in not good at photography. The lesson that's I really cared about my music. And that really kind of just overtook my whole need to be like a creative until I started when commercial photography and product photography. I've done some stuff for [inaudible] Honda, this company, sweet trio that makes like really delicious chocolates.

Martin Moore: 11:05 A lot of like towers here in Milwaukee that like really big towers, like architectural photography. But it happened really quickly as much as it happened really slowly, if that makes any kind of sense. But the, the only reason why I was ever able to kind of build something for myself was because like, I'm not the best photographer in the world. I'm not, I don't make the best commercials in the world. I don't make them as you do videos in the world. But the one thing that I was able to do is kind of brand myself and get people to not want to hire any photographer they want. I wanted to get them to hire Martin Moore first and foremost. And so my YouTube channel is kind of a blessing in disguise. I started that because I didn't have any other, I didn't have any photography jobs that year and it was kind of my creative output and, and it's funny how that's kind of where everything that I've built now kind of stems from in Martin Moore and air quotes as a brand is really what set me apart from every other photographer trying to do the exact same thing.

Martin Moore: 12:04 It's a personal branding was really the, the thing that got me to where I am today, if that makes any sense at all.

Raymond: 12:13 It does. No, no, it does. It does. And I'm really excited to, to kind of dive deeper into that cause I don't think that that's something that we've really explored much on the podcast. But you said something interesting there that I want to explore a bit more, which was that you went to Vegas, you had yourself that you know, Canon points your camera, your later John, your first wedding in Mexico, right. Was it first of all, was it still with that Kodak pointing to camera and second of all?

Martin Moore: 12:40 No. Okay. Let's start with that first before I move on to that next question. No, it was with a, a, it was with a better Kodak. It wasn't, it was like one of those advanced, it wasn't like a digital SLR, but it wasn't a point and shoot, it was one of those weird like hybrids where like it had, you could adjust aperture and exposure and all that stuff in ISO, but it still had like the attached lens. It was like a smart, dumb camera. Gotcha. You know what I'm talking about? I don't even know if they make them anymore.

Raymond: 13:06 No, no, I know. I mean, I dunno if Kodak does, but my my cannon, I think it was the G G seven, I mean that's essentially like the, the same type of thing where it's, yes, it's at a touch lens, but there's, there's more of those exactly. Exposure controls that you have there. So was that wedding for like family and friends? Was that,

Martin Moore: 13:27 That was for, that was for a friend. Gotcha. Okay. So he was w I was in the wedding, but I was still, yeah. So I was still snapping pictures and stuff. And when I got back, he posted them online, tag me in like Facebook. And this was back in 2009, I think. And I think it was a matter of weeks or someone else. It was like, Hey, I'm my friend's getting married. Like, do you, would you, do you do weddings? I was like, yeah. So I did it for like, I was like $600 and it was like the most stressful thing of like my entire life. Just one thing to like shoot pictures like for your friends and people that you know, and it's another one to like take on a job and take someone else's money that you don't know, you know and pray that you don't mess it up.

Martin Moore: 14:09 And so I remember how stressful that, like first paid wedding for someone that I didn't know was, and I was like, Oh my God, I don't know if I want it. I don't know if this is something that I want to do. But the pictures were amazing. They love them. They were so happy. And it was like instantly I got another job and I didn't even have time to think about how bad the photos actually work. Cause looking back there, they're not good photos. I mean, this was back when like HDR was in its prime, so, Oh yeah. So like the trees and the, the dresses and the hair were all HDR [inaudible] and it was they just, they weren't good. But I just kept learning. I kept doing, I kept solely branding myself and people for whatever reason, just kept hiring me.

Raymond: 14:51 So let's, let's talk more about the the, the, the learning aspect. Cause as far as we've heard from you so far, you have the camera, you took photos that you liked and then you had a wedding. That first wedding that you had. Did you have already that understanding of you know, how to get an exposure and how to, you know, get something or how to change something to achieve what it was that you wanted? Or was it, was it mainly on auto and then you grew after that? Youtube, YouTube videos, YouTube videos. Yes.

Martin Moore: 15:20 Yes. What is ISO do? What is, what is, what happens if I overexpose something. And it was just, you know, why, why is this person's fate forehead washed out? And it was basically just Google and YouTube. I didn't have any mentors. I didn't read any books. I didn't even really experiment with my camera. I would just take a picture. If there was something that I felt was off, I would just go on YouTube, figure out what it was, and then learn how to adjust it and learn, learn the differences. And the pros and cons of white balance and exposure and ISO and shutter speed. And just kind of taught myself how those things all work together to get whatever the desired image I wanted was, I didn't even know like Boca will, I didn't know that. Like when you like have a wide open aperture like that, like deer, you know, your focus plane is gets smaller and smaller and smaller. And so like I couldn't figure out why I would take a picture of someone's like to the side and their ear wasn't focused on their, I wasn't, so it was just all, it was all YouTube trying to figure. I figured that stuff out. You know.

Raymond: 16:26 So then how long would you say it took from the time we decided that you were going to get serious about photography to the, to the first time that you really felt confident with your camera, how long do you think that progression now there's some sort of competency right now that you feel comfortable?

Martin Moore: 16:45 So, you know, you always, you always think, at least for me, maybe I'm projecting, but with everything that I've done, whether it was a YouTube video or a podcast that I've done, or a radio show or a picture I've taken, you always hit that point where you're like, this is the best photo I've ever taken. That was the best podcast I ever did. And then a year later you reflect and you look at those pictures or that video you made or that podcast, Iran, and you're like, boy, that was trash. So I've, I've, I've kind of just learned that I'm just, I, I'm, I'm never reached the apotheosis of my understanding for all this stuff. Even, even when I started for costs. I remember I first started and I couldn't figure out why. Like I couldn't get like the headphone logo, like perfectly in focus and, and like just even trying to find like the perfect aperture where I'd have a nice blurry background, but the, I was in focus and then the logo on the headphone also had to be in focus.

Martin Moore: 17:40 It's not something you think about when you do portrait photography. All you really care about is that the eyes and the eyelashes are in focus. The nose, the mouth and everything can kind of fade out. When you start putting products in there, you have to make sure the sneakers are also in focuses on as you know. And so even now navigating that kind of stuff and figuring out like, what are the best settings, I'm still fumbling, fumbling through things. It's just always a learning process. So to answer the question, you know, when did I start feeling confident? Never really, to be honest. Like I just, I've just always feel like I'm learning and I always look back a year from now and I'm just like, yeah, my stuff's way better now. And so it's just, yeah. Yeah. Just still still moving up all the time. Yeah. It's just, I'm, I'm on a, I'm on a going up steps. I've, I just never felt like I've been on an escalator, if that makes any kind of sense.

Raymond: 18:26 No, it does. It does. And I think, I think it's interesting because looking back, it's easy to feel like there's some sort of natural progression sometimes, but looking forward, there never is. Like, there's never, like, sometimes it may seem easy, right? Like, Oh, I just gotta learn this thing, this thing and that thing, and then I'm good, but going forward. Yeah. Then you get to that one shoot and you're like, I don't know what to do for this. Yeah, yeah, exactly. Exactly.

Martin Moore: 18:52 There's so many shoots on mine where I'm just like, I don't know. They're just all so different, which is what I love about the challenge of doing photography or even shooting videos for that matter is just the challenge that is, every situation is always so different. So it's like everything you learn on one shoot, half the time, it's not even applicable to the next shoot. And so I think that's what I really enjoy about photography, especially commercial photography because at least with weddings or portraits, there's room for slightly noisy photos or, you know or I don't know, a myriad of imperfections and an image with commercial photography. Everything that I shoot with this camera for a box or a billboard, I mean it's gotta be noise free, tax sharp. I mean we use pan tones for everything. So all the, there's no, you don't use filters when you do commercial photography, what color the headphone is in real life that we're selling. You has gotta be the exact same color in the picture or that's false advertising. And so I, I really enjoy those kinds of nuances when it comes to fraternal commercial photography. And so that's always just a hard thing to kind of just learn and stay up on top. So I never feel that

Raymond: 20:02 W when you had first started, you know, obviously filters are, are, are, I don't wanna say universal, but I think people understand, you know, how to use filters. It's very common. It's very common for people to put filters on their photos. Even even like, you know, wedding photos that I made deliver, cause people are just kind of so ingrained into, Oh I'm going to upload a photo, put a filter on it. So was that something that you were doing early on and was that a hard lesson? I know I'm not even joking. I've never used a preset or a filter ever. So tell me, tell me then about how I'm really interested in that. I'm really just a GMAT mainly because a lot of people take photos if they don't like it, they try to fix it in editing if you're not, if you're not, you know, using filters or a one click solution, you know, was it trying to get it right in camera, was that always your intention?

Martin Moore: 20:57 No. Right now I try to get it right in camera. But I always like to just take every single image as its own piece of art in its own story and

Martin Moore: 21:11 Give it its own individual attention, rather just some photo in a, in some giant batch edit. I don't even batch edit like photos even that are from the exact same. Like I just did a shoot with Grace Weber. She's like the girl who she wrote like the first track on chance and wrappers, a Grammy album. I just did a shoot with her last week. Literally, I didn't change a single setting. I could have, I literally could have just linked all the files and batch edited all of them and I still just one by one individually edited the eyes and brought out definition in her outfit and did things to the background. And I just, I just prefer to focus on an individual image rather than just blanketly kind of edit everything. And maybe that's why I've gotten to where I am today. Maybe not. But that's just always been my approach, I guess.

Raymond: 21:59 That makes any sense. So, yeah, so, so again, I'm kind of, I'm, I'm, I'm really interested in that. I'm really interested in that. The editing side of things tends to, at least for me, take up a good portion of my time. So I'm always looking for ways to speed up that work.

Martin Moore: 22:16 The edit, the editing is what is going to separate your image from everyone else's image. It's no different than when you're cutting film. The, if I just hit record on my phone and take a video of you going to the grocery store, you give that one single video clip to 10 different film editors and how they cut that video up and splice it together for a final montage. Those edits are what separates every single one of their final products. And it's the same thing with a photo. It's going to look the same no matter what person like hits the button on it. But how you, how you make the colors pop and what you do with the eyes, how you smooth in this skin, what you do with the background, how you crop it, all of that stuff. That's what makes the image uniquely yours. And that's the one thing that no one else can copy. A preset or a filter. All that is, is just the same settings, you know, that someone else put on their phone. And so what's uniquely about it? It's yours, you know? So I guess that's how I've always,

Raymond: 23:24 And I've looked at it. Yeah, yeah, yeah. It's my signature. Right, right, right. So if, if, if the, if the edit is the signature, obviously getting to some level within camera is obviously very important. So 100%. When you were starting out, when you were getting started, I know that, you know, you said that you did a lot of searching on YouTube whenever you had any sort of problem, but was there anything on the technical side of photography that maybe took longer to fully understand or to grasp or to no, it truly master noise.

Martin Moore: 23:59 [Inaudible] Noise has been the biggest thorn in my ass forever since day day one. Combating noisy photos has been harder than like chasing light, which are like for me that was always such a really hard thing to do. Like just chasing the perfect light. Cause I don't use like when I do our shoots for, cause I don't use bounce boards or reflectors or any of that stuff. I just, I just chase the light and I make sure I use the sun or reflections off of buildings or I dunno, a neon sign. And that's what I use to light my subjects or light the Chrome on a pair of headphones. And that's a really difficult thing to kind of comprehend and be able to navigate in real time. But even as hard and as difficult as like that is combating noise is just, is just been, I just still feel like I still mess around with it. Like I still get frustrated by it.

Raymond: 24:55 It's still after all these years. So where, why do you think you had such a problem in the beginning and why do you think still today? Like what is it today that is your biggest struggle?

Martin Moore: 25:07 Back in the day it was my camera. I mean, I think my first digital SLR is a Nikon D 3000, which for me was like a game changer. But I mean those things you could bump the ISO up to in the best situations 800 and you'd already start to see noise. I, I shoot on an icon [inaudible] and even at like ISO 2000, I'm starting to see like noise that like I'm not okay with. And I saw 2000 really don't give you a whole lot of wiggle room when you're even a remotely lit situation. You know, like even in a room like this, what it looks like, it's well lit. If you want to bump down to F 2.8 F 2.4, something like that, like you're going to have to really start jacking up the jacking up the ISO and I just, it drives me crazy. I hate noise. I hate noise.

Raymond: 25:58 That's interesting. Still to this day you are this is still something that that you worry about when it comes to cameras. Is it how much does that affect, you know, getting new cameras for you? Would you say that's the most important?

Martin Moore: 26:10 That's the most important thing for me. That's why I really have finally started getting interested in mirrorless cameras because if I can bump the shutter speed down just a little bit more, like in really crazy situations to like, I dunno, a 50th of a second or 40th of a second, like handheld. And just get that, you know, and be able to lower my eyes on just a tiny, just to stop or to like for me that would be, that would be huge, especially if I'm shooting like at nighttime downtown or anywhere where it's really dimly lit. Cause I hate, I hate flashes. I hate, I don't like reflectors because I feel like you can tell when someone uses a reflector because it's so perfectly lit. And so like, I just really like to do everything in camera. And so yeah, a mirrorless camera would really, I think kind of helped with that, but I'm not the biggest fan of mirrorless. So then what is holding you back from your mirrorless Martin Moore: 27:06 Oh, a battery. I'd, I ripped through batteries so I don't like I can with this thing I never have to. And then just the lack of buttons. I mean, I, I, I adjust Calvin. I adjust. There's so much stuff that I need to be able to adjust on the fly. And mirrorless cameras are compact and they just don't have as many dedicated buttons. And it might sound stupid.

Raymond: 27:31 No, no, no, no. I'm sorry. I'm sorry for laughing at that. I just, I wasn't expecting that answer. It was great. It'll start that

Martin Moore: 27:36 I need those in a, in a, in a touchscreen is not good enough for me. So yeah, probably those two things.

Raymond: 27:43 [Inaudible] Yeah. Do you think now obviously a lot of new photographers getting into photography, maybe they still have you know, I mean, they might still have that, that [inaudible] you know, just getting started with would you say that they're still able to

Raymond: 27:59 Take, like if they, if they want to get into commercial photography, are they able to do so and get started with that D 3000? Or do you think that they have to go full frame or don't even [inaudible] Martin Moore: 28:09 No, that's, it's a tough question because had you asked me that five, six years ago, I would've said, yeah, that's, that camera made me a lot of money. Totally. but camera's like the, the Nikon [inaudible] 50 or the Canona. What's that one? The E is the add. That's,

Raymond: 28:31 No, that's a, that'd be a crop sensor. So full frame would be the five D series.

Martin Moore: 28:35 Yes. Five D five D. So many of those full frame cameras are so accessible now to people that the competition is so much. How are you seeing kids in high school with, you know, Sony mirrorless is and, and full frame cameras. And so the stakes are so much higher now and there's so many more just consumers using equipment that is producing really, really clean images that I think it would be really difficult now to try and do like a commercial shoot and try and compete image quality wise. I know that sounds stupid, but okay, go ahead. Finish your sentence. I mean it's the same thing w with this I shoot all of our commercials on my iPhone and if I didn't tell you, you'd have no clue. And so it makes anybody who is shooting with something like this, it, it raises the stakes for them. And so I don't know. It's if to me, equipment matters and it doesn't matter at the same time, if that makes any kind of sense. Yes. Yeah. Does, in fact, that's

Raymond: 29:42 Exactly what I was going to bring up because I was going to play devil's advocate here and talk about that article that you had wrote about that was advocating for more use of for iPhone photos. Obviously their firm has a much smaller sensor than than full frame time. So do you just see the two cameras as two totally separate tools for two? Totally.

Martin Moore: 30:01 Yeah. That's all the hours, their tools and no one is better than the other. And it really comes down to your, the individual's vision of whatever story that they're trying to tell. Like, I could shoot, I could probably shoot a wedding on this thing, cam pictures better than a lot of people probably could with their digital SLR. But if you're going to try and blow up the images on an iPhone, they're just not, you know, so it's, it's this weird skill, ability, vision execution versus like, how does the tool help you kind of enhance all of that rather than the tool. The tool is never going to enhance your vision or whatever kind of story you're trying to tell. It's always going to be the other way around. The tool is going to kind of be an accessory to that.

Martin Moore: 30:54 At least that's what it's been for me. It's a fine line. A lot of, yeah. I think a lot of people think that they need to get a full frame camera because it's going to make them a better photographer. That's not the case. If you can't take awesome photos with this, getting a better camera is not going to do anything for you. But if you already take awesome photos and videos with this, then yes. A better piece of equipment, a better tool is going to just make whatever you're doing, even much better, if that makes any [inaudible].

Raymond: 31:19 Yeah. So is that the advice you would give if somebody came up to you at a party and said, Hey kind of, I like photography. What camera should I get? You'd say you don't use the iPhone for now.

Martin Moore: 31:30 Yeah. He's a master. Your iPhone master, your Nikon D 3,400. Master your add, master your point and shoot camera, you know, your RX 100 master that thing first in, in before you waste a bunch of money on a D eight 50 or a Sony mirrorless or a Hasselblad or whatever the hell you get. Because those are not going in some cases, all that's going to do is just make you a worse photographer in my opinion. You know?

Raymond: 31:59 No, I, I love it. I love it. It's, it's, it's really refreshing take I think as somebody who interestingly enough, actually just yesterday I recorded an interview with somebody who has a, is literally a master photographer, has a master's degree in photography and we, we had a long discussion about kind of that formal education route as well as, you know, the importance of gear. And I think that your take is, is, is very refreshing and it's it's completely valid because

Martin Moore: 32:28 You lived it, you're here. You know what I mean? Yeah. I mean, if I didn't know what I was talking about, I won't, this isn't what I'm doing. And living in a, on a worldwide multimillion dollar company won't be me. Not to mention all the other companies that pay me to do stuff. But it really comes down to your vision and then your execution of it. I mean, those are the two most important things. And you know, gear even sometimes your doesn't matter. And this is, I'm going to be talking about video, but you can apply some photography, but look at like all of the videos that Nike makes, like especially on their YouTube channel, they all look like they're all grainy. They look like they were shot with an iPhone, but they tell very compelling stories. And you forget that the thing isn't shot on some giant camera rig with a gimbal with a giant crew of people.

Martin Moore: 33:17 It was just some filmmaker that use some small little camera, told a really compelling story. And so as long as you're telling a compelling story in your image or your video or whatever it is that you're creating, that's the most important part. And the tool is just an accessory to that. The tool is never going to make or break. You know, your, your creative. I think V very cool in my opinion. Very cool. Because people have been making awesome stuff for centuries. So it's not like, it's not like all of a sudden in the last 10 years because we have a mirrorless cameras and all this stuff. All of a sudden now all the dope creative stuff is being made. We, we haven't had iPhones and all these full frame mirrorless cameras up until recently. So how was everyone else making all these iconic award-winning photos and videos and stuff with, you know, technology that's not as good as what we have today.

Martin Moore: 34:12 It's all vision and execution. So it's just that tool. It's just that tool. Yeah, it's just how, how you use the tools and sometimes you have to compensate if you have a crappier camera you have to compensate and do things with lighting. Maybe you have to get a couple of extra lights or you have to get a a, I have a use a gimbal for this thing. Sony mirrorless camera. You can just hand hold it, but I have to compensate for what that can do by putting this on a gimbal. Maybe you have a D, Nikon, D 3,400 that gets really grainy at ISO 800 and this doesn't till 2000. All right. So maybe you need to get a studio, like maybe you do need to use a flash, maybe do you need to use a reflector? Maybe you can only shoot during the daylight.

Martin Moore: 34:50 So, so you have to compensate for your shortcomings of your equipment. But that in no way should ever hinder you from being able to execute whatever creative vision that you have. And so that new iPhone commercial that you've seen with the snowball fights, that was all shot on the iPhone. It was shot by that director shot on an iPhone. So yeah, he had to use a bunch of crazy gimbals and stuff like that. But did that any of that really cost any more than what they would've shot at with whatever, like a red camera. So yeah. Yeah, yeah. Your vision and execution is the most important thing above anything else in my opinion that's going to be probably the member and a lot of people, a lot of, a lot of people don't like that, especially pro photographers that there's a lot of people that are just hell bent that, that gear, gear, gear, gear, gear. It's all about the gear.

Raymond: 35:42 That's a, that's sad. I know I've taken a lot of a lot of great photos. A lot of my favorite photos are taken with garbage cameras and I think that that, that kind of releases some of the pressure on you, if that makes sense. Like you don't like when I have my, a, I shoot Fuji so I shoot me only so nice. Nice, nice. If I have that camera in my hand, there's kind of this a feeling inside of me that I have to perform. I have to, you know, get a sound, great image, you know, and then I'm always looking at things a little bit differently, but if I just had my phone in my hand, it's a little bit more relaxed and sometimes I get a photo that I don't know means a little bit more to me. Maybe it's not as good technically, but a vision and execution I think, like you said, is absolutely there.

Martin Moore: 36:25 And that's why I like to shoot videos with this thing because this on a tiny little gimbal allows me to be way more maneuverable, way more creative, and just not think about this giant camera that's on a five axis gimbal that I'm holding with T, you know, like that's intrusive. All I'm thinking about is this heavy camera in my hand, whereas this I can just get anywhere I want. And it, it, it almost allows me to be more creative. Like, like the dumber tech almost lets me be more creative and the end product is almost better because I'm using a lesser, you know, a lesser quality. Raymond: 37:05 It's a, it's a crazy time to be alive, isn't it? A great time to be alive. Yeah. I want to talk right now a little bit more about the job that you have. What is the, what, what's the, what's the technical title of your position?

Martin Moore: 37:18 Content developer was as vague as they could make it.

Raymond: 37:22 And what does that mean as a photographer?

Martin Moore: 37:25 Basically basically anything that you hear, see, smell or touch that involves content for cos headphones I make. So every email, every blog post, every picture on social media, every ad you see in a newspaper or a magazine, every billboard in the subway system and Ukraine, every commercial on TV, every YouTube video, when you go to our website all of that stuff is I create.

Raymond: 37:55 So let's, let's explore that. Let's say cost is coming out with some new headphones. You have to are, Oh well then perfect. This is going to be totally relevant. What does that mean for you? How do you prepare for the onset of, of media? So

Martin Moore: 38:11 Basically, you know, we'll just start developing a pair of headphones, which usually it will take anywhere from, I would say anywhere from a year to maybe two years, depending on what type of product it is. And our engineers will be tuning them. We'll be getting prototypes, we'll be three D printing stuff. And then we'll eventually get like samples from the, our manufacturers that are basically going to be what the end product is. Sometimes they're just shells. They don't actually have like speakers or anything. And and then I get those and I go out and I start doing photo shoots with them. I get models and I start prepping because we need pictures for the box art. So I'll do a product photography for the box art. Sometimes that'll make it to the box. Sometimes that'll be a reference for a render.

Martin Moore: 39:01 I'll be doing lifestyle images for the back of the box for social media. I'll start doing videos for like how to pair a pair of Bluetooth headphones, the features maybe just like a general lifestyle video. And I'll start creating content for this new product so that when it comes time to launch it, we have images, we have videos, we have all the box art, we have everything that we need for the launch of that product so that we can just kind of hit the hit the asphalt running. How long does that take to prepare all that? Ah, well there's some that I'm working on right now that I think I started maybe like a couple months ago. So I would say it probably takes a solid, a solid two to three months for me to get all of the imagery, get all the videos and get all the content prepared, get the email ready.

Martin Moore: 39:49 So I need pictures for emails, I need pictures for blog posts, I need pictures for, we sent. So we'll send out sample samples to YouTube, ERs and so they'll need content and stuff like that. So yeah, probably like two or three months to kind of create all of that content. And it's cool because one day here, maybe I'll be working on the website another day, maybe I'll be downtown Milwaukee doing a photo shoot. Maybe I'll be in Chicago doing a video shoot next day. Maybe I'll be doing, we just recorded an interview with a DJ here and I like had to set up all the audio and the camera and do a interview with them. And so every day is very different here. I'll maybe one day I might be working on a sales presentation. And so it's really, really cool kind of weaving in and out of all these different areas rather than kind of just sticking to photography, which is basically what I did when I first started.

Martin Moore: 40:34 I just did a photography and video and now I do so much more. It's really cool. But now with the you know, accessibility of technology where we're able to do these things quite easily. And again, I have no college degree. This is all stuff that I just taught myself and learned. And so I think the biggest thing today for people that want to, not to get off track, that want to do this for a living, which I think a lot of people would love to shoot pictures or make videos for a living, is you have to know more than just you have to do

Mid Roll: 41:06 You are listening to the free version of the beginner photography podcast where each week you learn how world-class photographers see and capture the world around them. If you want to hear the extended interview with their best business tips to learn how to make money with your camera and then become a premium member today by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com and click the premium membership button to join now.

Raymond: 41:34 Yeah, man, I love how you shared that progression. That seemed like, I think anybody who listened to that would be able to take away and kind of implement that into their own life. Right. Take that and see where they were, where they, where it is that they want to go and see how they can make that happen. So I just want to say thank you for sharing that. That was really patching.

Martin Moore: 41:52 The thing is too, is even if I didn't get this job and I was still working on cars, I'd still be making YouTube videos. I'd still be doing my photography on the side. I would still be doing all of this because it's what completes me as a human being. Yeah. And so you have to enjoy like the grind. You have to enjoy shooting, you have to enjoy working. You have to enjoy editing at night because if all you're chasing is kind of that end game, that end goal you'll, you'll burn out in six months.

Raymond: 42:25 Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah, absolutely. Absolutely.

Martin Moore: 42:28 So for me I've, I've always just loved the love of the doing.

Raymond: 42:34 That's good. [inaudible] That is a, that's a, that, that feeling. It is something that is a very fulfilling and I don't think that enough people do get to feel that they don't get to feel, you know, going after what it is that they want on their own. And I love how you found that and you went after it and you went like hardcore, like, this is what it is that I'm going to do. And you didn't let it stop you. That's, that's very cool. That's a lot of people listening. I'm sure right now we're thinking, I really wish that I could. I always, I almost gave up a couple times. I almost gave up. I mean, after, you know, after so many years, I mean, it would make sense to, to have those feelings. There's days when I feel like I could easily just go serve coffee at Starbucks right now and feel happy about it. You know what I mean? But I think deep down, you know, Martin Moore: 43:21 And those are natural, those are natural feelings. Right,

Raymond: 43:23 Right, right, right, right, right. Very cool. Very cool. Thank you. Thank you. When it comes to commercial photography in and of itself, you know, lifestyle photos today we think, I think commercial shoot, you know, lots of lights, studios, assistant, lots of gear. Do we need all of that just to get started and follow up? What is, if, if so, or if not, what's the, what's the next logical step in upgrading our gear to getting to where we need to be?

Martin Moore: 43:54 Yeah. do you, do I think you need all that stuff? Not really. I mean you should see what I do all of our like product photography on, I have just those like a bunch of those white foam boards, which are really great for bouncing light off of. There's no reflections, so you can just get a bunch of white foam boards, put them by a window and you can get really good product photography. Yeah, all that stuff helps. But there's, there's a lot of hacks out there on the internet that you can do to, to get started. You can get some really cheap lighting kits and background kits and stuff. If you want to do portraits or if you to shoot products. And as far as upgrading your gear for me incremental upgrades was, was a, a, a big thing.

Martin Moore: 44:39 I didn't just go out and blow like 10 grand on like the biggest and best camera. If you have it, cool. But as far as upgrading your gear, always try to master what you have in, then move to the next thing and then master that and move to the next thing. There's just like, if I got a Nikon D eight 50, I mean, yeah, I'd be able to learn it pretty quick, but it would still be vastly different than this Nikon D seven 50, you know? And so some of that equipment can just be overwhelming and you might not be, you might use it wrong, you might not use it to its full potential. You may use it as a crutch in not shoot photos as well as you would on something. That was of a lesser quality. And so that's a good point though. For me, it was always, it was always incremental upgrades, but that can be a bunch of BS.

Raymond: 45:28 So what, then, okay, let me, let me ask this question. This will be my last question where we're totally at the end of our time here. You had a rather interesting journey into learning photography. You know, you learned from YouTube, you learned from all these sources. Is there anything that you heard being taught to photographers as gospel, but now that you're like in this working position you realize it's really not as important as it was being taught?

Martin Moore: 45:58 That's a good question, Todd. As gospel. Mmm. You know, I, I want, I want to say the rule of thirds, but I feel like that's probably going to be incorrect because boy, I follow that too a lot of the times. But I feel like there's a lot of times where like I've disregarded that and

Martin Moore: 46:22 The image ended up being like better for some reason. It's a, it's astonishing how much cropping affects your image. I feel like cropping an image is literally one of the most important aspects of what the picture that you're taking. And I don't know. I feel sometimes I feel like rule of thirds, sometimes it's something that's not always a thing you should follow. I know it's kinda stupid. Probably not what you're looking for, but I don't know. That might be one of my, I feel like I've abandoned that sometimes. I'm like, you know what this is, and you know what I say that is because I don't follow the rule of thirds when I shoot video. So I'm a huge Terrence Malick fan. He did like night of cops tree of life and he loves to push subjects like way in the corners of the image or like way to like one side of an image. She'd never follows the rule of thirds. And so I, I really enjoyed doing that with my video. I, and I do it sometimes with my photography, so that's probably why I say a rule of thirds is always gospel when you're young and you're taught photography. But for me, sometimes I abandoned that and I like to, I don't know, kind of push the limits of that.

Raymond: 47:33 Yeah. And you have found sometimes that when you go off and you shoot your own thing, that you get results, that you're happier with doing it. You're, Oh yeah. Big time, huh?

Martin Moore: 47:41 Especially, especially in video when I do that. Like we have one on a causes YouTube channel called I can't remember what it's called. It's a really good example of it, but it looks just like a Terrence Malick movie. And I, it's literally there. There ain't no rule of thirds and it is just everybody's like over here or over way over here and it's, there's just not, there's nothing symmetrical or even or about it. There's no math in any of the, any of the composition.

Raymond: 48:11 But I love it. That was great. That was great. You said you didn't know if it was what I was looking for, but I'm not looking for anything. I'm just curious about these things. That's always been great

Martin Moore: 48:23 Fun. Just learning, just hearing about everyone else's different point of view for how they, how they like to create, everyone creates so differently and that's, that's such a blessing. That's such a cool thing that everyone has so many different ways that they use and implement to kind of get to the same point, which is telling a story through an image or video.

Raymond: 48:47 I don't think I don't think that we could end this any better way than that statement right there for sure. Just go off on your own, explore, do your own thing and figure it out. Yes. And never tomorrow. Always today. Ah, well see, that's my guy. That's my next tattoo. That's my next tattoo. It's going to be never tomorrow. That's actually true. I'm getting that in a couple of weeks. Oh, that's perfect. I can't wait to see me. I want to shoot a photos. Go golden shoot. Shoot it today. Today, today. Oh man. Well, Martin I want to thank you for coming on and sharing everything that you did before I let you go. Can you let the listeners know where they can find you, your work, and keep up with you online?

Martin Moore: 49:25 If you just put Martin Moore in any social media platform, I'll be the first one that pops up. Weird flex. I know. But if for some reason Martin more the UK furniture company pops up, then put in Martin ward jr and I will pop up. But I hate the jr but I'm at Martin ward jr and everything, but if you just put in Martin bore, I should be the first one.

Raymond: 49:47 See you're working at cost headphones, but I would think that working at Martin Moore furniture would have a, I always hope that they fail to make their website payments so that I can scoop up to buy more.com. I want it so bad. I've said that often about that. Now. I'm kind of moving away from that, but a of just Hatfield's photography. My last name's Hatfield, I've always wanted to buy it, but the person who owns it is like, I don't, I don't want to say anything bad about them, but they're still very like they are, they are. They haven't touched the website in like 2000. Ooh. Yeah. Like it's been forever.

Martin Moore: 50:19 I'm trying to scoop up the Twitter handle because they've squatted on that since 2012 and yeah. Z

Raymond: 50:24 We need, it's like, I want to use it. Why can't I can, can I use it? Well again. Yeah. Let's make this happen. Five of these websites, Martin again, man, thank you so much for coming on and I appreciate it. Yep. Oh man. So much there. To unpack from Martin. I would say that my biggest takeaway was that if you really want something, just go get it. Essentially. I know that sounds cliche, but you know, don't let the camera that you have or don't have or the job that you have get in the way. Just start working on what it is that you love. And even though it may take a few years, if you keep working at it, you'll get it. So Martin thank you so much for coming on. It was great hearing your unique perspective and if you're listening and you want to give Martin a thanks or share your biggest takeaway, be sure to do that in the beginning of photography podcast, Facebook group.

Raymond: 51:22 I will add Martin and it's going to be a good time. So also some news that I teased in the beginning of the interview last month I hosted a photo business goal setting workshop just for premium members of the podcast and it was a smashing success. There are tons of great goals that were set by premium members for 2020 and I am so excited to be a part of and help those premium members achieve their goals. Well, in January I have decided that I'm going to be hosting another series that is called picture perfect pricing. And you may have heard me talk about this before and that is because this was previously a standalone course that's sold for $67 but now it is going to be free for premium members. So if you want to learn how to price your photography with confidence and remove just the guesswork and set yourself up for success in 2020 then I want to invite you to become a premium member today.

Raymond: 52:24 It's currently just $10 a month. You'll get access to full interviews where guests share their best tips on making money with their camera and you'll also get picture perfect pricing, which is a $67 value. Like I said, included, offered just $10 so become a premium member by heading over to beginner photography, podcast.com. Click that premium membership link at the top of the page to join now and I'll see you inside. So that is it. Fun, fun stuff. I keep saying that. Fun stuff. Where does this come from? Fun stuff. Anyway, that's it for this week. Until next week, I want you to make more. I want you to do more and I want you to make do with what you have, so that is it. Be safe.

Outro: 53:06 Thank you for listening to the beginner photography podcast. If you enjoy the show, consider leaving a review in iTunes, keep shooting, and we'll see you next week.

BPP 181: 3 Biggest Photography Lessons to Learn and Grow in 2020

Enjoy the videos and music you love, upload original content, and share it all with friends, family, and the world on YouTube.

To be a photographer is to grow. Photography is as much a technical skill as it is a creative escape yet we fall hard in the trap of how much gear matters and how important certain aspects of photography are that we get lost and have a hard time finding out own path which leads to losing the creativity. Today I break down the 3 biggest lessons you need to learn in 2020 to grow as a photographer.

Lesson 1: The Gear Does Not Matter

When building the fundamentals it does not matter if you use a $25 camera or a $2500 camera. Your results will look the same. I would argue that the more you limit yourself when getting started the stronger the photographer you will be later on. You can see examples of my iPhone 3G camera photos below. Use what you have to Make more.

Lesson 2: There Is No Competition

Competition seems everywhere. Coke v. Pepsi - AT&T v. Verizon - Ferrari v. Lamborghini. Sure each of these companies offer the same thing but they are all unique in the way they do it. There are a million other photographers out there, but some stand out, why? Because they are different, they don’t keep up with everyone else, they follow their passions and explore their creativity to create unique pieces. Don’t worry about others, do what feels right to you.

Lesson 3: You Don’t Have To Be An Expert to Start

An expert is someone with the knowledge and know how to create something in just about any situation. That knowledge and know how comes from experience. You don’t gain experience unless you actually do something, practice. You have more access to gear with whats in your pocket than ANYONE just 20 years ago. Make what you have work to gain the experience and grow into the photographer you want to be.

Become A Premium Member to access to more in-depth questions that help move you forward!

IMG_0138.JPG
IMG_0139.JPG
IMG_0013.JPG
IMG_0142.JPG
IMG_0100.JPG
IMG_0043 copy.JPG

Did you enjoy this episode? Check out more recent interviews with other great guests!

Full Episode Transcription:

Disclaimer: The transcript was transcribed electronically by Temi.com and may contain errors that do not reflect accurately what the speaker said. Because of this, please do not quote this automated transcript.

Raymond: 00:00 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast. Today I'm going to teach you the three hard lessons that you need to learn in the upcoming year in order to become a successful photographer. So let's get into it.

Intro: 00:14 Welcome to the beginner photography podcast, a weekly podcast for those who believe that moments matter most and that a beautiful photo is more than just a sum of its settings, a show for those who want to do more with the gear they have to take better photos today. And now your host Raymond Hatfield. Welcome

Raymond: 00:34 Back to this episode of the beginner photography podcast. I am so excited right now because it's just this time of year, this time of year, you know, the end of the year, the beginning of a new year. It's always my favorite time of the year. Years, years, or I guess in the beginning and the end, the end of the last one in the beginning of the new one, it's always like my favorite time. And it wasn't so much growing up because, you know, perhaps it's interesting, I just thought about this. Maybe it's the seasons. I, I really harp on snow a lot. I don't like snow. Not a fan could go the rest of my life without it, but it hasn't been since living here in Indiana that this change in seasons really becomes like a, a, a change in my life because just my normal everyday pattern is kind of interrupted.

Raymond: 01:25 I have to change things up a bit. I'm not shooting as much just cause it's cold. Nobody wants to go outside in the cold. So therefore I am forced to kind of take a different look at things. I'm always more open to new ideas, to new techniques to thinking in a creative way of how I will spend the other you know, eight months of the year or so actually being better in those eight months. It can be hard because I'm busy, you know, whether it's shooting or, or, or doing whatever, it's summertime that I don't want to take on a lot of new ideas or take on a lot of new commitments I suppose. So I just don't look into doing those things. Maybe I'm not as open creatively to, to, to hearing these things. So therefore, this time of the year is always really exciting for me.

Raymond: 02:20 And I'm not sure if I'm alone in that, but I hope I'm not. I hope I'm not. Again, you know, growing up in California, there really wasn't that much of a change in seasons. Your life didn't really change that much. At least where we lived. It was either, you know, a warm in the summer and then kind of wet in the winter. It didn't snow. But therefore, like your life didn't really change. It just got a little wet and that was okay. But also, you know, it was my, it was my years growing up, so, so maybe I didn't, I wasn't naturally going to take that introspective look as I am today. But regardless, this is good. This is getting way too deep in the me personally and my life. None of that matters to you. But today, today what we are going to do is share with you the three hardest lessons to learn or for you to understand, I suppose if you really want to see success with your photography in 2020 and let me clarify that by success I don't mean a commercial or successful or I'm sorry commercial or financial success, but being able to take a photo of that you are more proud of than the photos that you're taking today.

Raymond: 03:36 Even if even if you love the quality or even if you love the photos that you're taking today. You know, I want you to have success by taking better photos. But quickly before we get into that I just wanted to tell you all how excited I am for 2020. I think that you can hear it in my voice and you know what it is that I've been saying now while I'm always a fan of the new year. There's something about this year in particular, something about it feels different. I'm not sure what it is, but it feels like there is some more momentum. And for me, a large part of that is, is simply just you listening right now. You showing up, you tuning in. It's really something special to me. So I just wanted to take a moment and tell you all. Thank you.

Raymond: 04:28 You know, for from the bottom of my heart, you being here in a small way, you know, choosing me to be a part of your photography journey. And I hope that this episode proved to be your North star in 2020 so again, thank you. So with that, let's go ahead and get on into the meat. I suppose you could say of these three lessons. So we're just going to dive into this first lesson and the first lesson is that the gear, your gear does not matter. Your gear does not matter. And I'm starting here because I believe that it is the easiest for you to understand gear, you know, and buy gear. I mean cameras, lenses, memory cards, computers, all of these things. Gear, it is great but it is not everything. Your camera, which is primarily what we're focusing on here is simply a tool.

Raymond: 05:31 It's a tool, just like a hammer and just like a hammer, you know, there may be a right hammer for the job. But even so, you know, the hammer does not build a house. It's you, you build a house, maybe not you, but a contractor contractor builds a house, a person builds a house and it is not the hammer itself. And I feel like it is the same with photography. Sure you can have a camera with a full frame sensor and it's going to be better in low light conditions. But that doesn't mean that you can't make your camera the one that you have worked for you. I'm sure that you've seen videos on Facebook or you know, Pinterest of, and I'm only thinking about this because we were thinking about getting the a, the kids a like a, like a, like a craft desk for upstairs because their rooms are just, it's always a mess.

Raymond: 06:28 And if we had one spot to do it then, then just one spot would be a mess then. And then us, you know, several locations in the house. But scrolling through Pinterest and there's always like really crafty organizational ideas for around the house that somehow get really high end results. Like I dunno, an old Mason jar and the cardboard tube from your paper towel roll. You know, I, I don't know, but you think, you know, you see something like that, you think like, wow, that is, that is crafty. Why didn't I think of that? And my point being is that people will find a way to make what they have work if they want it. If there's something that you want, you can make it work with what you got. But part of that is that you need to have that vision. You need to have something that you need to make, right.

Raymond: 07:22 So with, I wish I could remember what that Mason jar, you know, cardboard tube thing was, but let's just say that they were making a game for their, for their kids. Okay. With these things, you wouldn't just take a Mason jar out of nowhere and then put a cardboard tube in it and then decide what it is. Oh, it's a toy. What you're gonna do is you're gonna wish, I wish that we had some sort of toy that did this and then you can go about making that. And it is the same with photography. Just because you have a great camera doesn't mean that every photo that you take is going to be great. And then you think, ah, this is why it's great. That's why it's great. Here's why I love this shot. It doesn't work like that. You have to have some sort of vision already, some preconceived vision for the photo before a shot is taken.

Raymond: 08:10 So therefore the gear does not matter as much as the vision does. But you know, because we see professional photographers shooting with those full frame cameras shooting with ultra fast lenses that we just discount their skills and assume that it is the camera, you know, and it's not the years of work that they put in. And therefore, because of that, we think that it is our camera that is holding us back. But just like using, you know, an expensive toy or purpose-driven product rather than that Mason jar with the cardboard tube in it, it's not necessarily better, but it does make your life easier. So having a shot in your mind, right, maybe somebody is silhouetted against a, a beautiful backdrop in natural conditions, you would have to wait for the sun to get to a certain point or you know, you would just have to wait for conditions to be perfect for you to be able to take that shot.

Raymond: 09:16 Because while you know, it does depend on the settings that you're using, it's more a silhouette is more about the light and where it is coming from. So instead of waiting, you could use off camera flash to get that in there, get the shot almost no matter the conditions. So, but that off camera flash or didn't make the photo, it made the, it made achieving that photo easier. It is simply a tool and that is it. So if it makes your life easier, right, we're talking about these things, if gear makes your life easier, then why doesn't it matter? Again, it kinda does. And it kinda doesn't, at a certain point, there has to be a level of, you know, being able to, to do something with it. But beyond that, it's all just extra. And if you're still learning photography, I would say that I would say that the gear doesn't matter because if you're still learning how to do something, having a tool that makes the job easier is almost just just going to go to waste because you can't utilize it properly.

Raymond: 10:18 And I know, you know, maybe you're thinking back to that tool or that toy example. Well, yeah, but if I just buy the right or if I just buy the best tool, if I buy the best toy that by the time, you know, I get to the point to where I can use it, then I'm going to be set. I'm going to be ready to go. But with photography, with, with cameras, with digital technology, by the time you learn how to use it properly, I promise you that that camera is going to be obsolete and it's going to be timed upgrade. So therefore don't worry about it. Don't worry about that gear. It's, it's funny I was just talking to another photographer yesterday about how some of my favorite photos that I've ever taken were actually taken with just an iPhone three G like the, like the second, like the second iPhone that came out back in, it must've been 2007 or 2008.

Raymond: 11:14 I mean, this thing was, it was garbage, right? The, the, the photo quality is absolute garbage. But having that camera, there was something so liberating about having such a minimalist setup and minimal controls and having S having such, you know, little gear really leaves your mind feeling free to focus on the creative of the photo rather than the technicals of the photo. Every decision that we make uses mental energy and if we scale back the number of decisions that we have to make, the more power our brain has to make other decisions such as purely creative decisions. And for me, I think that was instrumental for me to learn. And while today, you know, I look back at the quality of those photos, they're not the best, you know, I bet I wouldn't see the world the same way that I do today if it wasn't for that, you know, crummy iPhone camera.

Raymond: 12:26 And if you want to see some of those photos, I put them in the show notes of this episode. So, so check them out again, you can see they're not great photos, but they are they're what they, they, they have, they have a, there's a, there's a, there's a level on top of it that is pushing through and trying to achieve something creative, whether it be through composition or seeing certain lighting or even in the editing. So check those out. I'd really I'm not going to go back and find those so that I can put it in the show notes, but check them out. Let me know what you think. So my point is simply use the camera that you have now. I want you to learn photography. You can learn photography with an old camera. Just take note while you're shooting of whenever you feel like the camera is holding you back and not your skills.

Raymond: 13:19 That's a, that's a very important distinction that you're going to have to make for yourself. Are you taking a photo and it's not turning out because of the camera specifically or is it because of your skill level? And then when you jot those down, that's where you know or that's how you know where to focus. And when it's time to upgrade, you're going to know the main features that you need in a new camera so that when you go buy it, you're going to be more prepared to make the best decision to buy the perfect camera for you. So that is tip number one. The gear does not matter. Okay. Tip number two, tip number two is that there is no competition. So this one is going to be a hard lesson to truly wrap your head around. But out of these three lessons, I think that this one is honestly the most important.

Raymond: 14:16 So let me start by saying that, you know, you may think that there is competition everywhere. You know, there's Coke and Pepsi, there's at and T and Verizon. There's you know, Ferrari and Lamborghini. And on the surface, the fact that it seems like there's competition everywhere. It may seem absolutely true. Soda, soda cell phone provider is a cell phone provider and a supercar is a supercar. But these companies, they're not the same. If they were the same, there would be no reason to choose one over another. And yet if you look online comparison videos, you know, everywhere that makes it feel like there's competition. But again, if, if they were all the same, you would pick one because it's because it's all the same. You would just pick it, but they're not, they're not. One does not clearly dominate over the rest. So to make their Mark in their industries, what they have to do is they have to find out their own way to stand out.

Raymond: 15:21 They have to be unique in whatever it is that they offer. Now it may not be obvious, you know, but ask yourself the next time you go to buy a soda, why are you choosing Coke over Pepsi? Or, you know, vice versa. Is it the taste? Is it nostalgia? Is it your favorite color? There has to be some reason why you're choosing one over another. Thinking about next time you go buy a supercar. No, just kidding. I wish that, I wish I wasn't kidding, but I'm just kidding. But my point is, is that you need to stand out. Each company has to do something to make them unique. And this right here, it's not about business. It's not about business. It's just the easiest example of that. You know, it's the first example that came to my head. If photography is purely a creative pursuit for you, then the message, it still completely applies that you need to create unique work.

Raymond: 16:22 And it's hard to create unique work when you are constantly looking at photos on Instagram, constantly looking at photos on Facebook, constantly looking at photos. Everywhere you go, it's hard to not be inundated with new types of, or new photos. You know, we see, I would say probably thousands of photos every single day and seeing those little pieces, it sticks in us. It sticks in us. We want to go out and we want to create something and it's hard that when you see a photo on Instagram or whatever that is a little bit unique, maybe you haven't seen it before and it has a million likes that you want to go out and you want to create that same thing because Oh, this is what resonates with people. They like this, I'm going to create this, but that's hard because w that isn't coming from you. That's not truly unique that came from somebody else and then this is your representation of it and maybe there's something unique to that, but it's not truly who you are.

Raymond: 17:27 The easiest way to create unique work is by simply focusing on yourself. You guessed it. That was the entire theme of 2019 for the podcast focus on your self and last year at this time I did another episode that was very similar to this one. What you should be focusing on 2019 focused on yourself is a big one because again, there's a lot of pressure on us as photographers with so many other photographers around that we have to create something just a little bit more unique, a little bit better, a little bit different. And surprisingly, the way that we create something a little bit better, a little bit more unique, a little bit different, is by looking at everybody else's photographs thinking right on the surface. Oh well, if I look at everybody else's photographs, all know what they're doing and then I'll know how I can do it different. But what ends up happening is you look at other people's photographs, you see what's popular, you see what is, you know you know, resonating with a lot of people. And then we just simply go do that. And we're not having those unique ideas of our own.

Raymond: 18:34 So I want to ask if you ever heard that phrase, a beginner's mind is a Zin mind. When you're new to something, you're open to anything and you are willing to learn. So if you don't know, I have children, I have two children and I have a seven year old and I have a three year old and whenever they're drawing they come up to me and they say, look at my photo. And I look at it and it's just a mess of crayons everywhere and weird colors and it doesn't make any sense, but they love it. Kids love their work because kids are, are the most creative people ever. They have nothing to compare their work to. They never compare. You know, they never compare their work to the art of others. Then they don't look on TV and say like, wait, how come my photo doesn't look like that? They never do any of that. They just make whatever it is that they want regardless of how it turns out. They love it. And I think that there's something in that that we can learn so much from aside from loving our own work. When you focus on yourself, you grow within that space. You try new things that you come up with. You come up with something unique.

Raymond: 19:52 So in 2020 spend less time on Instagram and more time looking at your own work. Ask yourself, how would you improve this? Next time you do that, you create your new work and just like Coke or Pepsi, you then create this die hard, you know, fan. They would never even think about using your quote competition. Okay? That was tip number two. There is no competition. Tip number three is that you don't have to be an expert to start. So I'm going to share a story here. When I first shifted from cinematography to photography, I dove right in. I learned everything that I could about the different types of photography landscapes with image sharpness you know, bracketing tripod specs, weddings with fast lenses that I couldn't afford using off camera flash portraits with just perfect posing. You know, having an assistant to hold your reflector to get that light just right. And I was looking at all these different types of photography and it was through the lens of, well, what do I need to do this? What, what do I need? What are the, what are these professionals using? And then that's what I need to get started. And then if I didn't have it, then I just didn't do it. So in my head I needed the fastest lens and the best tripod and the whole off-camera flashlight kit just to start.

Raymond: 21:27 I thought that if I showed up without all that gear, I would just simply be laughed at. And I thought that if I, you know, showed up without that gear that my photos would just be garbage. So why try anyway and there there's so much that is just simply wrong with that mindset. And I feel I'm, I'm kind of upset with myself. I mean, hindsight's always 2020 and in a moment it made sense to me, but I really wish that I would have taken more time to just be more free with my photos to just do with what it was that I had. Because today I think that I would be a better photographer. I'd be more suited in better, I'd be better suited in more situations. I would be able to take the photos that I see in my head with less resistance. It wouldn't be as far of a jump because I would have done it before and now I just have extra tools to enhance these things.

Raymond: 22:22 So today, sometimes I still rely and I still work on this. Sometimes I still rely on my gear to create a unique photo. And you know, sometimes that works. I'm not going to lie. Sometimes it works. Having good gear is, is nice. That's why I have good gear because it makes my job easier. And sometimes I rely on that too much, but I can't help think that if in the beginning I started off with the absolute worst, right? I mean old technology, poor supplies, you know, all of this stuff, the whole world against me. Right? How much better? How much more would I have learned? How much better of a photographer would I be today? And the truth is, there's just simply no way to know. There's no way to know. So I just have to move forward every single day and try to continue to take better photos with what I have now because this is where I'm at, right?

Raymond: 23:16 I can't change the past, but I can give advice based on, you know, how, how, how my past was. And you know why I think it was either good or it was bad. So one of the best things that I did was obviously you know, just practicing as much as I could. I think that that really helped me as well. But, but the point that I'm saying is that there was a lot of times that I didn't just start, I didn't make do with what I had instead of making deal with what I had, I just simply didn't do, I didn't take a photo and I thought that this was the the right way to do it. Oh, I don't have the gear. I'm not going to take the photo and even embarrass myself, but I am going to keep watching tutorials on YouTube.

Raymond: 24:02 I'm going to keep reading books. I'm going to keep, you know, keep doing all these things. And that, that was the, you know, that was the, that was the, you know, proud and honorable thing to do. But in reality it got me nowhere further, nowhere further, because you can learn everything that you can, but if you don't put it into practice, you're not going to learn anything. You don't have to be an expert to start. I had the wrong mindset when I got started and once I got fed up with that, I just wasn't making any progress. I adopted that mindset of progress over perfection. Just start. Start right now. Start with what you have. What you need to do is you need to make and do, make more, do more. Make more with what you have and make do with what you have. Sorry.

Raymond: 24:56 And if you like it, then keep doing it and then guess what? At some point you're going to be held back. That's when you upgrade. Upgrade you kit later. Just don't let anything hold you back because doing is the only way to learn. It's the only way that you are going to grow and the beauty, the beauty I think is in the struggle because the growth, the growth is in the challenge. If you are stuck with something that you've never done before, you don't know what you're doing, you're feeling lost, but you have to get a photo, then you're going to get that photo, you're going to make it work. My stepdad told me growing up that that necessity is the mother of invention.

Raymond: 25:46 And for me that is absolutely true. As a photographer, as a photographer, if I'm out and I can't get something that I want, I have to make it work. So maybe I'd try something a little bit different. Oh wow. I never would've done that if I would've had the quote right. Gear. But now that I tried something different, I actually like how that photo turned out. Now I'm going to do more of that because I like it and I'm focusing on myself and I'm just following what it is that I like. What it is that, that, that I find interesting. And again, I look back at some of my first photos and they're not good. They aren't. But after talking to a hundred photographers on the podcast here, they say the same thing.

Raymond: 26:30 So even if you do have the best gear, chances are your first photos still won't be perfect or even good. And if you don't believe me, again, check out the show notes. I share some of my first photos in there, check them out. But remember, a photo doesn't have to be perfect. It just has to be something and no one bought their way into being an expert in the world of photography experience, forge their skills into who they are today and it formed their, you know, by their skill level. So go out and make something. I want you to make more. I want you to do more and I want you to make do with what you have because chances are it's going to be better than you give it credit for. So that is it. I hope that you enjoyed the first episode of 2020 again, I hope that you can use this episode as a North star in your photography.

Raymond: 27:35 I hope that you can learn and grow from this. I would love if you shared your biggest takeaway with me. What was the, what was the number one lesson that you learned in this episode? Remember, I shared three hard lessons that you got to learn. The first one is that the gear just doesn't matter. The second one is that there truly is no competition, and number three is that you don't have to be an expert. To start, would you share your biggest takeaway with me? I would truly enjoy it. You can do so by sharing it in the Facebook group for the beginner photography podcast. If you're on Facebook, just search beginner photography podcast and you will find it. All right guys, that is it. Until next week, go out and make, do, talk to you soon.

Outro: 28:22 Thank you for listening to the beginner photography podcast. If you enjoy the show, consider leaving a review in iTunes, keep shooting, and we'll see you next week.